The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutBLD10-004 - drawings Yap sida rp EN he s . Si R N S : SS aN EXISTING 2 HO Rit 7,500 SQUARE FEE PR RE N CO N S T R U C T I O N 7 R We A Ith ts VALS S Vihihih Ath (LL. S ADDITION 2—NON_RA ) FIRE SPRI 21,500] SQUARE IN | XX SQ W =) = TLLCLI 1 Z C = | Z LMLIMLLLLLLL | Y, GZ | AREA OF WORK — Main Floor Plan - Code Review (I SCALE: 1" = 30° NORTH way YAU WUE LATE EXISTING 1-1/2 HOUR DOOR EXISTING 20 MIN DOOR FUTURE 1-1/2 HOUR RATED DOOR 2 — o —| oq (| | DDITI i — CWPE 2- NO ip Vitel, FIR | | | 12,300 SQUARE FEET LA | iN ay D COUNTER SHUTTER yj Cll: Ml Ul: SUds Ulead AY Y, 7 io L | tl | | |_| 19 S IT L y GISE STREET Fs Y- Fa NON RA AA 77>) NO_FIRE SPRINKLERS 3,100 SQUARE FEET ==] NI LILA q MITTIN, Y ai — , TTT TTT TTT ZS - ® | LLL ba — tu | | mic ary | ei ie = | | - 1995 BLDG BOILER / 7 | 1 a 7 ; ay NOWN D | . | 1965 BLDG Ee ~ TYPE 3— N | THIS DRAWING PROVIDES CODE | al | REFERENCE INFORMATION, NOT | ! r / SONKLERS. 1 | FOR CONSTRUCTION | osu i 3,475 SQUARE FEET A L SSeS _ | 4 1 1929 BLDG r A. BE beeen) {St = = er ye | DO O a —— — — — 1 _| SHERIDAN STREET 9 SITE PLAN — SCALE: 1:480 NORTH 9092 MATTHEW G COATES STATE OF WASHINGTON REGISTERED ARCHITECT I CO | CO (oe) (oe) (o>) <{ = 7 oO 3 c ® —_ (ep) Cc Nd = = to rr los Qos C toa Or ce 0 to > ws o t< gq z°6 EO Y Yo C Wwe 0 yn 5 is Lui « F sc 0 gS BI D SE T Da t e Dr a w n Re v i s i o n 7 9 Plan Legend 3 General Notes +13'-4" é SEE A6 FOR PARTITIONS AND WALL FURRING Gena yee, Bee SEE A3 FOR CEILING DETAILS SEE A5 FOR INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND ADDITIONAL NOTES AND DIMENSIONS EXISTING CUT/PATCH/SEAL WARNING SIGN READILY seecne | BS HON 10 SEE A5 FOR ACCESSORIES PARAPET ROOF AT QUENCH VISIBLE FROM 10-0 MIN. VENT WARNING 1. DIMENSIONS TO FACE OF FINISH 5. COORDINATE REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION OF EXISTING CEILINGS AND HAZARDOUS VENT EXISTING MTL. STUD/GWB CORE DRILLING MASONRY WALLS WITH SUBTRADES. SEE MECHANICAL AND _ELY COLD == so pARTITION 70. REMARK 2. DOOR FRAMES ARE TO BE INSTALLED 4” FROM JAMB TO WALL INTERSECTION ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR SCOPE OF WORK. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CUT/PATCH EXISTING 6. REMOVE AND REINSTALL SKYLIGHTS TO PROVIDE TEMPORARY VENTILATION / HYPALON MEMBRANE ROOF EXISTING MECH. _ 3. IN ROOMS SCHEDULED FOR CEILING DEMO ONLY, PROVIDE A CLEAN CUT AT DURING CONSTRUCTION NOTE: FOR NEW STEEL POST =o— FAT) BE Ho0'-0" Z oF a en va RELA WALL/CEILING INTERSECTION OR INCLUDE PATCH AND REPAIR OF WALL IT IS G.C.’°S RESPONSIBILITY TO PATCH AND EXISTING SUPPORTING MECHANICAL on SURFACES. NEW ACT CEILING IS TO INSTALLED 1” LOWER THAN EXISTING REROOF PER ROOFING MFR. STD. DETAILS & MECH. EQUIP +12'-0" PLATFORM PATCH /REPAIR/ SEAL | | CEILING TO CONCEAL THE EDGE OF PLASTER. WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS © ALL VENTS, PENETRATIONS | | : = MECH. PLATFORM SUPPORTS & OTHER | | Ss EXISTING CMU PARTITION 4. DESIGN OF THE MAGNETIC SHIELDING SYSTEM IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF REGISTERED ROOFING PENETRATIONS . ; ————_FURRED W/ CWB SIEMENS. ALL SHIELDING AND ASSOCIATED FRAMEWORK, UNISTRUT, ARCHITECT 50 == ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS ARE BY THE SHIELDING INSTALLER. Z ——————— __NEWMETAL STUD/GWB MATTHEW G COATES EXISTING CUT/PATCH/SEAL ALL PARTITION, SEE 19/A6 STATE OF WASHINGTON MECH. EQUP ROOF PENETRATIONS So COORD W MECH ye /MRI\ /SHIELD NL IE, NEW ih PARTITION, E Q U | P M E N T LE G E N D —_————— SEE 18/A6 erste c \ NO DESCRIPTION SMS | WEIGHT | BTU/HR DIMENSIONS (INCHES) REMARKS \ SYM | (LBS) | TO AIR w D H SKYLIGHTS ———~ —————— _NEW CIP CONCRETE YM | (LBS) NN ee oe ee BEARING WALL (1) | MRC OPERATING CONSOLE AND KEYBOARD © 132 --- |45 11/16] 35 1/4 | 28 3/8 / | (2) | COLOR MONITOR FOR MRC © 22 239 17 2 18 1/4 | ON CONSOLE | (3) | HOST PC MRC ® 49 2389 11 27 18 1/8 | (4) | CONTAINER FOR HOST 500 O 238 a 19 5/8 | 31 1/2 | 28 3/8 / } (5) | ALARM BOX (ce) 3 — 9 4 9 apd (6) 1.5T MAGNET WITH COVERS AND PATIENT TABLE 9590 --- 89 1/16 | 161 3/4 85 1/8 D ian IN / | (7) | RF-FILTER PLATE @) 287 853 46 1/2 | 32 1/8 | 21 5/8 7 X VA MAGNET STOP ® 1 — 3 5 3 Ww VA (9) ELECTRONICS CABINET &) 1653 5118 37 3/4 | 25 3/4 78 EXISTING ff rw, CHILLED WATER CABINET (ACTIVE) & 959 5118 40 1/8 | 23 7/8 | 75 5/8 PARAPET MAIN FLOOR REF. PLATFORM FOR NEW MECH. (1) | EXTERNAL FAN UNIT € 573 51182 62 45 33 7/8 | 102,364 BTU/HR MAXIMUM ELEVATION: 0'-0" EQUIP., SEE STRUCT. & (12) | POWERWARE 9130 UPS WITH EBM ® 186 1,257* | 16 7/8 | 12 7/8 | 16 1/4 | *1,755 ON BATTERIES MECH. — , Partial Roof Plan SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" (oe) f Co) l 09 ©O (o>) LT | t <x | V7 || EXIST FIRE a. CORRIDOR TEMPORARY = “ A EXTINGUISHER CONSTRUCTION 4 SAW CUT FLOORS — DEMO PORTION OF FLOOR SLAB FOR a 5—M330 _ (3% 7 _ INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING, SEE MECH. - PROVIDE COMPACTED eres Eocene Te CMU INFILL OPENINGS 65-MS550) ct a dl - G y BONDING AGENT, BENTONITE WATERSTOP AND 12” REBAR DOWELS WALL — COORDINATE CLEAR FIRE RATED a = Y 4, DRILLED AND EPOXIED INTO EDGE OF EXIST SLAB AT 24” OC — OPENING DIMENSION w/ EQUIPMENT iz OT CONSTRUCTION 9 are ee eee ——— "| ae a _ Z 4) PROVIDE WWF TYP. — PREP FOR NEW FINISHES réS MFR _ . EXTENT OF WALL PAINTING . ® + _n | T : n Y 4 | ‘ — L : 21-6" — = 4% Y EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN \ | ae (Y Y y, \ - 7-0 > | y y — g Z a ! 331 338 | | VZZZZNA_| NLL EA , 1 [ = Wo y AT 1 VTDRITTAN VIII K 777; 7) 7 S45 SSS — er Y it v/ | | en / 1 ) y al\ Mir <{ C/A I “L | | | / Pai Td AG) : aa YW © L Z y a be | L | [ | 7 \ FH OFFICE — alle a4) EXTENT OF STL. |. ~ O aaa +—— Pa \ l 4 65-M331 | wn | SHIELDING @ _ cor REMOVEAAXISTING FINISHES V, eepey eens ea \ [Ly Sis | FLOOR, CONFIRM |> OW +_—_—__— ————s | = a SES (3H Al W/ SIEMENS O Fr M¥f. STOZS TO REMAIN —~—-——-—I | | 2 | Sere. GRE TE) STRUCT GOTH EI K F SHIELDED WINDOW — = Z y SAWCUT FLOOR FOR ma | | 4 SIDES OF PARTITION — THIS @- AL CENTER ON MAG ISQCENTER 8a C _I r% RELOCATED RAIN rT 4 | | Y) ROOM ONLY — SEAL PERIMETER ‘ (11) i \ <x pr SIYSTIVIVITI TIT ITY VEAOER, SEE NOTE I A |_| _ DEMOLISH FLOOR SLAB IN wd AND ALL OPENINGS — PROWDE | 7” SY bs (9 S Pw | 7 \ Yy) ABOVE [| A | | MRI ROOM — SEE DETAILS y ACOUSTIC BATT INSULATION” ——~ O—| | B MRI —4 x = > > | Y GULLLLLLLLILIAL ERS {| y | | AND SAW CUT NOT ABOVE Z CONTROL v ( (65EM337 rook 7 oUt < ~ G v | Z — = _65-338|5 c : : CNEL ® o “, 2 HN | _ _ _pemotibilALL FINISHES, PARTITIONS, FINISH 4, : i ; _ A-4 7} ] |! ase Vy, T , 3 SI5 | O. (; y II) FLOOR, BASE, CEILINGS, FIXTURES, WALL AND 4) ; | 0} “yy A ly CEILING MDUNTED ITEMS INCLUDING MECH 4 ; C (HK < ED GAS PANEL < e O _ = Y, 4, l === —- ———ANp BEC AS SHOWN IN M/E DRAWINGS AND y PTOIL Tl] CHNG T-CHNG) | LL. | $ = yn l SPECS L PREP SURFACES 10 RECEIVE NEW Wy 7 < — | | os fw Wr \ - Z y u Ah hel-by FINISHES AS SCHEDULED 4) A §5-MS55A ; 165 M332) Bo M353 ; a 10 IX a - | CORR ~ Y o ZY UY | y (6 gf] Ze I : ; 65—M339 C ws yy / ; y GP | <= (8 @) | | : - Tu” 7 a LLLLALLLLILLL LBL LLLL LLIN LLLLLLI LLL LI LLL LLL LE LL TN opt ® Gara — , wa — Co. Cont 7 WO “| y 8 TYEE) (332 a aan aaa — - minnie a) Tt G. oe ° ! ! ‘palpated teresa | WAL) (10, ANTEROOM a wvP.| IL | (18 \ | 8 4° | Fr 50 I| 7 | 651335] | NY 65=M334 i: 5 a db . a NE | | | 3-0" 5-0" 3-8" an SPACE FOR Om > II | im EQUIP . ~ Of I | F GURNEY (NIC) : 7 => | | ] CHAIRS FOR a 65-M556} , ® Bi : PATIENT HOLDING 18 Ne tr ye” W Wn we G) 98 Woe [ ae NIC = A-B 5 - - _ \ ‘| ) [| (NIC) LA-B Pees a W/ HARDWOOD. CAP NEW CMU BEARING WALL, COUNTERTOP — DET cq u | Ly ee eee ee Ee eee __ i Ae COORD H6T = : 334 QUIP Lu tod : (S34) : INSTALLER “7 —_ (an) | = 15-6 3/4” wel 1/4t | 15'-11” c SAWCUT OPENINGS FOR EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN Lie. om » £2 NEW DOORS, PROVIDE h EXTENT OF WALL PAINTING aon. STL. LINTEL PER STRUCT. ——— C lavaye EXISTING 2 HR. RATED FIRE WALL, ORR TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION PARTITION FOR DUST CONTROL - FIRESTOP @ ALL PENETRATIONS, 65—-M238 DO NOT OBSTRUCT CORRIDOR MORE THAN TEMPORARY BASIS SEE A-1 FOR EXTENT — COORDINATE WITH HOSPITAL PROJECT MANAGER EXIST FIRE ~~ / EXTINGUISHER | VAIN A CM i ~ 1 AN ra Th — ) F | | | | 9 Demo Plan 3 Partial Floor Plan SCALE: 1/4°=1'-0" SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" f WALL MOLDINGS: WALL MOLDINGS ARE REQUIRED TO HAVE A HORIZ. FLANGE 2” WIDE, UNLESS ALTERNATE METHODS ARE APPROVED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION BY THE LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENT & THE DESIGNER OF RECORD. ONE END OF THE CEILING GRID SHALL BE ATTACHED TO THE WALL MOLDING, THE OTHER END SHALL HAVE A 3/4” CLEARANCE FROM THE END OF THE GRID EXISTING SKYLIGHT & CURB, FIELD SYSTEM AT UN—ATTACHED WALLS. THE GRID SHALL BE ATTACHED AT TWO ADJACENT WALLS MEASURE LOCATION, NOTIFY EXISTING ee ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING SKYLIGHT & 2 a ° ° CURB = LJ \V/ \Li ss 2 wy LATERAL FORCE BRACING: RI RUNNER TRACK — aA vA n a A a oF VERT. STRUT. & SPLAY WIRES, SECURE TO EXIST TYP. — METAL DECK WITH \ SCREW FASTENERS — 12 ’ - 0 " , 0. C . WALL MOLDING, TYP. , | CEES _| a 90°, TYP. ; 90", TYP. + \ \ p L ) —-—— 5/8” TYPE’X’GWB ON CWB { 5/8 X20 5/2 PERIMETER WIRE DIAGONAL BRACING STUDS @ 16° OC REGISTERED RA * 8”, MAX., TYP. x ' ARCHITECT LL , ~ . ” _ ? | MATTHEW G COATES S7 oO” MAX. 12-0", OC. 5 STATE OF WASHINGTON AE ALL PENETRATIONS, INCLUDING COLUMNS A 3 AND SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL HAVE 2” - - PLAN MINIMNUM Foon ae PLATES CEILING AS 5 ey NEW SKYLIGHT EXISTING BAR ALLOWING 1’ FREE MOVMENT IN ALL SCHEDULED tu HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONS. ra WEL Sa eae o \ acoustical > \ SKYLIGHT WELL - NORTH WALL » CEILING TILE a =| 8" OR- SORE 1 Yd. st =0 WAIT ANTEROOM Sl LESS SEISMIC CONTROL JOINT - = Qs AREAS OVER 2,500 SF 69-M339 65-M334] ~ 45° OR LESS FLEVA TION 12 GA. VERTICAL WIRE HANGER @ EXISTING SKYLIGHT é& CURB, FIELD 4'-0" 0.C. ALONG MEASURE LOCATION, NOTIFY LATERAL FORCE BRACING EA. MAIN RUNNER ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING REQUIREMENTS SCREW FASTEN TO REQD FOR CEI’GS 0/ 1,000 $Q SIRUCIURE AOE ,; POWER-ACTUATED FT. & NOT REQ’D FOR CEILING FASTENERS NOT J LJ LEAN | PROVIDED THEY ARE iu ACCEPTABLE. 5/8” TYPE’X'GWB wee eee ae Oe Os SURROUNDED BY FOUR WALLS El Pa RIGID. ERICA BRACED TO STRUCTURE, SEE | ASCE 7-02 9.6.2.6.2.2. ITEM C. “A EXISTING | . CONCRETE FLOOR ©O ? a SLAB I © l 09 POWER-ACTUATED FASTENERS: co POWER ACTUATED FASTENERS x ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE FOR ANY 14 SECTION @ SKYLIGHT op LOADS UNDER TENSION, LE. x pctyt =n HANGER WIRES AND TOP TRACK —T > °/ : 6%. 206k on SCALE: 1/2 me OF SOFFITS/SUSPENDED CEILING TILE 4 Be 9-08 b | i PARTITIONS. 87 STUDS © 16° OC = METAL STUD @ ae LATERAL BRACE: 4-0” 0C * 5 SPLAY WIRE BRACING: 25 GA. VERT. METAL DIAGONAL x e = SPLAY WIRES ARE TO BE LU STUD STRUT BRACING x - — ly TT FOUR 12 GA. WIRES ATTACHED TO (COMPRESSION POST) @ L . S c THE MAIN BEAM. WIRES ARE 12’-0" 0.C. STRUTS ? D ARRAYED 90° FROM EA. OTHER & MUST BE POSITIVELY ® AT AN ANGLE NOT EXCEEDING 45° ATTACHED TO THE re 7p) FROM THE PLANE OF CEILING. SUSPENSION SYSTEMS & an | WZ. | Pv, c SPLAY WIRES ARE TO BE WITHIN STRUCTURE ABOVE saline is 8 VARIES Z (Y 2” OF THE CONNECTION OF SCHEDULED = _ a : ‘ x 7 = THE VERTICAL STRUT TO rs id > Lu & SUSPENDED CEILING SAX earie aa ~N x < \ F _] ae I ne ns = SKYLIGHT WELL - TYPICAL Rook 5 . ; | a ° ° ° of ft nN Or SCALE: 1 1/2"=1'-0" : Bie c i fs gy ‘J HEAVY DUTY, —————__ Ora O |__| ‘ | 5 Ft CLASIFICATION CEILING CROSS TEE __|k J M <x Z STRUCTURE: EXISTING OPEN CONTROL ~ 65-M337}) . r ® ® Ee WEB JOIST OR NEW STEEL oa —— |65-M338) O Cale | ~ O ( > Ws BEAM. . S T 6) 0 T me MAIN BEAM = ___] QATOIL| ~) _CHNG]_ |] CHNG O Wy ° QO2°F5 . | G54M335A 11 165—-M3B21 | 65—M3b 3). ; O O O O O P O © MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED LENGTHS FOR VERTICAL STRUTS FOR 1” METAL STUDS: f pb : Alb ~ ~ - ~ ~ Ss CORR ce) 1 5/8” METAL STUD (25 GAGE) UP TO 6-2” 0 0 £ a n va n md N a S — } 2 1/2” METAL STUD (25 GAGE) UP TO 10'-6 UNISTRUT| DESIGN OF SYSTEM 45> S = = : 65-M3. ~ Lo NOTES: BY SHIELGING MFR. 5-07 (e-o > fy GS-0 te —— : Cc 1. A STRUT, WITH STIFFNESS ADEQUATE TO RESIST THE VERTICAL LOADS IMPOSED, ich _ | Ky 4 SS —= = = Li} << SHALL BE ATTACHED TO THE SUSPENSION SYSTEM & TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE AT Bo Pa TAN ahr 4} u EACH BRACING LOCATION. DIELECTRIC GLASTIC ISOLATOR | rN oe, C on 2. HORIZONTAL RESTRAINTS SHALL BE NO MORE THAT 12 FEET ON CENTER IN EACH a 64—M3P5 a ANTEROOM OO iT + DIRECTION AND THE FIRST POINT SHALL BE WITHIN 6 FEET OF EACH WALL. 3 | J—MY, {3 | I654M334| a oD A-3 Ir AL VA-37 AI 1 | © O OQ > 06 3. SPREADER (SPACER) BARS OR OTHER MEANS APPROVED BY THE LOCAL BUILDING — A Y FQUIP DEPT, SHALL BE USED TO PREVENT ENDS OF MAIN BEAMS AT PERIMETER WALLS FROM 2 T . : . _ iy SPREADING OPEN DURING A SEISMIC EVENT. PERIMETER WIRES SHALL NOT BE USED % © O QO Z 65-M336 l IN LIEU OF SPREADER BARS, SEE CISCA zones 3-4. 4 \ Ce-0" WN 7 | Z SEW 10 STRUCTURE and , 3 OZ. COPPER RF SHIELDING \a-3/ ] Y == 4. LIGHT FIXTURES & MECHANICAL SERVICES: ATTACH PER “GUIDELINES FOR SEISMIC ‘ 1 | gq RESTRAINT FOR DIRECT HUNG SUSPENDED CEILING ASSEMBLIES — SEISMIC ZONES . Ae SHEDS GRALE If TF TL | 7] : 3 3 & 4, MAY 2004 (OR MOST CURRENT) BY CEILING & INTERIOR SYSTEMS CONSTRUCTION ” \ a a —— — [ Nefae _ NN ASSUGINTION {ISCA) ISOLATOR, SHIELDING & \ ™ 5, SUSPENDED CEILING INSTALLATION SHALL BE INSTALLED PER IBC 2003, NORTHWEST 4 BRAM EY’ SHIELDING MER. EXISTING SKYLIGHTS, SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE ty WALL & CEILING BUREAU'S FIELD TECHNICAL GUIDE #401, ASTM C 635 & ASTM C636, ¥ REMOVE TEMPORARILY FOR FOR ADD’L CEILING . ASCE 7-02 & CISCA zones 3-4. DUST CONTROL DURING INFORMATION = : | CONSTRUCTION 6. SEISMIC SEPARATION JOINTS: FOR CEILING EXCEEDING 2500 SQ. FT., A SEISMIC JOINT VILLLLLAL ILL LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL LLL. & OR FULL HEIGHT WALL PARTITION THAT BREAKS THE CEILING SHALL BE PROVIDED CORR 3 UNLESS ANALYSES ARE PERFORMED OF THE CEILING BRACING SYSTEM, CLOSURE 55-938 ese ANGLES & PENETRATIONS TO PROVIDE SUFFICIENT CLEARANCE, SEE ACSE 7-02 ITEM oL Oo 9.6.2.6.2.2D. Aan 7. CHANGES IN CEILINGS PLANES WILL REQUIRE POSITIVE BRACING, SEE ACSE 7-02 9.6.2.6.2.2 ITEM F. FINISH ACT CEILING, SEE 1/A-3 FOR TYPICAL DETAILS r —| | 8. PARTITIONS THAT ARE TIED TO THE CEILING AND ALL PARTITIONS GREATER THAN 6 | J FEET IN HEIGHT SHALL BE LATERALLY BRACED TO THE STRUCTURE. BRACING SHALL BE INDEPENDENT OF THE CEILING SPLAY BRACING SYSTEM, SEE IBC 1621.1.2. T ON MRI ROOM CEILING Reflected Ceiling Plan e) SCALE: 3°=1'-0" 1 O SCALE: 1” = 30’ 12” REBAR DOWELS, SEE STRUCT. APPLY BONDING AGENT BENTONITE WATERSTOP EXIST. CONC. , EXISTING BAR -—— UNISTRUT SYSTEM, RF FRAME, SLAB NEW 4” CONC. SLAB JOIST ROOF SHIELDING AND CONNECTORS | STRUCTURE BY SHIELDING MFR. cy : , 7 - WELDED WIRE . so Se 7 MESH L LIF Gost -15 MIL VAPOR 7 a BARRIER a bs uv WO a i I \ \ / — Be e ee YY YY YY WY Y Y Y \ ca ~~ COMPACTED GRANULAR FILL REGISTERED STEEL ANGLE — ARCHITECT SEE STRUCT ——~+ MATTHEW G COATES STATE OF WASHINGTON EXIST. SLAB SAWCUT FOR UTILITIES <) SCALE: 3”=1'-0" —- FINISH CEILING AS SCHEDULED af ee MRI EQUIP. BY SIEMENS ——.__ | nN CMU KNOCKOUT PANEL | ——_,_ Go RF OBSERVATION WINDOW . BY SHIELDING MFR. FINISH FLOORING AS a 1/4” LAMINATED GLASS SET IN SCHEDULED RESILIENT GASKETS ; Be ENROL %" CEMENTITIOUS GROUT PANEL] WITH MR aa HARDWOOD FRAME AND WOOD DIELECTRIC INSULATOR UNDERLAYMENT EQUIP MRI 69-M337 EQUIP | 69-M336 STOP — STAIN AND VARNISH BY SHIELDING MFR. COPPER FLOOR SHIELDING BY INSTALLER a °%% as te et Re ote ae cpio Re ton SHIELDING MFR. WJ "{-—_ RF SHIELDING FRAME Soa * ee? at eit hk. Jj : | BY SHIELDING MFR. : _ ‘ : : : a: 7. et ae ge ee 7 Ss ——<T 7 Mm J Cc -< v4 : ai ® g 4 14 . 4 Oo - ee, o ~obe A aa aw r Hs ISOLATION SPACE A Ly ea aN KL =< . i | A - NOTE: COORDINATE SLAB \ ra 2 I \ . _ DEPRESSION DEPTH W/ / < . NEW CONCRETE FLOOR MAIN FLOOR SLAB | BA Y YY YY NE S A S S N N A N N A N E a es ‘ <<) J | SHIELDING SUBCONTRACTOR \ | [: | 38” STUDS W/ ACOUSTICAL | : aT / EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR ri ' | a BATT INSULATION DEPRESSED GONGRETE \ SLAB PER STRUCT. . SLAB TO REMAIN I 1 SLAB / eo | “4-7 GWB \Y : fee) 9 RF RELITE HEAD/JAMB/SILL 6 MONOLITHIC RF FLOOR SYSTEM 9 section @ MRI < SCALE: 3”=1'-0" SCALE: 6”=1'-0" SCALE: 1/2” = 1’-0” = xo) 4 c N CUT/PATCH/SEAL EXISTING MAGNETIC SHIELDING PER MR © N ROOF AROUND ALL ANUFACTURER — ”n 4 IM ROOF AROUND MAN ER REQUIREMENTS v 2 Fy LL -_ Et Ww S z | it FS UNISTRUT SYSTEM, RF FRAME, QUENCH VENT, SEE > oO aS — na SHIELDING AND CONNECTORS ROOF PLAN, SHT. a : WA f, BY SHIELDING MFR. A-2 & MECH. DWGS. log 7 RF SHIELDING FRAME - [ >< ¢ BY SHIELDING MFR. Le : RF SHIELDING FRAME \ MN or > / a BY SHIELDING MFR. ~~ + O oe All| | . Va 5 Ee Ls 7 / Bos : 38” STUDS W/ a c ~~ F 3H STUDS W/ 4 [ =< ‘ ACOUSTICAL BATT —l— ) < ACOUSTICAL BATT LL : ® an 5 INSULATION } AT S ial E iso = > ui s [ é< + ewe / [ >< 4 GWB | Oy | . O + < 4 CNS rs = = . Le TSE / = aa || STEEL SHIELDING ON | | | \ Q2Z2°c in PLYWD. SUBSTRATE AH tA | © [ ~< - (>< . BY SHIELDING MFR. 71 iN / | | | | e O oe) fat 4 , ee [— ~~ EXISTING CMU | | — EXISTING BAR —_ ”# \ — JOIST ROOF | RF SHIELDED RELITE BY | WALL TO BE T ACT CEILING W/ | | iw | SHIELD REMOVED on NON-FERROUS) | ~ Of o aa II STRUCTURE SUBCONTRACTOR | | 4\= | : | —_ SUSPENSION C we ~<O ) =< Jk | | : | | sere | | 0 7 L i ~~ | / MRI EQUIP. BY | u Es PARENT WALL : . EXISTING CMU WALL | ! ro SIEMENS ———____ | Co a) ie UH mm ~J 3 | | (3 | | a) + [=< i : a ; | - eT | IE Lo *. So os CONTROL Cy, | |__| MRI opp, | | CORR - —™ © ; ISOLATION SPACE 4 ISOLATION SPACE . mo | : =F o, : a: 65-M338 ! | pooen - 65-M337 | | | (65=M339 ( >< zs es: : _ a | ! sy] ss RF SHIELDING FRAME eS | fo CX : / [ é< ; BY SHIELDING MFR. \ | i 4 | | a a ; 7 ~S — RF SHIELDING FRAME i, MONOLITHIC RF FLOOR ‘J Bia ~7T | Ps mF BY SHIELDING MFR. mY] SYSTEM 1 \ | | WAGRETIC | | yo Seo 2 HIN =< ‘ STEEL SHIELDING (4 [oT SHIELDING — | | 7 _ * MONOLITHIC RF FLOOR | 3] A i= L _] | | LE: SYSTEM aa = y \ \ | | | | + DEPRESSED CONCRETE \ 1 4 | l [ <F DEPRESSED’ CONCRETE / a SLAB e a ar As eae ee eM a gy Up ae eG te G ~~ —~_ x mf Sine: ee _. ee ee 7 4g a. ore wo te ng ‘yg Se = = ac. A “alos a t 5 ae « 2 & : MAIN FLOOR F.F. Z_ L4 MAIN FLOOR F-F. o22 = ee ras Serre: te “te , < SSR Oy ee ee =f EXISTING \ L_ ~™ J is 2 D < ne RE PS re y | SPRATT Te | NC CONCRETE FLOOR . NEW CONCRETE SLAB, 5 GAUSS LINE INDICATED y, AAw A = 7 < — aLne \ SEE STRUCT. SHIELDING |S TO GONTAIN 5 ] J J J . # A —— SEE STRUCK DWGS. FOR : 4 A SEE SYRUCT. DWGS. FOR NQ | GAUSS LINE TO NORTH OF a 3 COMNECTION OF: SLAB TO 4. CONNECTION OF SLAB TO ~~ PUBLIC CORRIDOR 65-M339-—————»= ‘EXISTING, TYP. : " . EXISTING, TYP. . a . eh, J : An P 4. <1 BENTONITE WATERSTOP ~ —_ a | . - BENTONITA, WATERSTOP ~ TY 3 BEN? ~ _ A d ‘ : : ~—_ _- ee 4 TYP. MRI RM. WALL 3 MRI RM. SOUTH WALL 10 section @ MRI SCALE: 3”=1'-0" SCALE: 3°=1'-0" SCALE: 1/2” = 1-0” ROOM NO. | NAME FLOOR BASE NORTH WALL EAST WALL SOUTH WALL WEST WALL CEILING REMARKS /NOTES “mw N di WC MIRROR (A117.1, 603.3) MTL FIN MTL FIN MTL FIN MTL FIN MTL FIN HT ALLOWABLE HEIGHT Ya rR (A117.1, 604) sd? Hn ce SEF ELEVATION SHEET AS 65-M238 | CORRIDOR | EXIST/SV-3] EXIST/RB | EXIST | EXIST | EXIST | PT-1 | EXIST | EXIST | EXIST | EXIST | EXIST EXIST EXIST PATCH FLOORING AND BASE, REMOVE/REINSTALL CEILINGS OP eens ULE 65-M330 | CORRIDOR | EXIST/SV-3] EXIST/RB | EXIST | Exist | EXIST | Exist | Exist | Exist | Exist | PT-1 | EXIST | EXIST EXIST PATCH FLOORING AND BASE, REMOVE/REINSTALL CEILINGS o 39° MIN — 41” MAX /— MIRROR WC CLEARANCE ie"-18" CLR” LAN CALERA, 608) 65-M331_ | OFFICE CPT RB EXIST | PT-1 | EXIST | PT-1 Gwe | PT-1 cwB | PT-1 ACT FF. 8’-0" ALLOWABLE HEIGHT 23° RAB GAR y 56 3 wpe \ \ (A117.1, 604}2) _ 65-M332 | CHNG CPT RB GWB | PT-1 GWB | PT-1 CWB | PT-1 GWB | PT-1 ACT FF. 8-0” OFOPERABLE PARTS, wes . Z nian, aa LAV CLEAR FLOOR SPACE EXTENDS 65-M333 | CHNG CPT RB cweB | PT-1 | Gwe | PT-1 cwe | PT-1 Gwe | PT-1 ACT FF. 8’-0” A, CONTROLS ~ Ft Vj wea st - UNDER LAV PROVIDING KNEE & 65-M334 | ANTEROOM SV-1 RB GWB | PT-1 GWB cwB GWB ACT FF. 8'-0” wy tthe ne U qT] Jo 8 y TOE CLEARANCE PER SECTION 65-M335_| WAIT SV-1__| RB GWB | PT-1 GWB GWB GWB ACT FF, 8'-0" = 2 ; € = a) . co _ 5 °8 | | 305.3 & 306 (A117.1, 606.2) 65—M335A | PTOIL Sv-2__ | COV MRGWB| PT-1 | MRGWB MRGWB MRGWB ACT FF. 8'-0” : (— a| =| =o wea = S15 z Ss Fad 65-M336 | EQUIP SvV-1 | RB conc. | PT-1 | GWB EXIST. EXIST. NONE EXPOSED STRUCTURE ABOVE, NO SUSPENDED CEILING i % ie #,% | sl \ 2 2% | \ we t= 65-M337_| MRI Sv-1_| RB cwe | PT-1 | GWB CWB GWE ACT FF. | 8-6" x [ra . << => 2 Z/Eg Ree *! 1) (oe % oY 252 23> z~ 65-M338_| CONTROL SvV-1__| RB cwB | PT-1 | Gwe GWB GWB ACT FF. | 8-0" = ese - fg =| SY le 3 “ER 2 BBS Bys TOILET PAPER 2 e x 2 3 oe eee) ta ge 5 x . to S io " by Be 3 = o DISPENSER: (A112, ACT ACOUSTIC CEILING TILE : . 604.7) CONC CONCRETE OPERABLE PARTS, SWTCHES SEAT COVER SANITARY NAPKIN TOILET PAPER TOILET en BARS leon DISPENSER ' MIRROR ' ae , EWEIGE SEER ; WHEELCHAIR TURNING SPACE COV __ INTEGRAL COVE BASE 6” HIGH y : DISPENSER DISPOSAL DISPENSER A117.1, 604.4 & A117.1, 604.5 (A117.1, WAC 51-50, (A117.1, 603.3 TOP(A117.1, 606.3 OUTLETS, & CONTROLS — (A117.1, 304.31) SEE WHEELCHAIR CPT CARPET (A117.1, 309.3) fost tutes) S50 ans) (A117-1, 604.7) 1003.11.7.4) & 609.4) 1101.25) AS Z_30"x48" CLEAR FLOOR OR TURNING SPACE E EXISTING TYPE MATERIAL MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATION REMARKS , 101. » 1101.2, Se aw - DOOR DETAIL. DOOR JS ALLOWED TO EXIST EXISTING SV-1 VINYL PLANK MANNINGTON NATURES PATH — 4 X 36 : 24” MIN (A117.1, 603.2.3 EXCEPTION) . FF. FACTORY FINISH NORTHERN MAPLE #12120 AUTUMN 1 TYPICAL ACCESSORY MOUNTING HEIGHTS = CENTERED GWB GYPSUM WALL BOARD SV-2 | SHEET VINYL MANNINGTON BIOSPEC 6 INCH COVED BASE — WELDED SEAMS NO SCALE : ON WC 36” MIN WHERE WALL SPACE PERMITS w/ THE ADDITIONAL 12” MRGWB MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM CHERRYWOOD #15157 N * LENGTH ON THE TRANSFER SIDE OF THE WC (A117.1, 604.5.2) MALL BOA Sv-3 | SHEET VINYL PROVIDED BY = MATERIAL FOR PATCHING EXISTING CORR , PL PLASTIC LAMINATE OWNER WILL BE PROVIDED BY OWNER | 5 GRAB_BARS Ly Sal : aa CPT CARPET MANNINGTON COLOR: 4311 BROADLOOM =|. 1) LOCATIONS AS SHOWN. SIDE WALL (A117.1, 604.5.1) REAR WALL (A117.1, eet loom! Base SERIKOS OUTING | = 604.5.2) SV SHEET VINYL RB RUBBER BASE BURKE COLOR: 108 x 2) GRAB BARS SHALL HAVE AN OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF NOT LESS THAN BRONZE METALLIC 1 1/4” NOR MORE THAN 1 1/2” AND SHALL PROVIDE A CLEARANCE . PT-1 PAINT ECO SPEC OLOR: MELLOW MIST OF 1 1/2” BETWEEN THE GRAB BAR AND THE WALL. (A117.1, 609.2) a at EGGSHELL 3) GRAB BARS SHALL BE MOUNTED IN A HORIZONTAL POSITION, 3 FINISH SCHEDULE 33” MIN AND 36” MAX ABOVE THE FLOOR. (A117.1, 609.4) NO SCALE PT~2 PAINT BM ECO SPEC ACCENT COLOR PROVIDE ONE WALL IN MRI 65-M337, ANTEROOM 4) VERTICAL GRAB BAR SHALL BE LOCATED 39” MIN AND 41” MAX eee Ca eee NOTES: FROM REAR WALL AND 39” MIN AND 41” MAX ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. " 1) CLEAR FLOOR SPACES, CLEARANCES AT FIXTURES, AND WHEELCHAIR TURNING SPACES FINISH SCHEDULE _REMARKS/NOTES ACT ACOUSTICAL ARMSTRONG FINE FISSURED 2) 10 ‘OF THE TOLET oe MLW an MAX AFF (A117.1, 604.4) SME EAM GES MT ACES AN Ae Woe ae ee 1, 604. FRAME FOR DOORS THAT ACCESS AN AREA OF WORK. Plat PLASTIC WILSONART COLOR: #181435 3) FLUSH CONTROL, HAND OPERATED SHALL COMPLY WITH A117.1, 309 AND SHALL BE MOUNTED LAMINATE Pesci 3 BRONZE ne ci eon aio Set ane ON THE OPEN SIDE OF THE WATER CLOSET (A117.1 604.6) 2. PAINT ALL SOFFITS AND CEILING DROPS. 4) COAT HOOKS PROVIDED WITHIN TOILET ROOMS SHALL ACCOMODATE A FORWARD REACH PL? PLASTIC WILSONART COLOR: #7948—07 ’ OR SIDE REACH COMPLYING WITH SECTION 308. (A117.1, 603.4) Se REAOW , REINSTRTL. 1° WODIFW EMISTING BSE iS LAMINATE MAMBO * On ees cae eee i ea a 5) SEE INTERIOR ELEVATION SHEET A5 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS. INSIDE FACES OF DOORS AND DRAWERS OWS: eae AMIN INTEGRAL OVE BASE DOORS = WOOD VENEER: STAIN AND PROVIDE RANGE OF COLORS AND FINISHES FOR SELECTION 9 CODE REVIEW NOTES VARNISH TO MATCH EXISTING BY THE OWNER NO SCALE 4 MATERIAL SCHEDULE DOOR FRAMES - COLOR: MELLOW MIST COLOR TO MATCH WALL — ALKYD ENAMEL NO SCALE SHEEN: SEMI-GLOSS PLASTIC WALL MOUNTED {'-0) / 1-6" CLOSURE 1-0" / {<6" CLOSURE ii NURSE CALL LAMINATE LIGHT FIXTURE +—| Va PANEL +— PANEL WAINSCOT, TYAG 7 CLOSURE 7 CLOSURE 7 -TPD—NIC ALL PTOIL PANEL ——j}-—_| PANEL ——~WH——" | WALLS J [_ / / PLASTIC PTD \ , MIR itp / LAMINATE NIC Sp he DA” x60 0 f WAINSCOT X ¢B-3-—\ NOT H— WALL HUNG BUILT-IN = , BUILT-IN \| ‘ oe ’ 2 _|t GB-1 NM en) SINK BENCH — i oe BENCH — A? § & I = = + oD i =< Ty = | |. [© a/ ile} ae] FRU yy : fae zrP 9 = a Oo Xo = + oF hose d ' [ — SeSa 7 A / p i ) A 3 _f scribe B A 1” scrise B fa 6” INTEGRAL COVE BASE 1-6 3 NEY, SEE TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND CODE NOTES (DET 1 AND 2 THIS SHEET) FOR CLR ADDITIONAL DIMENSIONS AND ACCESSORY MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS 6 RM 65-M335A PTOIL 5 RM 65-M332 CHNG 8 RM 65-M333 CHNG SCALE: 1/4°=1'-0" SCALE: 1/4”=1'-0° SCALE: 1/4”=1'-0" . als as RF SHIELDED RELITE CLOSURE 3-0" 3-0" 3-0" EQUIP. ACCESS OPENING — 4-9 4-0 (OBSERVATION WINDOW) RF DOOR PANEL NN CONFIRM SIZE W/ VENDOR \ in \ hi ZI i : beste & + - v 3” TYP. CHAIR RAIL, TYP. THT wl — He ’ \ — WEEN J : [o>) oO F J 11 Tle 11 ° A-6 ° wits A-6 —__ rt A B ¢ ra SORIBE, 20 I state 4 /4"=1'-0" 6" CLOSURE RF SHIELDED RELITE — = Va: ria / (OBSERVATION WINDOW) _ 7 CHAIR RAIL, cine RAIL, CHAIR RAIL, | 3'-o" [ \ \ PLAM WORK 3 TYP. TYP. . TYP. —_ COUNTER aN —_ =O i A a— = -t TT IT N f | q = = \ / / ee | Wits be] | a N ~_~— , n A 10'-0" c 443-0" pc pr-o A B 18 ( 17 } 16 4 ( 8 ; ore oe 10 SCALE: 1/4"=1°-0" SCALE: 1/4°=1'-0" 9092 SC A L E BI D SE T REGI ARCHITEC Y Lu ae [ < HN Oo c oT OF c - <x Sw o Ud i OZ c O =a - = Lu Cou LL Ow ~ Da t e Dr a w n Re v i s i o n ED — R MATTHEW G COATES STATE OF WASHINGTON WA 98 3 6 8 Po r t To w n s e n d , 83 4 Sh e r i d a n Av e if Ol 1X2 BLOCKING, FASTEN TO DOOR ROOM DOOR FRAME DETAILS HARDWARE RATINGS REMARKS 9” SIM 9" ee - BACKING @ 8 0.C. MAX. NUMBER | NUMBER | NAME TYPE _| WIDTH |HEIGHT | THICKNESS | MATERIAL | FINISH | TYPE | MATERIAL | FINISH | JAMB | HEAD | SiLL | GROUP |GLAZING |SMOKE | FIRE ci — W/ #10 WOOD SCREWS, ALL 331 65-M331 | OFFICE EXIST | 3-0" | 7-0" | 1.75 sc EXIST | EXIST HM = - - | 11/A-6 = — [1/3 HR/1/3 HR] EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME =e + a SIDES OF BENCH en (PL-1) ON 332 | 65-M332 | CHNG F | 3-0 | 7-0" | 1.75 sc {woo | 1 HM PT |14/A-614/A-6 11/A-0 2 = = | / = eee ee. 4 AC PLYWOOD 333 | 65-M333 | CHNG F |3-0'| 7-0" | 1.75 sc. | wooo | 1 HM PT |14/A-614/A-6 11/A-@ 2 = = |= 7 y ae 7 334 | 65-M334 | ANTEROOM F | 4-0" | 7-0" | 1.75 sc [wooo | 1 HM PT | 5/A-6| 5/A—6|15/A-6 1 — [1/3 HR[1/3 HR = Pi i 1/¥ | ? ” ) om) i) a . on in | 335A | 65-M335A | PTOIL F | 3-0" | 7-0 1.75 sc wooD | 1 HM PT |14/A-6 14/A-6 15/A-6 2 - - - a 3 . _! ! 336 | 65-M336 | EQUIP Exist | 3-0" | 7-0" | 1.75 sc _| EXIST | EXIST HM pT [| - - - - — [1/3 HR|1/3 HR| EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME rm \ on t TF | 337 | 65-M337 | MRI F | 4-0" [7-10"| 1.75 sc. [wood | 1 HM PT | 9/A-6| 9/A-6|10/A-6| SHIELD MFR - RF SHIELDED DOOR BY SHIELDING MFR. 7 \ = 1 SI 338 | 65-M338 | CONTROL Exist [ 4-0" | 7-0" [1.75 sc | EXIST | EXIST HM PT |5/A-6| 5/A-6| 11/A-4 — __[1/3HR| 1/3HR| EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME \ = w , foo N | ‘ease 1 F = | DOOR SCHEDULE = ; | 2 \ ao Se FRAME TYPES DOOR TYPES = eee po 4 TYP BACKING 2 TYP BACKING AT SIDEWALLS 54, HARDWOOD EDGE \S BAND, STAIN AND mn ; rn mn VARNISH GWB ON 1%) RF WALL L =< + Ey GWB ON F Z BENCH DETAILS FURRING PANEL W/ 3 e ‘4 FURRING * a 1 A CHANNELS, SEE OZ. COPPER - i : vAREN CHANNELS, SEE |f: og \ A\—— ee ane a se 3 5%” STUDS R < ; ~<O ] : us _ 4 \ \ sa sth | ai EXIST. CMU WALL eae 5 ([ >< : Ls 5 ee Koh ee re «5 [OKA AP INSULATION I ? eOLETiON & & _ . \I/. a ~~ FINISHED CEILING AS SCHED = = — a * ‘ iS PA = L- 4 ” ny? S = SWB | [~*~ nce +— 1 SEALANT TYPICAL ° 5/8” TYPE ’x’ GWB SSS555 Pe [r Et SHIM AS REQ’D FOR ALIGNMENT OF ADJACENT SURFACES 2 4, ol SN EXIST. HM FRAME PERL ol SN HM FRAME AA: ee =e & _ aq y 4 cl= Fs Z\N STAINLESS STL. CORNER o|jE Ff el /\N | » [>= SHIM SF os REMOVABLE GUARDS SF 3 /2”, TYP. RETURN . |= 2 — 2 ! 7/8” FURRING CHANNEL — TYP. L_FIRE TREATED 1-1/8” PLYWOOD BACKING — = DOOR TRIM WHERE SHOWN = i: INSTALL VERTICAL OR COORDINATE SIZE AND LOCATION WITH ACCESSORY ol IN PLAN oxi MFR TYP ANCHOR FOR i HORONTAL AT 1 ay EoNER (o) Oo - “J me LIGHT GAUGE FRAMING CLIPS a> EXIST. DOOR RF DOOR a= PATCH "ERIN: son “PLAN SECTION SURFACE eae ae VexeD ‘BLOCKING we so ™_ DOOR AS SCHEDULED z See corto cee COORDINATE ml EXIST DOOR/FRAME /RELITES POSITIONS W/ PLAN — MASONRY WALL ——]| ——-« SHIELDED L ; /FRAME /| INSTALL BACKING FOR GRAB BARS, MIRRORS AND BABY CHANGING STATION AS INDICATED \h i BOL. \S ; CONT CHANNEL BEHIND BASE ON PLANS — PROVIDE ALLOWANCE FOR AN ADDITIONAL 32 SF OF BACKING FOR N= S SEE SCHEDULE FOR BASE TYPE INSTALLATION OF OWNER FURNISHED AND INSTALLED ACCESSORIES = EXIST. CMU DR. JAMB ; RF DOOR JAMB (HEAD SIM) 13 CONCRETE DR. JAMB (HEAD SM) : TYP. BACKING DETAIL SCALE: 3”=1'—0" SCALE: 3”=1'—0" SCALE: 3”=1'-0" %, \ Y\\\ 2 ae Fr rN 3%" FURRED WALL: OPTIONAL DETAIL FOR PROVIDING NEW INTERIOR FINISH OVER CONC. OR CMU WALLS 5 TYE of ews pee? 7 8\-LYPICAL FURRED WALL WOOD EDGE STAINLESS STL. DOOR 7 "1-———_-mer’s. STANDARD 7 PASTING METAL ROOF DECK | roo) THRESHOLD i f MTL. STUD ANCHOR ©O >+————_ I~, WAY ° FLOORING AS : HM FRAME +7 —t- 4 Ve SCHEDULED FLOORING AS “| | < ; SCHEDULED —————_ —=L_ i 2 = % : = DEEP LEG RUNNER TRACK — z._ + tL. : oz G/ 206K TRIMER aL Bi SECURE 10 EXIST METAL DECK 7 = Slo S HOLD STUDS 1” SHORT FOR 7% 5 A J . . o|* HM DOOR % = DEFLECTION = = COORD SLAB DEPRESSIONADEPTH W/ A . VS as i a SHIELDING SUBCONTRACTOR | bs] 2 Ls o 3, \ CHANGING ROOM BENCH 19)8F_ DOOR SILL 1 4\-GWB DOOR JAMB (HEAD SIM.) 2] = a TE LER HRORO NORTE: Y = SCALE: T’=1'=0" SCALE: 3”=1'-0" SCALE: 3”=1’-0" Fl = PARTITION = . & . 3-5/8” X 20 GA METAL STUDS AT > Lu & = 1/4 S 16” OC TYPICAL (PARTITION Y He ono AS A, = 7 HEIGHT 11'-7" APPROX) a == 7 \, —— SCHEDULED aoe T 5 | Sn << . |—————PLAM CLOSURE, TYP. = 1X6 HARDWOOD, STAIN AND = R aI Bakade aaen Re proce: NO or VARNISH RESILIENT /CARPET : Pil J ; : IN P TOIL fo) _ /) TRANSITIONAL ' ; c Lr id MDF, PAINT TO MATCH MOULDING “| a oO. — WALL (OR PROVIDE ONE CARPET SHEET VINYL : “||| SEE SCHEDULE FOR BASE TYPE Or PIECE %X6 CVG FIR ; SEALANT @ PERIMETER — TYPICAL % ) Ne FINISH AS a HEAT-WELDED SEAM © Fe Lf e — 104 SCHEDULED DOOR, TYP. Oo <x » > > 7 CHAIR RAIL 17 INT. DOOR SILL @ TRANSITION 15 TYP. INTERIOR DOOR SILL 19 TYP. FULL HGT. PARTITION o i< SCALE: 3”=1’-0" SCALE: 3”=1'-0" SCALE: 3”=1’-0" SCALE: 3”=1'-0" a QO 2 * oun S oO BACKSPLASH IS TO BE SET IN FULL BACKSPLASH IS TO BE SET IN FULL —_ Y- 1-0" SEALANT BED — TYPICAL SEALANT BED — TYPICAL - ALL SURFACES OF TOP, SPLASH AND ALL SURFACES OF TOP, SPLASH AND ~ Y o i PLAM DOORS RETURN TO BE PL-1 RETURN TO BE PL—1 Cc tc 2-0" UNLESS NOTED ON PLAN Pa # cal. 7 P 21" e u | ate a << / SPLASH aT ryt 1/8 2x4 WALL FRAMING (9 O Ti ‘ SIDE SPLASH (SELF /—"——PLAM CLOSURE, TYP. x = a Ff 1 wy, A END WALL SECURE TO WALL AT WEST = Wy, - LW OAR? Top LEVEL aS ss __ END, BOLT TO VERTICAL _. ~2 © ® = [a — HARDWOOD STEEL SUPPORT AT EAST + a 1 1/2” PLAM FINISH Be ab : ; (PL-1) SOLID TOP AND — \ TH — aH 7 —— SUBTOP 1 NX oiyea N SINK 6"FACE ae Pal rT to] FACE DIM qs ADJUSTABLE K = - J 4 AN SHELVES r CH ? S SS i PL? ; : Ps I | <= >—— 2 ADJUSTABLE SHELVES - ne pgm a ‘ I 2”x 24” TUBE STEEL OR > Las | Gy UON) ON 1” CENTERS mM ee /—— ADJUSTABLE = hi 0" 4 a (UON) é I ANGLE WELDED 10 3”x 12”x : SHELF. TYP. _ | 4 Ly 5, mi in 1/4” BASE PLATE - BOLT = i | i _|b | KO o al. | TO FLOOR WITH (2)- 1/2" I m4 el ow I} ——-- \—1-1/2"x1-1/2"x1/4" STL ANGLE SHIRE Like 7 EXPANSION ANCHORS = ey | CANTILEVER WALL BRACKET WITH + : | WEB STIFFENER — PROVIDE AS \ 6 li \e= SHOWN ON INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 1\ | I|| PLASTIC. LAMINATE » 52 I — BOLT TO DOUBLE STUD IN 1 “O83 WALL OR FACE OF EXISTING i Aart + Li MASONRY WALL Je 3) BASE AS SCHEDULED \ + a | | ee ; \— WIRE MANAGEMENT — VERIFY 7 r » _ 3 MOUNTING HEIGHT TO CLEAR os 4) 2-1 ELECTRICAL DEVICES 2-1 EXISTING CONC SLAB A 4 SCALE: 1”=1'-0” 8 SCALE: 1”=1'-0” 12 SCALE: 1”=1’-0” 16 SCALE: 1”=1'-0” 17 SCALE: 1”=1'-0” 20 SCALE: 1”=1’-0" Lo y e r s e t ’ no n e J= / Sc a l e : Vi e w , PL O T La t e / l i n e De c e m b e r 1/ 7 , 20 0 9 E1 9 am . C- 0 N on g fy EW A ti l e : Mt General Structural Notes (THE FOLLOWING APPLY UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS.) CRITERIA: . ALL MATERIALS, WORKMANSHIP, DESIGN, AND CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC), 2006 EDITION. . THE EXISTING STRUCTURE HAS NOT BEEN EVALUATED AND/OR STRENGTHENED TO CONFORM TO PRESENT EARTHQUAKE CODE REQUIREMENTS AS PART OF THIS PROJECT SCOPE. . DESIGN LOADING CRITERIA: OCCUPANCY CATEGORY (IBC TABLE 1004.5) .......20202, II] ROOF SNON LOAD 2 ww ww 25 PSF (I5=1.1) MECHANICAL UNITS...) SEE DRAWINGS FOR MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WEIGHTS STRUCTURAL DRANINGS SHALL BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND ALL OTHER CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR BIDDING AND CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS FOR COMPATIBILITY AND SHALL NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ALL DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO COORDINATE BUILDING LAYOUT DIMENSIONS (GRID LAYOUTS, SITE COORDINATES, ETC.) AMONGST ALL TRADES, INCLUDING SHOP FABRICATED ITEMS. _ CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING DIMENSIONS, MEMBER SIZES AND CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. ALL DIMENSIONS OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED AS GUIDELINES ONLY AND MUST BE VERIFIED. THE EXISTING CONDITIONS SHONN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE BASED EITHER ON SITE OBSERVATION, ORIGINAL DRAWINGS OR WERE ASSUMED BASED ON EXPECTED CONDITIONS. IF THE EXISTING CONDITIONS DO NOT CLOSELY MATCH THE CONDITIONS SHON ON THE DRAWINGS, OR IF THE EXISTING MATERIALS ARE OF QUESTIONABLE OR SUBSTANDARD QUALITY, NOTIFY THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. . CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY BRACING FOR THE STRUCTURE AND STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS UNTIL ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DRAWINGS. . CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND THE METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES OR PROCEDURES REQUIRED TO PERFORM THE WORK. CONTRACTOR- INITIATED CHANGES SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING TO THE ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR CONSTRUCTION. CHANGES SHOWN ON SHOP DRAWINGS ONLY WILL NOT SATISFY THIS REQUIREMENT. . DRANINGS INDICATE GENERAL AND TYPICAL DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION. WHERE CONDITIONS ARE NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED BUT ARE OF SIMILAR CHARACTER TO DETAILS SHOWN, SIMILAR DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE USED, SUBJECT TO REVIEN AND APPROVAL BY THE ARCHITECT AND THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. . ALL STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS COMPOSED OF COMPONENTS TO BE FIELD ERECTED SHALL BE SUPERVISED BY THE SUPPLIER DURING MANUFACTURING, DELIVERY, HANDLING, STORAGE AND ERECTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH INSTRUCTIONS PREPARED BY THE SUPPLIER. . SEISMIC BRACING AND ANCHORAGE OF MECHANICAL UNITS AND OTHER MECHANICAL FIXTURES NOT SPECIFICALLY SHON ON THE PROJECT MECHANICAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE DESIGNED BY A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER REGISTERED IN THE STATE OF WASHINGTON. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MUST HIRE THE ENGINEER AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL COSTS RELATED TO THE PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION OF SEISMIC BRACING AND ANCHORAGE. SEISMIC BRACING AND ANCHORAGE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 13 OF ASCE 1-05. SEE GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTE 14 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. . SHOP DRANINGS FOR REINFORCING STEEL (FOR BOTH CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION) AND STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR REVIEN PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF THESE ITEMS. . SHOP DRAWING REVIEN: DIMENSIONS AND QUANTITIES ARE NOT REVIENED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD, AND THEREFORE MUST BE VERIFIED BY THE CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW AND STAMP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO REVIEN BY ENGINEER OF RECORD. SUBMITTALS SHALL INCLUDE A REPRODUCIBLE AND ONE COPY. THE REPRODUCIBLE SHALL BE MARKED AND RETURNED. SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS PROCESSED BY THE ENGINEER ARE NOT CHANGE ORDERS. THE PURPOSE OF SHOP DRANING SUBMITTALS BY THE CONTRACTOR IS TO DEMONSTRATE TO THE ENGINEER THAT THE CONTRACTOR UNDERSTANDS THE DESIGN CONCEPT BY INDICATING WHICH MATERIAL IS INTENDED TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED AND BY DETAILING THE INTENDED FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION METHODS. IF DEVIATIONS, DISCREPANCIES, OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS AND THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE DISCOVERED EITHER PRIOR TO OR AFTER SHOP DRANING SUBMITTALS ARE PROCESSED BY THE ENGINEER, THE DESIGN DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL CONTROL AND SHALL BE FOLLOWED. STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS ( STRUCTURAL) : . STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS - STRUCTURAL ITEMS (SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D) : SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE OANER APPOINTED INSPECTION AGENCY IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 17 OF THE IBC WITH REPORTS PER IBC SECTION 1704.1.2 SUBMITTED TO THE OWNER, ARCHITECT, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR, AND BUILDING OFFICIAL FOR EACH DAY SPECIAL INSPECTIONS OR TESTING IS PERFORMED. THESE INSPECTIONS ARE IN ADDITION TO THE INSPECTIONS SPECIFIED IN IBC SECTION 104. SEE TABLES BELOW FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. STRUCTURAL _I TEMS SPECIAL INSPECTION FREQUENCY IBC_REFERENCE STRUCTURAL STEEL FABRICATION AND ERECTION* FABRICATION PROCEDURES PERIODIC 1704.2.1 & TABLE 1104.3 ITEM 3 ERECTION PERIODIC 1704.3.2 & TABLE 1704.3 ITEM 6 SHOP AND FIELD WELDING CONTINUOUS (PERIODIC FOR ITEMS EXCEPTED 1704.3.1, TABLE 1704.3 ITEM 45a, (INCL. METAL DECKING) PER IBC 1104.3 ITEM 2) 1708.4, & AISC 341-05 APPENDIX @ HIGH-STRENGTH BOLTING PERIODIC (CONTINUOUS WHERE REQUIRED PER IBC 1104.3.3.3) 1704.3.3 § TABLE 1704.3 ITEM 142 CONCRETE (SEE GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTE 18 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS) ** REINFORCING PLACEMENT PERIODIC AND PRIOR TO ALL CONCRETE POURS ANCHOR BOLT PLACEMENT PERIODIC AND PRIOR TO ALL CONCRETE POURS CONCRETE PLACEMENT* ¥* CONTINUOUS CURING & FORMNORK PROCEDURES PERIODIC TABLE 1704.4 ITEM | TABLE 1704.4 ITEM 3 TABLE 1104.4 ITEM 4,546 TABLE 1704.4 ITEM 7, 10811 MASONRY (SEE GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTE 23 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS) LEVEL | SPECIAL INSPECTION PERIODIC (CONTINUOUS FOR GROUTING AND WELDING OF REINFORCING BARS) TABLE 1704.5.1 ITEM | THRU 6 EXPANSION BOLTS ¢ INSERTS PERIODIC INCLUDING TORQUE TESTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED ICO-ES REPORTS EPOXY GROUTED INSTALLATIONS PERIODIC INCLUDING INSPECTION OF EMBEDMENT DEPTH AND HOLE CLEANLINESS PRIOR TO ALL INSTALLATIONS ¥ STRUCTURAL STEEL INSPECTIONS MAY BE WAIVED IF APPROVED BY THE OWNER AND BUILDING OFFICIAL FOR WORK PERFORMED ON THE PREMISES OF A FABRICATOR REGISTERED AND APPROVED TO PERFORM SUCH WORK WITHOUT SPECIAL INSPECTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH IBC SECTION 1704.2.2. ¥* EXCEPTIONS | THRU 4 PER IBC SECTION 1704.4 SHALL NOT APPLY TO CONCRETE WORK ON THIS PROJECT. ¥**® FREQUENCY OF CONCRETE LABORATORY TESTING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH AGI 318-05 SECTION 5.6.2 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED IN THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS. SEISMIC DESIGN REQUIREMENTS (ASCE 1-05 CHAPTER 13) PERIODIC SPECIAL INSPECTION ARCH, MECH, ¢ ELEC ITEMS AS SPECIFIED PER IBC CHAPTER 17 SUSPENDED CEILINGS ASCE 1-05 SECTION 13.5.6 INSPECTIONS PER IBO SECTION 104 AND ASCE 7 13.5.6.2.2 AS REQUIRED ACCESS FLOORS ASCE 1-05 SECTION 13.5.7 REQUIRED FOR ANCHORAGE (IBC 1707.6) PARTITION WALLS ASCE 1-05 SECTION 13.5.8 REQUIRED DURING ERECTION AND FASTENING FOR WALLS > 15 PSF (IBC 1707.7) IN HEIGHT (IBC 1107.6) GLAZING SYSTEMS ASCE 1-05 SECTION 13.5.4 NOT REQUIRED LIFE SAFETY COMPONENTS INCLUDING FIRE PUMPS, EMERGENCY GENERATORS, SMOKE EVACUATION FANS, AND COMPONENTS WITH HAZARDOUS COMBUSTIBLE, OR HIGHLY TOXIC CONTENTS (Ip=1.5 PER ASCE 1-05 SECTION 13.1.3) ASCE 1-05 SECTION 13.6 AND IBC 1108.5 REQUIRED FOR VERIFICATION OF CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE LABEL ON COMPONENT (IBC 1707.4) INSTALLATION AND ANCHORAGE OF SPRINKLER SYSTEMS, FIRE PUMPS, EMERGENCY GENERATORS, COMPONENTS WITH HAZARDOUS, COMBUSTIBLE, OR HIGHLY TOXIG CONTENTS (Ip=1.5 PER ASCE 1-05 SECTION 13.1.3) ASCE 1-05 SECTION 13.6 AND IBC 1108.5 REQUIRED (IBC 1107.8 & 1707.4) ALL OTHER MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ASCE 1-05 SECTION 13.6 NOT REQUIRED STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION PER IBC SECTION 1704 15 NOT REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT. CONTRACTOR STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY: CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A WRITTEN STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY TO THE OWNER, ARCHITECT, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER, AND BUILDING OFFICIAL PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION ACKNOWLEDGING THE SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS AND IMPLEMENTATION PROCEDURES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFIC, ITEMIZED REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 1106 OF THE IBC. ANCHORAGE : . EXPANSION BOLTS INTO GROUTED MASONRY SHALL BE "KNIK BOLT 3", AS MANUFACTURED BY HILTI CORPORATION AND INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH IGO-ES REPORT NO. 1385 AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, INCLUDING MINIMUM EMBEDMENT REQUIREMENTS. SUBSTITUTES PROPOSED BY CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEN WITH ICO-ES REPORTS INDICATING EQUIVALENT OR GREATER LOAD CAPACITIES. IN ADDITION, SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL MEET ICC-ES ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA ACOl. SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED FOR ALL EXPANSION BOLT INSTALLATION. EXPANSION BOLTS SHALL NOT BE USED AS SUBSTITUTES FOR EMBEDDED ANCHOR BOLTS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. A MINIMUM OF 4! OF SOLID GROUT SHALL BE IN PLACE AND CURED TO A MINIMUM STRENGTH OF 2,000 PSI ON ALL SIDES OF EXPANSION BOLTS AT MASONRY WALLS PRIOR TO BOLT INSTALLATION. BOLTS IN MASONRY WALL SHALL COMPLY WITH RESTRICTIONS SHOWN IN DETAIL 4/S-4 AT HEAD JOINTS. NOTIFY ENGINEER IF BOLT LOCATIONS CONFLICT WITH REINFORCING STEEL - DO NOT CUT REINFORCING OR REDUCE EMBEDMENT DEPTHS WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL . . EPOXY-GROUTED RODS OR REBAR TO CONCRETE OR MASONRY SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE GROUTED WITH "SET EPOXY-TIE ADHESIVE" AS MANUFACTURED BY SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY, INC. INSTALL IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ICC-ES REPORT NO. 1712, INCLUDING MINIMUM EMBEDMENT REQUIREMENTS. SUBSTITUTES PROPOSED BY CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEN WITH ICC-ES REPORTS INDICATING EQUIVALENT OR GREATER LOAD CAPACITIES. IN ADDITION, SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL MEET ICO-ES ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA AC5&. SPECIAL INSPECTION OF EPOXY-GROUTED ANCHOR INSTALLATION IS REQUIRED. EPOXY GROUTED RODS OR REBAR SHALL NOT BE USED AS SUBSTITUTES FOR CAST-IN-PLACE ANCHOR BOLTS OR REINFORCING STEEL UNLESS SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED A MINIMUM OF 4" OF SOLID GROUT SHALL SURROUND ALL ANCHORS IN CMU WALLS (IF SPECIFIED AT HOLLON CMU, PROVIDE SCREEN TUBES AND PLACE BOLTS IN CORE DRILLED HOLES). NOTIFY ENGINEER IF BOLT LOCATIONS CONFLICT WITH REINFORCING STEEL - DO NOT CUT REINFORCING OR REDUCE EMBEDMENT DEPTHS WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL. UNLESS OTHERNISE NOTED, PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING EMBEDMENT DEPTHS FOR EPOXY-GROUTED ANCHORS AT CONCRETE OR REINFORCED MASONRY WALLS: 1/2" RODOR#3 BAR ee 4" 5/B"0 ROD OR#4 BAR 5" 3/40 ROD OR #5 BAR 1" RENOVATION: . DEMOLITION: CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE COMMENCING ANY DEMOLITION. SHORING SHALL BE INSTALLED TO SUPPORT EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED AND IN A MANNER SUITABLE TO THE WORK SEQUENCES. EXISTING REINFORCING SHALL BE SAVED WHERE AND AS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. SAN CUTTING, IF AND WHERE USED, SHALL NOT CUT EXISTING REINFORCING WHICH 1S TO BE SAVED. DEMOLITION DEBRIS SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED TO DAMAGE OR OVERLOAD THE EXISTING STRUCTURE. LIMIT CONSTRUCTION LOADING (INCLUDING DEMOLITION DEBRIS) ON EXISTING FLOOR SYSTEMS TO 40 PSF (20 PSF AT ROOFS) . A. ALL NEW OPENINGS THROUGH EXISTING MASONRY OR CONCRETE WALLS, SLABS, AND BEAMS SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY SANCUTTING WHEREVER POSSIBLE. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL NEW OPENINGS SHALL BE SANCUT NEAT AND CLEAN; NO OVERCUTTING AT OPENING CORNERS SHALL BE ALLOWED. AS REQUIRED, CORE DRILL CORNERS AND CHIP, GRIND OR CUT THE CORNERS TO PROVIDE THE REQUIRED DIMENSIONS. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND LOCATION OF MEMBERS PRIOR TO CUTTING ANY OPENINGS. C. SMALL ROUND OPENINGS SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY CORE DRILLING, IF POSSIBLE. Fr o r e c t ’ JE M ER S O N HE A L T H C A R E — ME Y IN S T A L L A T I O N COUGHLIN PORTER LUNDEEN 413 PINE STREET - SUITE 300 SEATTLE, WA 98101 P: 206/343-0460 F: 206/343-5691 A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL 2/11/09 ENGINEERING CORPORATION SC A L E 3/ 4 " = 1 ' - 0 " an 2 's< HN oO cL oO FF a | E = Su oU€U€~SdSL i oO Zz O ED - = Gu Ow = & Sg | a: ais NOTES ° WA 98 3 6 8 Po r t To w n s e n d , 83 4 Sh e r i d a n Av e Lo y e r s e l ’ no n e f= ] Sc a l e ’ Vi e w . PL O T ? LY BW A Lo t e / l i n e : De c e m b e r 17 , 20 0 9 E1 9 as n . C- 6 M on g Fi l e : Jt ~ non On (COse. NG SE. 17104 18. General Structural Notes (THE FOLLOWING APPLY UNLESS SHOWN OTHERNISE ON THE DRAWINGS.) CONCRETE: CONCRETE SHALL BE MIXED, PROPORTIONED, CONVEYED AND PLACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH IBC SECTION 1405 AND ACI 301. CONCRETE SHALL ATTAIN A 20-DAY STRENGTH OF f'c = 4,000 PSI AND MIX SHALL CONTAIN NOT LESS THAN 6 1/2 SACKS OF 20% \BC 20. zl. 22. CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL PER CUBIC YARD AND SHALL BE PROPORTIONED TO PRODUCE A SLUMP OF 5" OR LESS. MAXIMUM WATER-CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL RATIO FOR INTERIOR SLABS SHALL NOT EXCEED 0.50 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. THE MINIMUM AMOUNTS OF CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL MAY BE CHANGED IF A CONCRETE PERFORMANCE MIX IS SUBMITTED TO THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AND THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT FOR APPROVAL TNO WEEKS PRIOR TO PLACING ANY CONCRETE. THE PERFORMANCE MIX SHALL INCLUDE THE AMOUNTS OF CEMENT, FINE AND COARSE AGGREGATE, WATER AND ADMIXTURES, AS WELL AS THE WATER-CEMENT RATIO, SLUMP, CONCRETE YIELD AND SUBSTANTIATING STRENGTH DATA IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 318-05, CHAPTER 5. REVIEN OF MIX SUBMITTALS BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD INDICATES ONLY THAT INFORMATION PRESENTED CONFORMS GENERALLY WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. CONTRACTOR OR SUPPLIER MAINTAINS FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR SPECIFIED PERFORMANCE . ALL EXTERIOR CONCRETE WITH SURFACES EXPOSED TO STANDING WATER SHALL BE AIR-ENTRAINED WITH AN AIR-CONTENT CONFORMING TO ACI 318-05 TABLE 4.2.1. . REINFORCING STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM AGI5, GRADE 60, fy = 60,000 PSI. AND SHALL BE DTAILED ( INCLUDING HOOKS AND BENDS) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 315-44 AND 318-05. LAP ALL CONTINUOUS REINFORCEMENT (#5 AND SMALLER) 40 BAR DIAMETERS OR 2'-O0" MINIMUM. PROVIDE CORNER BARS AT ALL WALL AND FOOTING INTERSECTIONS. LAP CORNER BARS (#5 AND SMALLER) 40 BAR DIAMETERS OR 2'-0" MINIMUM. LAPS OF LARGER BARS SHALL BE MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 318-05, CLASS B. LAP ADJACENT MATS OF WELDED WIRE FABRIC A MINIMUM OF 8" AT SIDES AND ENDS. NO BARS PARTIALLY EMBEDDED IN HARDENED CONCRETE SHALL BE FIELD BENT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS OR APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. BONDING AGENT SHALL BE "CONCRESIVE LIQUID LPL" BY CHEMREX, INC. OR EQUIVALENT, AND SHALL BE USED WHERE NEN CONCRETE 15 PLACED AGAINST PREVIOUSLY PLACED OR EXISTING CONCRETE. PLACE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, INCLUDING PREPARATION OF EXISTING SURFACES. NON-SHRINK GROUT SHALL BE FURNISHED BY AN APPROVED MANUFACTURER AND SHALL BE MIXED AND PLACED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. GROUT STRENGTH SHALL BE AT LEAST EQUAL TO THE MATERIAL ON WHICH IT 15 PLACED (6,000 PSI MINIMUM) . MASONRY : CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT WALLS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF MEDIUM OR NORMAL WEIGHT MASONRY UNITS, CONFORMING TO ASTM C40, LAID IN A RUNNING BOND WITH A MINIMUM NET AREA COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 1900 PSI. MORTAR SHALL BE TYPE "S'" PER IBC TABLE 2103.8 (1) OR (2). GROUT SHALL CONFORM TO IBC SECTION 2103.12 REQUIREMENTS AND ATTAIN A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 2,000 PSI AT 28 DAYS, DESIGN F'm = 1500 PSI] AT 28 DAYS. STRENGTH SHALL BE VERIFIED BY PRISM TESTING OR SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THE UNIT STRENGTH METHOD IN ACCORDANCE WITH IBO SECTION 2105 AND IBC TABLE 1708.1.4 - LEVEL 2 QUALITY ASSURANCE. UNLESS OTHERNISE NOTED, PROVIDE THE FOLLONING REINFORCEMENT: 8" WALLS #5 @ 32"0c. VERT. (2)#5 @ 32"0c. HORIZ. IN ADDITION, PROVIDE (1)#5 (#4 @ 6" WALLS) VERT. FULL HEIGHT AT EACH SIDE OF OPENINGS, AT WALL CORNERS AND INTERSECTIONS, AT FREE ENDS OF WALLS, AND (2)#5 ((2)#4 @ 6" WALLS) HORIZONTAL AT ELEVATED FLOOR AND ROOF LEVELS, AT TOPS OF WALLS, AND ABOVE AND BELOW ALL OPENINGS. ALL HORIZONTAL REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE PLACED IN BOND BEAMS. EXTEND HORIZONTAL REINFORCEMENT 2'-0" BEYOND OPENINGS. IF 2'-0" UNAVAILABLE EXTEND REINFORCEMENT AS FAR AS POSSIBLE AND HOOK. PROVIDE CORNER BARS TO LAP HORIZONTAL REINFORCEMENT AT CORNERS AND INTERSECTIONS. LAP SPLICES SHALL BE 25" FOR NO. 4 BARS, 40" FOR NO. 5 BARS, AND 72 BAR DIAMETERS FOR NO. 6 AND LARGER BARS. FILL ALL CELLS CONTAINING REINFORCEMENT OR EMBEDDED ITEMS AND ALL CELLS BELOW GRADE WITH GROUT. PROVIDE CLEANOUT HOLES AT BOTTOM OF ALL CELLS CONTAINING REINFORCEMENT FOR POURS GREATER THAN 5 FEET IN HEIGHT (MAXIMUM SPACING OF CLEANOUTS SHALL BE 32"0c FOR SOLIDLY GROUTED WALLS). MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF GROUT POURS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 530.1-05 TABLE 7. MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF GROUT LIFTS 15 5 FEET. 23. 24, 25. STEEL : STRUCTURAL STEEL DESIGN, FABRICATION, AND ERECTION SHALL BE BASED ON THE LATEST EDITIONS OF THE A.1.5.C. SPECIFICATIONS AND CODES: |. SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS-ALLOWABLE STRESS AND PLASTIC DESIGN, OR LOAD AND RESISTANCE FACTOR DESIGN SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS. 2. CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE FOR STEEL BUILDINGS AND BRIDGES, ADOPTED MARCH 18, 2005. IN REFERENCE TO SECTIONS 3.1.2 AND 4.4.1, THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS (DESIGN DRAWINGS) SHOW COMPLETE CONNECTION DETAILS FOR ALL MEMBERS EXCEPT THOSE NOTED TO BE DESIGN-BUILD ITEMS. ALTERNATE CONNECTION DETAILS REQUESTED BY THE FABRICATOR SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR APPROVAL VIA A REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI) PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF SHOP DRAWINGS. IN REFERENCE TO SECTION 3.1.6, FABRICATOR SHALL ALSO REVIEW PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS AND ARCHITECTURAL DRANINGS TO DETERMINE PAINTING AND GALVANIZING REQUIREMENTS. MEMBERS EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE, MASONRY OR TO RECEIVE SPRAY-ON FIREPROOFING SHALL NOT BE PAINTED. DO NOT PAINT OR GALVANIZE AREAS OF PIECES TO BE FIELD WELDED, OR REMOVE PAINT AND GALVANIZING IN FIELD PRIOR TO WELDING. IN REFERENCE TO SECTION 3.3, IN THE EVENT OF DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN DESIGN DRANINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, THE DESIGN DRAWINGS GOVERN. IN REFERENCE TO SECTION 4.1, THE FABRICATOR SHALL NOT ASSUME BID PACKAGES CONSTITUTE RELEASING THE DRAWINGS FOR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT EXPLICIT DIRECTION TO DO SO BY THE OWNER. 3. SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL JOINTS USING ASTM A325 OR A440 BOLTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO COMPLY WITH OSHA REGULATION 294 CFR PART 1426 SUBPART R - STEEL ERECTION, PUBLISHED JANUARY 18, 2001. MISCELLANEOUS PLATES FOR GUYING CABLE ATTACHMENTS, TEMPORARY JOIST BRACING, ETC. SHALL BE ADDED AS REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR SHALL EVALUATE COLUMNS AND PROVIDE ADEQUATE BASE PLATE SHIMS, GUYS, OR TEMPORARY BRACING AS REQUIRED PER SECTION 1926.755. STRUCTURAL STEEL, INCLUDING PLATES, ANGLES, CHANNELS, AND RODS, SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A36, Fy = 36 KOI. WIDE FLANGE AND WT STEEL SHAPES SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM AQ942, Fy = 50 KSI. STEEL PIPE SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM ASS, TYPE E OR S, GRADE B, Fy = 35 KSI. STRUCTURAL TUBING (HSS) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A500, GRADE B, Fy = 46 KSI. ANCHOR BOLTS AND CONNECTION BOLTS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A307. HOT-DIP GALVANIZE ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL EXPOSED TO WEATHER. L WELDING SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH A.1.5.C. AND A.W.9. STANDARDS AND SHALL BE PERFORMED BY N.A.B.0. CERTIFIED WELDERS USING E1OXX ELECTRODES. ONLY PREQUALIFIED WELDS (AS DEFINED BY A.W.S.) SHALL BE USED. DO NOT PAINT OR GALVANIZE AREAS OF PIECES TO BE FIELD WELDED, OR REMOVE PAINT AND GALVANIZING IN FIELD PRIOR TO WELDING. Fr o p e c t : Dr e e s HE A L T H C A R E ~— ME T IN S T A L L A T I O N COUGHLIN | PORTER LUNDEEN 413 PINE STREET - SUITE 300 SEATTLE, WA 98101 P: 206/343-0460 F: 206/343-5691 A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL ENGINEERING CORPORATION SC A L E 3/ 4 " = 1 ' - 0 " Te n a n t Im p r o v e m e n t s - MR I JE F F E R S O N HE A L T H C A R E BI D SE T MR M Dr a w n Re v i s i o n — © —| m ep ) WA 98 3 6 8 Po r t To w n s e n d , 83 4 Sh e r i d a n Av e Lo v e r s e l ’ no n e J= / Sc a l e : Vi e w . PL O T Lo t e / ti n e , De c e t n b e r Vi , 20 0 9 E2 0 ar . Lo w g Ly EM A He Hl o - S - . Fr o p e c t : JE P E R S O N HE A L T H C A R E ~ ME Y IN S T A L L A T I O N X % XK PS 1% ve c d e d s d s d c t c t c b e b c b c b c h c h c h g h c t c h a t a t c t c t c s OR K KK RR KK H RN II I PP % ecoces ececel PSSe ecacesl see INFILL EX. OPENINGS PER |4/5-4 | Loo a | [es ell eee eee Ge ee ee eS = es ares eS eS | | ] inf LJ a {I () Co DEMO OPENING AS REQD. TO INSTALL MRI EQUIPMENT REPLACE W/ INFILL PER |4/5-4 ARCH'L SEE |3/5-4 FOR LINTEL ABOVE 7 Main Floor Plan rani | Sse ess== Ace cop ese re me eee BESS LLL i | | < | BSS | 14/5-4 19/9-4 | BSS | SIM. | | L BSS | | BSS | | BS | | BSS | I BS | ; I BSS | / | SS | i | | | In Aw IBS| 14/5-4 | SS | BS | \4/5-4|> HES | SIM. I BSS | | BS | —— — BSS J MH RN | ING | BSS | INE | Ba | | | | | | | | | | IN} WIN | 1 [ INT | Ire ae a Se ee EL A ee Be —| DEMO NEW OPENING PER FA EX. 4" SLAB-ON-GRADE, TYP. J _ | el fo | 1 SCALE: |/4" = |'-O" LEGEND: EX. MASONRY THIS LEVEL 8" MASONRY WALL THIS LEVEL. REINFORCING PER GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTE 22. CONCRETE SLAB-ON-GRADE PER PLAN NOTE | TOP OF SLAB ELEVATION PLAN NOTES: . SLAB-ON-GRADE SHALL BE 8" THICK WITH #5 @ 16" ON-CENTER AT MID DEPTH OF SLAB, U.ON. PROVIDE IO MIL. VAPOR BARRIER BELON SLAB AT INTERIOR SPACES. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR SLAB DEPRESSION AND SLOPE REQUIREMENTS. COORDINATE SLAB ELEVATION WITH FLOOR SHIELDING SYSTEM. NOTE: ALL MEMBER SIZES AND DIMENSIONS OF EXISTING STRUCTURE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE BASED ON CURSORY FIELD MEASUREMENTS AND ARE FOR INFORMATION ONLY. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD MEASURE AND VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. NOTIFY ENGINEER IF CONDITIONS VARY. COUGHLIN PORTER LUNDEEN 413 PINE STREET - SUITE 300 SEATTLE, WA 98101 P: 206/343-0460 F: 206/343-5691 A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL ENGINEERING CORPORATION © | co (oo) ©0 fo < = of 3 c © —_ (¢p) (Y S ws log! MN oe cre oO Ff ce < > uw S o I< gq z° cB —~ (TY a Cue CO yo — Luo FE So G Sg 2 Lo v y e r s e t ’ no n e 7 7 Sc a l e : Vi e w . PL O T Lo t e / h i n e , De c e m b e r 17 , 20 0 9 82 0 am . Lx : BU A C- S - Z 0g le Me Li e Fr o p e c t ’ JE F F E R S O N HE A L T H C A R E — ME T IN S T A L L A T I O N 05 0 , 0 5 0 . 0 0 . 0- 4 OS S 52 55 5 2 " pe c s t a t n t s t e n 8 & at e Sa n No t a s $2 5 0 5 es ¢ Se SX ee e O0 5 an e s x K> K> a TE N O R S SO O sa t e n a c e s ae t a t o n e s <> % $0 5 em S ¢ a ne e a 04 KO <> 2 <0 r 4 ne a t ae XX 2x % ea e & 05 0 , 0 7 4 M% % oe been = peri oes mee eel or eee Oe DIRO BD BM ease ea eee TS aes em a EX. BM. ose ee a it e s ie ps 2 et SO Se a SS P - L a oS So e SO E E R R S SR O x S e at e s 1% er % XX Se i RR R SS S R ie t o e ’ % S SO 0 EX . ST L . JO I S T do do do ao do EX , ST L . JO I S T S2 oS Le : oe Se SI L COUGHLIN: | PORTER —— ee LUNDEEN OR R RK S SS R I SE S S SS iw o e CO O OO M , eS <> <4 So f <4 % eI <4 el eI So <4 sf <4 <4 <4 eI ei eI si <4 eI <4 eI <4 SI 4 eI So ] el 4 <4 1% 1% <4 eI <4 eI ee 5 <5 0 | Kx 5 <4 $3 4 Ss <) fe fe ) $4 <4 ot e x <0 se mo e ee oe a3 << se ee e Kx ve e 4% x7 <q 29 | | | | | | | | | | | | ig ne e LPP OPO POD PDP PPP PP PPP LILLIE OKT 413 PINE STREET - SUITE 300 SEATTLE, WA 98101 P: 206/343-0460 F: 206/343-5691 A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL ENGINEERING CORPORATION EX . &B I 5 BM . EX. l4"do STL. JOIST EX. 4"do STL. JOIST EX. |4"dp STL. JOIST A 1.0. STEEL = 0. ST 3/S-4 EL.=||'-7" 12.21 (FIELD Blah ; VERIFY) i WI O x 2 2 do do do WA 98 3 6 8 LOCATE POST TO AVOID < q/5-4 EX. 1/5" do. METAL JOIST SEATS BELON \ 4 MECH'L UNIT MAX DECK, TYP. \ (FIELD VERIFY JOIST e/s-4|> WEIGHT = I5O Ibs LOCATION) 15-4 Ap oud ee | A Aw 101 7 -- EX. |4'dp 8/9-4 rN —1{— STL. JOIST SC A L E em m a EX . |O B I 4 BM . EX. [4'do STL. JOIST EX. [4"do STL. JOIST MRI EQUIPMENT MAX. \ WEIGHT = 600 lbs T.O. STEEL l | Litt EL.=l'-1" a ! _ A MECH'L UNIT MAX. (FIELD A 4 Le NEIGHT = 50 Ibs VERIFY) 3/5-4 RRKRRS ESO SETRORSSRN NNN HH HH HH HII II HH THI II HH HI HHH HH HII HII I IIIT NIHON E ESKER KK RC KR RR RK KEIO PON SERRE KK RRL RK RK RK KEKKEKE KK K KKK H OS OKSOKK HONK OHHH KK KAKO OK RK KKK KKK NHN SOR RR RE ROR OK ORK KF HHI ESERIES KR EK RRR ERR KR EK KERR RK AKKREREKREKRKRRKRKR KR IIE KERR KKK EKER EK RK KR KR ERK RRR REE KKK KR RK RPL IRR 4/5-4 4 4x4x4, TYP. in =. = | 2 = a fg Ee antl Fi Lt is SKK KKK KK KKK KD 0 UO OOO OOOO OU O UO WOW OOOO OOO W WOU OOO OW, SRRRRRORE Isa lsatenatenatennceeatencteneten taieteietaseatenteneenstantene welneeneeenaene Po r t To w n s e n d , ' EX. pax BM. EX. eee BM. . - oD eal ey [l4-24') @Y | 1.0. STEEL — MECH'L UNIT MAX. “. % d%, S| EL=4'-1" T.0. MASONRY WEIGHT = 300 lbs v o &| (FIELD EL.=|3'-4" - S| VERIFY) (FIELD VERIFY) — SEE PLAN NOTE | AT . EQUIPMENT SUPPORT FRAMING (1) Roof Plan LEGEND: PLAN NOTES: BEALE: U4 ==" © Ls STEP IN ROOF DECK I. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE EQUIPMENT SUPPORT Te n a n t Im p r o v e m e n t s - MR I JE F F E R S O N HE A L T H C A R E 83 4 Sh e r i d a n Av e STEEL FRAMING LAYOUT WITH UNIT SUPPORT LOCATIONS 7.0. STL. TOP OF STEEL EQUALS AND REQD. SERVICE CLEARANCES. NOTIFY STRUCTURAL EL.=x-X" BOTTOM OF METAL DECK ENGINEER IF EQUIPMENT LAYOUT OR WEIGHTS VARY FROM THOSE SHOWN. MASONRY PARAPET BI D SE T MR M NOTE: ALL MEMBER SIZES AND DIMENSIONS OF EXISTING STRUCTURE SHON ON THE DRAWINGS ARE BASED ON CURSORY FIELD MEASUREMENTS AND ARE FOR INFORMATION ONLY. CONTRACTOR ROOF TO FIELD MEASURE AND VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. PLAN NOTIFY ENGINEER IF CONDITIONS VARY. Da t e Dr a w n Re v i s i o n Y Go '"0 PUDDLE WELD DECK TO f. @ |2"oc an Loi Loy apo \ \ IN ~ | a \ \ 1 AR %"d EXP. BOLTS — DEMO & REPLACE ROOFING AS REQD. FOR DECK WELDING EX. DECK PER PLAN aS een en PY | CoM | a=! \_] fo \n! oe EMBED ff. %'"x6'xl'-O" W/ (2)%"> STUDS @ 8'oc SHORE oer} \l REINF. PER GENERAL 2" MIN, BEARING - SHORE voers—7A se 4 x ul ia) VT CONT, ENT IE "te" x fo AS REGD. DURING AS REQD. DURING JOISTS PER PLAN @ Io'oc EA. SIDE EA. SIDE. HOLD |" CLEAR ONSTRUCTION STRUCTIRAL NOTES tiaras OFFSET BOLTS EA, AT JOIST LOCATIONS CONSTRUCTS BEAM PER PLAN IDE > mn ma “PER 4, MASONRY WALL 4 PER PLAN 4007 rn ous 5201 4 INSTALL BOLTS MIN. BEARING IB. 6"x7"x!'-O" W/ R 54e"x4V5"xO'-6" W/ Boo IN COMPLIANCE typ. ea. end (2)4"o x 13" D2L's @ B'oc (2)%"0 BOLTS. PROVIDE W/ RESTRICTIONS eV 3 - _ STD. HORIZ. SHORT | aap one : - a / 7. a | : 4 PER PLAN | isi Meal He | P. %"x8"x|'-0" SECTION i : Hp | | BEARING | EQUIPMENT 6 ss : a| TYP. bab Woe \ " | ‘ W/ (2) (2) o EXP. <> rh | | "4 x6'xO'-|O | 3 BOLTS @ 9"oc cc» om | - || ; W/ (2)%"0 EXP. | | ~ BEAM PER PLAN "6 in} TK yo | | ee BOLTS @ T"0c ROT rice Z 4 i a 1+ ! ¢— VERIFY TOP i } = + VERIFY TOP COURSE OF _ tty \ BEAM PER PLAN _= i | : COURSE OF 1 ten MASONRY, 8" GROUT N ‘ \5" — ALN Uo Lv ite. BEAM \ MASONRY, 8" || RR 4'x5x0'-5 BEAM PER PLAN MINIMUM, INSTALL GROUT i axl x2 W PER GROUT MINIMUM, IR IE NOT PRESENT 50 iY oP. NEN OR EXIETIN Ho" x 3" HORIZ. PLAN \ STALL GROUT He || ~~ 4" STD. PIPE CONN. ff. 4"x4"x0'-4" (4)#4 x OR EXISTING SLOTTED HOLES FOR Ea S eral . =e I= NOT PRESEN SLA | | a ae Sars EX. MASONRY 4 y A MASONRY WALL (4)%"0 EXP. BOLTS ) >? oa / EX. DECK PER PLAN 4, PARAPET Y ve EMBED #4) = : VERT. REINE. AT WALL END Z + ADDL. 4 4x4xl4 5; ft (PENETRATE AS REQD. NOTE: SECTION AS REQD. FOR ° = TO INSTALL PIPE) PR NERA, STRUCTURAL EXP. BOLTS SHALL HAVE MIN. 6" OF EDGE DISTANCE =OD. NOTES MECH'L UNIT 7 r IN SOLID GROUTING ON ALL SIDES. GROUT SHALL SUPPORT 5204 CMU WALL ee aes 5202 5203 4205 ACHIEVE MIN. 2000 PSI STRENGTH PRIOR TO BOLT 4203 6 PER PLAN 1 - T a) g INSTALLATION. VERIFY GROUT EXTENTS OR INSTALL | O NEW GROUT AS REQD. AT EXISTING WALLS. |_| FIELD VERIFY 4 4 MASONRY WALL #5 @ l6"oc IN EPOXY Yy a PER PLAN GROUTED HOLES, Yy Z i TYP. EA. SIDE Y : CORE DRILL HOLES %4") THREADED RODS IN OF OPENING Gl} n . BENT P%! - INSTALL EPOXY GROUTED HOLES, ()) EA we Y ill G | ON CONCEALED SIDE END & |8"oc TYP,, (3) BOLTS DONELS \ \\ ok _ MIN. PER LINTEL EACH SIDE .\ 1}. #4 x 2'-0" @ 24'0¢ N - WW NN SSSa0uo —- N\A WN Eon GROUTED 4 SECTION A. sy | \ i A : - . CMU Y N 7, ll ee 77; PLAN i i SECTION 7 \\ 4 Z FILL ANY GAPS W/ EPOXY JN \ IN Yy SANCUT 6 PAST AFTER INSTALLING BENT ia SOLIDLY a \\\ \\ \\ Z, pe EDGE OF OPENING, GROUTED a ak Vi ~ DO NOT OVERGUT // GROUT SOLID (3) UNITS EA. CMY INFILL SAN SOLID GROUT : VERTICAL CUTS SIDE WHERE EX WALL IS TO MATCH I O.NALL S . | I A NOT SOLIDLY GROUTED EX. WALL | i } THICKNESS PLAN s L 6'-0" MAX. | 4202 4201 4208 . 1 " | = SLAB OR FOOTING | yA . | | | 2 Typical Steel Lintel at CMU Wall Opening PER PLAN Tyoical Infill at CMU Wall | 5 : : Ss . NO EXPANSION BOLT — & — : THIS AREA, TYP tee ile es ai | | | | | | ’ #4 x 2'-6" DONELS ‘r + - HO \) Fe -RRER SH \ HOLES @ 2'-O"oc TO ra on C WV _, MASONRY WALL} ] nan EXISTING FOOTING Top GP eB. PS - . —_ PER FLAN rt so (HO | iSONELS-TO EX REQD. FOR FLOOR MATCH WALL VERT. REINE. : 4 aa To - eT a.AB Are) SHIELDING IN EPOXY GROUTED HOLES S MIN L 3 a d TO EX. FOOTING § nk ee () BAR TO MATCH |__| | | i , | i 5 HEAD JOINT Ea ; TP. VERT. RENE. N a cor th | | | | ———ae an ee er ae i it : : is _ i CELL ADJACENT TO . ta == SEE “Tee | =eer—s* MORTAR JOINT —[ “1 Wy G4 OPENING - EXTEND TO || _| OPENING | || . (al Fuel . Wa 3 3, FLOOR OR ROOF ABOVE |_| | | | 1-111 P 7 4 =" \— EX, SLAB-ON-GRADE rT | SLAB-ON-GRADE “ a 4 NOTE: rod rT PER PLAN EX, FOOTING ———~ NOTIFY ENGINEER FOR DIRECTION \_| [| || (FIELD VERIFY) PRIOR TO INSTALLATION IF EXPANSION BOLT LOCATIONS FALL WITHIN RESTRICTED ZONES. 4204 FOR CALL-OUTS IN COMMON SEE DETAIL 20/5-4 4209 20 Fr o p e c t ’ JE N E R S O N HE A L T H C A R E ~ MA Y IN S T A L L A T I O N COUGHLIN: PORTER LUNDEEN 413 PINE STREET - SUITE 300 SEATTLE, WA 98101 P: 206/343-0460 F: 206/343-5691 A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL ENGINEERING CORPORATION WA 98 3 6 8 SC A L E 3/ 4 " = 1 ' - 0 " Po r t To w n s e n d , Te n a n t Im p r o v e m e n t s - MR I JE F F E R S O N HE A L T H C A R E 83 4 Sh e r i d a n Av e BI D SE T MR M Da t e Dr a w n Re v i s i o n DETAILS 5-4 p: \ 3 5 1 - 0 9 0 2 je f f e r s o n mr i \ D W G \ M 0 0 0 . d w g 12 / 1 8 / 2 0 0 9 See freee SYMBOLS LEGEND - GENERAL SYMBOLS LEGEND - PIPING SYMBOLS LEGEND-AIRHANDLING ff = SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION - PLAN PLAN & DIAGRAM PLAN aa at, comeel > POINT OF CONNECTION SOIL OR WASTE 2 VENT wa RL RAIN LEADER ROUND, 90° ELBOW, R/W OR RID = 1.5 a! [> DRAWING CONSTRUCTION ("FLAG") NOTE _ Col b WRTER es — -- HOT WATER i EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIER — ---—— _| HOT WATER CIRCULATING > — FIRE RECTANGULAR, 90° ELBOW, RW OR RID = 1.5 2 a = PLAN DIAGRAM HWS HEATING WATER SUPPLY a @a' = HWR HEATING WATER RETURN = KOKEK x«KKK EXISTING TO BE REMOVED (CROSSED) > REDUCER, CONCENTRIC RECTANGULAR OR ROUND, 90° ELBOW, HEAVY LINEWEIGHT INDICATES NEW WORK WYE STRAINER WITH CAPPED HOSE END BLOWDOWN VALVE | R/W OR RID = 1.5 LIGHT LINEWEIGHT INDICATES EXISTING INFORMATION A ® QO cl S S 1 — —- © — —— ——+— | POINT OF CONNECTION (POC) BETWEEN NEW AND EXISTING at ANGLE VALVE |= ce fC 3e¢R8 ——| | SQUARE CORNER ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES a £59 Cc a = PLAN sy AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVE - TWO WAY (PNEUMATIC OPERATOR SHOWN) ~V~ 2 Q. S 2 S S D 25a (xd 2 O &8s | DETAIL REFERENCE kt AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVE - THREE WAY (ELECTRIC OPERATOR SHOWN) 4, | 48° BRANCH CONNECTION a sx QG OOK - DETAIL IDENTIFICATION NUMBER i +) = - SHEET WHERE DETAIL IS DRAWN 47 BUTTERFLY VALVE _— 5 B “” | RECTANGULAR BRANCH TO RECTANGULAR DUCT Dm : = FLEXIBLE CONNECTION IN PIPING ‘ = O ae mS Fa CONNECTION WITH 45° TAPER CoN ELEVATION REFERENCE ae OOK + ELEVATION IDENTIFICATION NUMBER @ 4 Cc Ww + SHEET WHERE ELEVATION IS DRAWN MANUAL AIR VENT (MAV) ; XL __| ROUND OR RECTANGULAR BRANCH TO ROUND OR c 5 $ | RECTANGULAR DUCT CONNECTION ui t a PRESSURE GAGE alae 7 SECTION REFERENCE . FA ROUND BRANCH TO RECTANGULAR DUCT CONNECTION XX.KK SECTION IDENTIFICATION NUMBER U - a SHEET WHERE SECTION IS DRAWN THERMOMETER i THERMOMETER WELL j= NORTH REFERENCE U 0 — é ROUND BRANCH TO ROUND DUCT CONNECTION fo} SIGHT GLASS SZ | a TRANSITION OR REDUCER - NOTED FOT (FLAT ON TOP) OR “XA = Bes D> | cop (FLAT ON BOTTOM) IF REQUIRED SYMBOLS LEGEND - PIPING & AIRFLOW DIAGRAMS = PIPE ALIGNMENT GUIDE , “0 SYMBOL DESCRIPTION >a] CONTROL VALVE STATION > > RECTANGULAR TO ROUND TRANSITION | co PLAN & DIAGRAM | oD PRES reh < | [<1] | positive PRESSURE DUCT - TURNING TOWARD sa PIPING OR DUCTED AIRFLOW j PS oO “N00” . ee NON-DUCTED AIRFLOW PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE TEST PORT = ><] | POSITIVE PRESSURE DUCT - TURNING AWAY x len CONNECTION — | TX]. | NEGATIVE PRESSURE DUCT - TURNING TOWARD = Se es a — | ELECTRICAL CONNECTI CAP =— | |] | NEGATIVE PRESSURE DUCT - TURNING AWAY ss —————~] PLUG I eg FLOW CONTINUATION ARROW iy Be) rT UNIGH f @®) | Round duct - TURNING TOWARD S c <> | COMPLEX INTERLOCK (ELEC., PNEUMATIC, ETC.) = —— p ©) | ROUND DUCT- TURNING AWAY 2 _____ ______q__| CONNECTION TO CENTRAL MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEM (CMCS) p< eae VALVE = — _ INCLINE RISE (R) OR DROP (D) IN DIRECTION OF ARROW v c i] UJ = De] GLOBE VALVE , ' Lu © PUMF = ‘| <> | FLEXIBLE CONNECTION > fe) Ded BALL VALVE a CENTRIFUGAL FAN —(O,-_ Kt SUNOE CE ae ne = = = ACCESS DOOR (AD) OR ACCESS PANEL (AP) iP xt. AD oo Dk NEEDLE VALVE w O Oo (M) ELECTRIC MOTORISTARTER ASSEMBLY = C to pe PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE + 4 = OIE DENeER Or ELECTRIC MOTOR OPERATOR (VALVES AND DAMPERS) et BALANCING/MEASURING VALVE } ~ } c - v < [oO] FLOOR DRAIN gt —— RELIEF VALVE = = VERTICAL FIRE DAMPER/FIRE SMOKE DAMPER (HORIZONTAL 0) ® AIRFLOW) > Llu © FUNNEL DRAIN ; IN CHECK VALVE 2 a fe) ce - FLOW DIRECTION ++ ha HORIZONTAL FIRE DAMPER (VERTICAL AIR FLOW G PIPE TURNING DOWN / AWAY ( ) QO02°6¢ Gy) O1 PIPE TURNING UP / TOWARDS SYMBOLS LEGEND - FIRE PROTECTION _ a E be = SYMBOL DESCRIPTION = = MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER ~ Yo PLAN & DIAGRAM SYMBOLS LEGEND - MEDICAL GASES 00 . uy < Y) F FIRE SYNE - a KDRAFT DAMPER Cc iL PLAN & DIAGRAM ] BACKD — ? WET PIPE ALARM VALVE ) LU 02 OXYGEN ANS FLEXIBLE DUCT _ + x > MV MEDICAL VACUUM ; ; FDC FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION N20 NITROUS OXIDE }LEQ-ID |F—+_ | EQUIPMENT WITH EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION MECHANICAL DRAWING LIST Y ® MEDICAL OUTLET Mo00 LEGEND & DRAWING LIST ar ry PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE WITH SUPERVISORY SWITCH 6 MEDICAL GAS VALVE (SERVICE VALVE) @) THERMOSTAT lus ‘i: FONE VALVE BOX © Te peH inne EEHeoe Mo01 ABBREVIATIONS & GENERAL NOTES 3 e WET SPRINKLER HEAD ZVB M100 FOUNDATION PLAN - PLUMBING a fe) DRY SPRINKLER HEAD cI MEDICAL GAS ALARM BOX 40X40 4 DIFFUSER IDENTIFIER M101 MAIN FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION - PLUMBING & MEDICAL GAS 900. CONNECTION SIZE 0 EW - PLUMBING & MEDICAL GAS ee AIR FLOW (CFM) M111 MAIN FLOOR PLAN - NEW- DIFFUSER TYPE MARK M201 MAIN FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION & NEW - HVAC , M301 MAIN FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION & NEW - HVAC PIPING rs —~X| ]} [Se] | CEILING SUPPLY DIFFUSER cs M402 ROOF PLAN - DEMOLITION & NEW - MECHANICAL 2zs i] ® AY Z 1 _| CEILING RETURN DIFFUSER Ms01 DETAILS ada M502 DETAILS LEGEND & DRAWING LIST > mins EEN ceubictal M601 SCHEDULES & CONTROLS os AIRFLOW, RETURN M701 MAIN FLOOR PLAN - FIRE PROTECTION M000 PLOTTED BY: Dan Puravet p: \ 3 5 1 - 0 9 0 2 je f f e r s o n mr i \ D W G \ M 0 0 1 . d w g 12 / 1 8 / 2 0 0 9 PLOTTED BY: Dan Puravet GENERAL NOTES i. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. THE FULL SCOPE OF THE MECHANICAL WORK IS THE TOTAL OF WORK SHOWN ON THE PLANS AND CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. IN CASE OF CONFLICT, THE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL GOVERN. PROVIDE A COMPLETE & FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM. PERFORM ALL WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL REQUIRED PERMITS AND PAY FOR ALL FEES REQUIRED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. PAY ALL ROYALTIES OR FEES REQUIRED IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OF PATENTED DEVICES AND SYSTEMS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR GENERAL CONSTRUCTION INCLUDING LOUVERS, CONCRETE EQUIPMENT PADS, FLASHING DETAILS, ETC. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ROOM ELEVATIONS, LOCATE MECHANICAL DEVICES SUCH AS TEMPERATURE SENSORS, HUMIDISTATS, PANELS, ETC. SO THAT THEY DO NOT CONFLICT WITH GENERAL CONSTRUCTION (WAINSCOT, DOOR HARDWARE, ETC.) NOR WITH ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (LIGHT SWITCHES, SPEAKERS, OUTLETS, ETC.). COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES: A) REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (VOLTAGE, PHASE, HZ, ETC. B) PROVIDE ADEQUATE CLEARANCE OF MECHANICAL WORK FROM ELECTRICAL ITEMS. MAINTAIN MINIMUM ACCESS OF 6-INCHES ABOVE ELECTRICAL CABLE TRAYS AND 18-INCHES TO THE SIDE OF CABLE TRAYS. ARRANGE EQUIPMENT SO THAT ACCESS CLEARANCES INDICATED BY DRAWINGS, REQUIRED BY CODES, OR RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER ARE PROVIDED. INSTALL MATERIALS AND SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND ACCEPTED SUBMITTALS. INSTALL MATERIAL IN PROPER RELATION TO ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION AND WITH UNIFORM APPEARANCE FOR EXPOSED WORK. THOROUGHLY EXAMINE ALL AREAS WHERE EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, AND PIPING WILL BE INSTALLED AND REPORT ANY CONDITION THAT PREVENTS THE PROPER INSTALLATION OF THE MECHANICAL WORK. COMPLY WITH WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE (AS ADOPTED BY THE CITY OF SEATTLE - EFFECTIVE JULY 2007) SECTION 1416 COMPLETION REQUIREMENTS. INCLUDE THE DEVELOPMENT OF CONSTRUCTION AND AS-BUILT DRAWINGS, PROJECT MANUALS, AND SYSTEM BALANCING REPORTS. PERTINENT TO SECTION 1416 OF THE SAME CODE, THE HVAC CONTROL SYSTEM SHALL BE TESTED TO ENSURE THAT THE CONTROL DEVICES, EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS ARE CALIBRATED, ADJUSTED, AND OPERATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROVED PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. SEQUENCES OF OPERATION SHALL BE FUNCTIONALLY TESTED TO ENSURE THEY OPERATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROVED PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THE COMMISSIONING SPECIFICATION, INCLUDING ALL FUNCTIONAL TEST PROCEDURES, SHALL BE PROVIDED AND ENFORCED BY THE CONTRACTOR. SUPPORTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE REQUIRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES, BE, AND ASCE 7-05. PROVIDE A SINGLE SUBMITTAL OF ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AS SPECIFIED. AS A MINIMUM, SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA FOR ALL EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES LISTED IN ACCOMPANYING SCHEDULES FOR APPROVAL. USE EXPERIENCED INSTALLERS. DELIVER, HANDLE, AND STORE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. ARRANGEMENT OF SYSTEMS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS IS DIAGRAMMATIC, AND INDICATES THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL WORK. ADJUST BOX LOCATIONS, BASED ON FIELD MEASUREMENTS, TO AVOID INSTALLATION ABOVE DESKS. SITE CONDITIONS SHALL DETERMINE THE ACTUAL ARRANGEMENT OF THE WORK. TAKE FIELD MEASUREMENTS BEFORE PREPARING SHOP DRAWINGS, OBTAIN APPROVAL OF SHOP DRAWINGS BEFORE BEGINNING FABRICATION. BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ACCURACY OF DIMENSIONS AND LAYOUT. OVERHEAD PIPING AND DUCTWORK SHALL BE ARRANGED TO OBTAIN MAXIMUM HEAD ROOM. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE STAMPED BY A LICENSED ENGINEER. CLEAN AND PROTECT WORK FROM DAMAGE. RESTORE DAMAGED FINISHES. COVER ENDS OF PIPING AND DUCTWORK NOT ACTIVELY BEING WORKED ON. MODIFY AND EXTEND EXISTING SERVICE TO ACCOMMODATE NEW WORK. RELOCATE EXISTING COMPONENTS AS REQUIRED FOR NEW SYSTEM. COORDINATE WITH BUILDING MANAGEMENT. PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS, WHICH HAVE BEEN IN SATISFACTORY USE IN SIMILAR SERVICE FOR THREE YEARS. DELIVER, HANDLE, AND STORE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. DO NOT CUT STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL. CONCEAL PIPING AND DUCTWORK TO THE GREATEST EXTENT PRACTICAL. INSTRUCT OWNER IN PROPER OPERATION OF SYSTEMS. DRAWINGS DO NOT SHOW ALL OFFSETS WHICH MAY BE REQUIRED. MAKE OFFSETS WITH FITTINGS WITH AS SMALL ANGLE OF OFFSET AS POSSIBLE; DO NOT USE TURNING VANES UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SHOWN. DUCTWORK & PIPING SHALL BE ROUTED TO AVOID ALL STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS, AND COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH WORK OF OTHER TRADES. MATERIALS, METHODS, AND INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE LATEST EDITION OF THE FOLLOWING CODES AS ADOPTED BY LOCAL JURISDICTION. INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC) INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE (IMC) UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE (UPC) INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE (IFC) WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE (WSEC) SHEETMETAL NOTES PERFORM ALL SHEETMETAL WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH CURRENT SMACNA STANDARDS. DUCT SEALING SHALL MEET REQUIREMENTS LISTED IN CHAPTER 6 OF IMC AND WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE WITH SEATTLE AMENDMENTS. IN ADDITION, PROVIDE SEAL CLASS A FOR ALL DUCTWORK. CONSTRUCT DUCTS WITH G-60 OR BETTER GALVANIZED STEEL (ASTM 527) LFQ, CHEM TREAT IN GENERAL. PROVIDE ALUMINUM FOR SUPPLY AND EXHAUST TO MRI EXAM ROOM WHERE NOTED. CONSTRUCT RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK TO MEET ALL FUNCTIONAL CRITERIA DEFINED IN SECTION 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. Vil, OF THE SMACNA HDCS. PROVIDE DIAGONAL CREASING OR BEADING ON ALL PANELS WIDER THAN 18-INCHES, AND PANELS LESS THAN 18 GAUGE. CONSTRUCT ROUND AND FLAT OVAL DUCTWORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 3 OF SMACNA DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. DUCTMATE, METZ, OR W.D.C.1. DUCT CONNECTION SYSTEMS ARE ACCEPTABLE. DUCTS CONSTRUCTED USING THESE SYSTEMS WILL REFER TO THE MANUFACTURER'S GUIDELINES FOR SHEET GAUGE, INTERMEDIATE REINFORCEMENT SIZE AND SPACING, AND JOINT REINFORCEMENTS. PROVIDE COLLARS WHEREVER AN EXPOSED DUCT PASSES THROUGH A WALL, SLAB, OR CEILING--1-INCH WIDE, 18-GAGE ANGLE WITH MITERED CORNERS & SEAL WITH FIBERGLASS AND MASTIC. PROVIDE NEOPRENE IMPREGNATED CANVAS COLLAR AT PENETRATION TO RF SHIELD AT EXAM ROOM. SPIN-IN FITTINGS SHALL BE CONICAL TYPE WITH VOLUME DAMPER, AND QUADRANT; FLEX MASTER ELGEN OR EQUIVALENT. ELBOWS IN RECTANGULAR OR SQUARE DUCTWORK SHALL HAVE AN INSIDE RADIUS EQUAL TO DIMENSION OF ELBOW IN THE PLANE OF THE TURN; OTHERWISE USE SQUARE ELBOWS WITH TURNING VANES. ELBOWS IN ROUND DUCTWORK SHALL HAVE THE INSIDE RADIUS EQUAL TO DIMENSION OF ELBOW IN THE PLANE OF THE TURN. USE SEGMENTED, STANDING SEAM, PLEATED, OR STAMPED ELBOWS. ADJUSTABLE ELBOWS ARE ALLOWED IF RADIUS CONFORMS TO ABOVE. SQUARE CORNER INSERTS (TURNING VANES) SHALL BE SMACNA FIG. 2.3 DOUBLE THICKNESS, RUNNER TYPE 2 WITH 2-1/8-INCH SPACING. VOLUME DAMPERS ARE NOT SHOWN GENERALLY, INCLUDE A DAMPER IN THE DUCT TO EACH SUPPLY, EXHAUST, OR RETURN OPENING; ALSO IN EACH BRANCH DUCT WHERE THREE OR MORE OPENINGS ARE ASSOCIATED WITH THE BRANCH. LOCATE DAMPERS AT A POINT WHERE THE DUCT IS ACCESSIBLE; AS FAR FROM THE OUTLET AS POSSIBLE. DO NOT PROVIDE VOLUME DAMPER ON SUPPLY DUCTWORK UPSTREAM OF TERMINAL UNITS. DAMPERS SHALL BE RUSKIN MD25 OR MDRS25. THOROUGHLY CLEAN ALL DEBRIS FROM THE INSIDE OF ALL DUCTWORK AND PLENUMS. BLOW FREE ALL SMALL PARTICLES OF RUBBISH AND DUST. MECHANICAL DRAWINGS SHOW APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS FOR GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS AND ELEVATIONS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS. AFTER SHOP DRAWINGS ARE COMPLETED VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS IN THE FIELD. ENSURE THAT DIFFUSER AND GRILLE FRAMES MATCH CEILING TYPES AND FINISH PRIOR TO ORDERING. CONNECT FLEXIBLE DUCTS TO METAL DUCTS WITH A SLIP JOINT MADE USING FIRE RESISTANT MASTIC AND CLAMP, IDEAL "SNAP-LOCK" OR VENTLOCK "SURETIGHT NO. 670" AT EACH END. SUPPORT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA 1985 HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS FIGURES 3-19 AND 3-10. DO NOT INSTALL WITH ABRUPT BENDS OR OFFSETS. MAXIMUM LENGTH 10-FEET. LOW PRESSURE INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE THERMAFLES MK-E. HIGH PRESSURE INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE THERMFLEX MK-C. REMODEL CONSTRUCTION NOTES ih. DEMOLITION: WORK REQUIRED IS NOTED ON PLANS. VERIFY WITH ON SITE CONDITION AND OWNER. SALVAGE EQUIPMENT FOR OWNER'S USE AS NOTED. COORDINATE INTERRUPTIONS OF SERVICES PASSING THROUGH WORK AREA TO MINIMIZE DISRUPTION IN ADJACENT SPACES. COORDINATE WITH BUILDING OWNER. INSTALL NEW WORK GENERALLY AS SHOWN. TO AS GREAT AN EXTENT AS PRACTICAL, ADEQUATE SPACE HAS BEEN VERIFIED BUT MAY REQUIRE MINOR RELOCATION OF SMALL CONDUIT AND CEILING WIRE. COORDINATE EXTENT OF RELOCATION WITH GENERAL CONSTRUCTION WORK. COORDINATE WORK WITH GENERAL CONSTRUCTION TO MINIMIZE DUST & DUST MIGRATION. PIPING NOTES 1. SANITARY, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING (PLASTIC NOT ALLOWED) SHALL BE NO-HUB CAST IRON OR DWV COPPER. HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING SHALL BE HARD DRAWN COPPER TUBING: TYPE L, ASSEMBLED WITH WROT COPPER FITTINGS AND LEAD-AND ANTIMONY-FREE SOLDER. INSULATE ALL HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING WITH GLASS FIBER INSULATION WITH ALL SERVICE JACKET. USE HEAT BONDING TAPE TO CLOSE INSULATION, STAPLES AND PRESSURE TAPE ARE PROHIBITED. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED ACCESSORIES INCLUDING SHUT-OFFS AND CLEAN-OUTS. PROVIDE COMPONENTS WHICH PREVENT BACK-SIPHONAGE OR CROSS-CONNECTIONS. PROVIDE ISOLATION DEVICES TO REDUCE SOUND TRANSMISSION. PROVIDE STOPS FOR EACH WATER CONNECTION TO EACH FIXTURE OR ITEM OF EQUIPMENT. DISINFECT WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. FLUSH AND TEST ALL SYSTEMS FOR PROPER OPERATION. ADJUST SYSTEM TO PREVENT WATER HAMMER. REFER TO PIPING DIAGRAMS AND DETAILS FOR REQUIRED FITTINGS, VALVES, ETC. FLOOR PLANS AND SECTIONS INDICATE EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS AND GENERAL PIPE ROUTING ONLY. FIRE PROTECTION NOTES 1. MAKE FIELD MEASUREMENTS, COORDINATE WITH ALL OTHER WORK AND SHOW THE MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED ON SHOP DRAWINGS. MODIFY FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS TO ALLOW INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK, OTHER PIPING, AND ELECTRICAL WORK AS SHOWN ON APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS. NEW ARRANGEMENT SHALL LOCATE PIPING AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. PROVIDE A COMPLETE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR THE ENTIRE PROJECT AREA. COMPLY WITH NFPA 13. ABBREVIATIONS A AIR, AMP ACU — AIR CONDITIONING UNIT AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AHU = AIR HANDLING UNIT AL ALUMINUM, ACOUSTICAL LINING ARRGT ARRANGEMENT ATM ATMOSPHERE BC BLOWER COIL BDD BACKDRAFT DAMPER BFF BELOW FINISHED FLOOR BFP BACKFLOW PREVENTER BLDG BUILDING BHP BRAKE HORSEPOWER BOB BOTTOM OF BEAM BOD BOTTOM OF DUCT BOS BOTTOM OF STEEL BTUH BRITISH THERMAL UNITS PER HOUR CAP = CAPACITY CC COOLING COIL CLG = CEILLING, COOLING CD CEILING DIFFUSER CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE Cl CAST IRON CHR = CHILLED WATER RETURN CHS CHILLED WATER SUPPLY CNTFGL CENTRIFUGAL CO CLEANOUT CONC CONCRETE COND CONDENSATE CONT CONTINUE, CONTROL CP CIRCULATING PUMP CRU CONDENSATE RETURN UNIT CUFT CUBIC FEET CV CONSTANT VOLUME CVTR CONVERTER CW COLD WATER dB DECIBLES DB DRY BULB DCVA DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN DMPR DAMPER DN DOWN DS DOWNSPOUT EA EXHAUST AIR EAT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE EF EXHAUST FAN EFF EFFICIENCY EG EXHAUST GRILLE EL ELEVATION EWT — ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE EXH EXHAUST EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER EXIST EXISTING EXP EXPANSION EXT EXTERIOR, EXTERNAL F FAHRENHEIT, FIRE LINE FD FIRE DAMPER, FLOOR DRAIN FDC — FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION FLR FLOOR FLTR FILTER FM FLOW METER FOB FLAT ON BOTTOM FOT FLAT ON TOP FPM ~—_- FEET PER MINUTE FPS FEET PER SECOND FSD FIRE SMOKE DAMPER FT FEET, FAN TERMINAL FV FACE VELOCITY GA GAGE GAL GALLONS GALV GALVANIZED GPM = GALLONS PER MINUTE H HUMIDIFIER HB HOSE BIBB HC HEATING COIL HD HEAD HOA HP HW HWC HWP HWR HWS ID IE IH INT KW LAT HAND-OFF-AUTOMATIC HORSEPOWER, HEAT PUMP HOT WATER HOT WATER CIRCULATING HOT WATER PUMP HOT WATER HEATING RETURN HOT WATER HEATING SUPPLY INSIDE DIAMETER, INDIRECT DRAIN INVERT ELEVATION INTAKE HOOD INTERIOR KILOWATT LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE POUND, LINEAR BAR LINEAR DIFFUSER LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE MAXIMUM THOUSAND BTU PER HOUR MANUAL DAMPER MECHANICAL MANUFACTURER MINIMUM MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER MOTOR NORMALLY CLOSED NUMBER, NORMALLY OPEN NOT TO SCALE OUTDOOR AIR ON CENTER OUTSIDE DIAMETER OPENING OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN PUMP, PLUMBING PRESSURE DROP POINT OF CONNECTION PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PUMPED RETURN RETURN AIR ROOF DRAIN REFERENCE REQUIRED RETURN FAN RETURN GRILLE RELIEF HOOD REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PEVENTER REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE SOIL SUPPLY AIR STORM DRAIN, SMOKE DAMPER SUPPLY FAN SUPPLY GRILLE SOUNDLINING STATIC PRESSURE STAINLESS STEEL, SANITARY SEWER THERMOSTAT TRANSFER GRILLE TOP OF DUCT TRAP PRIMER, TOTAL PRESSURE TYPICAL UNIT HEATER UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED VENT, VOLT VALVE VARIABLE AIR VOLUME VENT THROUGH ROOF WASTE, WATER, WATT WET BULB WATER GAGE WATER HEATER, WALL HYDRANT AR C H I T E C T U R E SU S T A I N A B I L I T Y 72 0 Ol i v e , Su i t e 15 2 5 (2 0 6 ) 26 7 - 1 7 0 0 Se a t t l e , Wa s h i n g t o n 98 1 0 1 En g i n e e r i n g an d Co n s t r u c t i o n Se r v i c e s Sa z a n Gr o u p , IN C . 1 ©O | = 0 fon < = L o % c ° © — (¢p) Cc roe > O° or » St Oo cir, oO F c 0 *o > Ws Oo I< q zs GF Os =~ Y C we 0 yn C ug DO We ee BI D SE T Dr a w n Re v i s i o n ABBREVIATIONS & GENERAL NOTES M001 p: \ 3 5 1 - 0 9 0 2 je f f e r s o n mr i i D W G \ M 1 0 0 . d w g 12 / 1 8 / 2 0 0 9 PLOTTED BY: Dan Puravet GENERAL NOTES: 1. EXISTING BELOW GRADE WASTE PIPES ARE SHOWN BASED ON AS-BUILT DRAWINGS. EXISTING PIPE LOCATIONS HAVE NOT BEEN VERIFIED. VERIFY LOCATION OF ALL PIPING SHOWN TO BE REUSED. REPORT ANY AND ALL DISCREPANCIES BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK. FLAG NOTES: [> ABANDON UNUSED WASTE LINES BELOW GRADE. CUT & REMOVE CONCRETE & SOIL AS REQUIRED TO CAP OR PLUG WASTE PIPE BELOW FINISHED SLAB. REMOVE PIPING WHERE REQUIRED TO FACILITATE INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK. SEE ARCHITECTURAL FOR CONCRETE FLOOR PATCH & FINISH. [=> ABANDON UNUSED WASTE LINES BELOW GRADE. CAP OR PLUG WASTE PIPE BELOW FINISHED SLAB. 7 7 (E)4" W CUT AND REMOVE CONCRETE & SOIL AS ci REQUIRED TO CONNECT NEW WASTE TO oo | | EXISTING AND INSTALL NEW WASTE AS SHOWN. SEE ARCHITECTURAL FOR CONCRETE FLOOR PATCH & FINISH. | (E) 2"w J- 4 1 | ea ez w Ny <a | a | / 4" W UP TO.P2-4 CUT AND REMOVE CONCRETE & SOIL AS REQUIRED TO CONNECT NEW 2" RL-TO 1-1/2" W UP ip 1/2" W UP TO P1-1 TO P1-2 4" W UP TO FC AR EXISTING 2"RL BELOW SLAB. SEE — CHITECTURAL FOR CONCRETE FLOOR PATCH & FINISH. Lt CORRIDOR 2" W UP TO P1-1 an FOUNDATION PLAN PLUMBING SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" CAP VENT BEHIND WALL AR C H I T E C T U R E SU S T A I N A B I L I T Y 72 0 Ol i v e , Su i t e 15 2 5 Se a t t l e , Wa s h i n g t o n 98 1 0 1 (2 0 6 ) 26 7 - 1 7 0 0 sa z a n Gr o u p , IN c . wn 0) Q S ® <p) Cc Q —_— iS) 2 — cP) Cc [eo O se) Cc 5 ,@)) & ® ® & :@)) Cc Lu 1 ©O | CO oo) ©O fo) 9 = oO 3 c () _ ” Cc roe > O , Fr <t_ Bos 6 Ho ce <x > WS Qo [Ut < gq z° £ > 2 Y Wo CC ow se 0 yon 5 i LLU FE 350 i Q [=] aac FOUNDATION PLAN - PLUMBING M100 p: \ 3 5 1 - 0 9 0 2 je f f e r s o n mr i \ D W G \ M 1 0 1 . d w g 12 / 1 8 / 2 0 0 9 GENERAL NOTES: DEMOLITION NOTES: 1. EXISTING PIPES ARE SHOWN BASED ON AS-BUILT DRAWINGS. EXISTING PIPE LOCATIONS > REMOVE HW, HWC, CW & VENT PIPING TO BEHIND FINISHED WALL AND CAP. SEE HAVE NOT BEEN VERIFIED. VERIFY LOCATION OF ALL PIPING SHOWN TO BE REUSED. ARCHITECTURAL FOR WALL PATCH & FINISH. REPORT ANY AND ALL DISCREPANCIES BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK. = REMOVE HW, HWC, CW & VENT PIPING TO ABOVE FINISHED CEILING AND CAP. = REMOVE CW & VENT PIPING TO ABOVE FINISHED CEILING AND CAP. = REMOVE HW, CW & VENT PIPING IN WALL TO BE REMOVED. SEE ARCHITECTURAL AR C H I T E C T U R E SU S T A I N A B I L I T Y FOR WALLS TO BE REMOVED. 2 poe: ) | CHART ; at | (@5-M230 _ EXAM \ ADMIT | \ (65-231 — an > : 65-296 | y, | y, cor ® C) Los OFF g Q S38 / eS Cc ™ O oT q a ee a ~ oo OO ij i a & — 2 Cc 5 a aiemne, i , | c ~ Z2a 4 | Se 5 — = | s O. © e 8 \ Ld S ~) z % ql | — | _ 2 D2 gs \ C © ~ : = : 7 : o Pb ee \ 56.U © oe P SN Z _ are & _WAIT_ ee 5 N AE IAQ” ———E 65-1278) | & ea y : { Cc ne | i | C c = [ an = _— REMOVE FCO \ , | / ye _ _ A es se ~ fr | EXISTING 1/2" —“| , | 0 | EXISTING 3/4" / || ae — _ rt _ STOR —_ en ee ee are maa71K REMOVE PIPING hl = Ss Bs) I co fo) A ! WK co a | | CHNG | Ce Ss -x | CO g 7 — 65-“285A | [et 65-M333) pT ! O <a ( ( a im 7a ] a ~ REMOVE 2"RL <x CORR —_—— LOI ew | / , V Bn M220 ‘ “~— REMOVE EXISTING MEDICAL / REMOVE 2" V TO ABOVE 0 | uae x (2am er < GAS PIPING _FINISHED CEILING AND CAP | | _ | ee es = __--~_ SEE ARCHITECTURAL FOR | | - ——— vy PATCH AND FINISH OF CEILING a [| : [ EXISTING 1/2" “1 } EXAM _ 7 : S \ [ 3 c \ 4 li cee fe ® - Q UIP. EXISTING 3/4" —/ I — i —_— ” Se eee se ; . . 7 | Y ss CY & | Mor oa — % | (>) ‘ 4 > LL ro) [Fee | J rr er " pu ==, | oe << _ io ee Be NO or ~ o) ia £ cL fal EXISTING 1/2" ; O F ty Pa < _I = TT < > us | 28 o t< — — rae >e a os = c = —rI \ “ \4 O. FA : | | | | E As _—— | Li = on- io aed Y rab) C we 4) uw #” Cul MAIN FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN o LW CAL GAS , i SCALE: 1/4” = 1'-0" tu ” a [=] fy e< o 3 323 ade MAIN FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION - PLUMBING M101 PLOTTED BY: Dan Puravet p: \ 3 5 1 - 0 9 0 2 je f f e r s o n mr i \ D W G \ M 1 1 1 . d w g 12 / 1 8 / 2 0 0 9 GENERAL NOTES: DEMOLITION NOTES: 1. EXISTING PIPES ARE SHOWN BASED ON AS-BUILT DRAWINGS. EXISTING PIPE LOCATIONS > REMOVE HW, HWC, CW & VENT PIPING TO BEHIND FINISHED WALL AND CAP. SEE HAVE NOT BEEN VERIFIED. VERIFY LOCATION OF ALL PIPING SHOWN TO BE REUSED. ARCHITECTURAL FOR WALL PATCH & FINISH. REPORT ANY AND ALL DISCREPANCIES BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK. 2 REMOVE HW, HWC, CW & VENT PIPING TO ABOVE FINISHED CEILING AND CAP. Ee REMOVE CW & VENT PIPING TO ABOVE FINISHED CEILING AND CAP. = REMOVE HW, CW & VENT PIPING IN WALL TO BE REMOVED. SEE ARCHITECTURAL FOR WALLS TO BE REMOVED. AR C H I T E C T U R E SU S T A I N A B I L I T Y { i weet ti i | —— ae we ba \ - = (en) T ff | / | ~ OFF | — i ; ; | | | x WAY =p Fy nn | | | a ms ’ N 72 0 Ol i v e , Su i t e 15 2 5 Se a t t l e , Wa s h i n g t o n 98 1 0 1 3 3 s O > 5 & YY 5 Q . S| 5 5 \ ~ 2 O | 5 Sees I ——— = / — EXISTING 2 ©) =i , ee \ oe Z 3/4" HWC, CORRIDOR ce Cc 1 = \ | ; 11/4" HW, bo: ey) CAP (TYP) >: fe) a “ | ape 11/2" CW & 2"V oe - £ oN f f - | vy oE DLE = = 2 a ot oe a ae 22 a 6 :O / | Sere a : = = = = E = — = ; E oD | a SSS Sy = === d ! TTT 7] | ny iL 2 I \ | {ye wr ot er | rn \ i —— | | 2 @5-M286 ¢ — 3 | Hi TO | L PS os \ ; i | \ } V a \ / j / | A iff : fA \ ! | ; F — | | | _ STAFF aia || , | 02 P £o= a E i i a | | on HWC | = — \ ae am ef y 7 iu SEE (5 TYP 7 jeHnw OFFICE ~~ } oe J ay, Wt zy (eb hat j KE 5 c ‘ 5 AL - EXISTING 1/2" 4 / Pan | | a 1 1/2" CW | PS © — a - : Jf EXAM li : | : ce 5 it en Y / | | a Ae wae | ; On | EXISTING 3/4" S ——— | on , — | e2-M283 | Ly | ~ mn NL ) U = U | I I | | H— ++ H | I { (U U UR U U U ! RQ Ma | \ 1/2" HWC Let OC) £ | CONNECT NEW3/4" | \ Lt | —a Ooms MV LINE TO EXISTING | ae >} 2"V cry] " . El |p 3/4" MV LINE. | 7 @- CONNECT NEW 1/2" — i 1 1/2" CW [iy ay a OEXeINIGD RL O O Urey O | 02 LINE TO EXISTING a a Cy ey Sy ALS aE a DOWN. MEDICAL GAS ZONE VALVE \ v ort = ae — ~ BOX (ZVB-1) . LOCATE TOP OF PANEL 5-0"AE.F.SEE=——— av l = ‘ | / an / ooh eee M502 — | EXISTING 12"—“|| _EXAM | CONNECT NEW 1/2" ——— Al 02 LINE TO EXISTING tt _/f | 1" EXISTING 3/4 | 1/2" 02 LINE. CONNECT NEW 1/2" 02 LINE TO EXISTING a 2 oe 1/2" 02 LINE. | , of ir | - — + - XO oe) Ko) oo) ee) o>) <x = [0 00 ) \ | | += 1/2" 02 AND 3/4" MV ANTEROOM \ | ; | PIPING DOWN TO MEDICAL GAS PO OO] LOCATED IN MRI ROOM. | COORDINATE CABINET LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT. SC A L E lee ee 7 | , | Pe | Le =e See! | | \ ee | 02 02 02 \ MV MV ri MV \ EXISTING 1/2" ExisTING 3 tin aan ‘ connect NEW 3/4" 2 \ : 2 | vee eestie 1 | MV LINE TO EXISTING vv Pa rA2me Secs [2Ba.- Po r t To w n s e n d , i a _ Ze 3/4" MV LINE, po CORR a fo EXISTING 3/4” 4 / ay MV 02 | | | : on —— , A | ~- i | —) , ) = \ a INTE TANT me A Pid Di / \ | \ i / MAIN FLOOR PLAN r PLUMBING & MEDICAL GAS SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" Te n a n t Im p r o v e m e n t s - MR I JE F F E R S O N HE A L T H C A R E 83 4 Sh e r i d a n Av e BI D SE T Re v i s i o n MAIN FLOOR PLAN - NEW - PLUMBING M111 PLOTTED BY: Dan Puravet p: \ 3 5 1 - 0 9 0 2 je f f e r s o n mr i i D W G \ M 2 0 1 . d w g 12 / 1 8 / 2 0 0 9 AR C H I T E C T U R E SU S T A I N A B I L I T Y Sie, TO EXISTING HEAT & VENT i — % UNIT IN STORAGE ROOM 7 > ~ CORR _ TO EXISTING HEAT & VENT [65-M312 | UNIT IN STORAGE ROOM —, a i we | a a i Ve i : \ / / | : ; i (2 0 6 ) 26 7 - 1 7 0 0 72 0 Ol i v e , Su i t e 15 2 5 Se a t t l e , Wa s h i n g t o n 98 1 0 1 3 . o O > 5 & (cp) Ce = — ! | | | | 5 o || . \ a) | EXISTING 12X12 DUCT \ 2 | : UP TO EXISTING 2 O FAN #6 ON ROOF N \ 6 CORRIDOR / =r : o *] Lr] Ss330 err bweT 5 (US _ - ee a Det Ly | | "] | aaa CAP DUCT P :O . \ || ® Lid ; ; Li] FSD : puna (E) 10X8 oe FF Y : L | 2 oO iia, ee _ J 5 ‘e)) | j KS | —_ o oe | eT Me CAP & ee | rs re Pl T xr | —_ | >—— dail DUCT | { Kh | Pid | 1 aces i | ROK Mh | xx > A | | pt | i] n - j \ iN j ' 7 P\_OFFICE_ XXK Ny | en 7 eo i - \ 65-23) x > eed | . L. “= nm vo \ | ~—JL » - SEE ( = TYPO . ) » a Ss | Pn a 0, ! QUENCH TUBE UP | REMOVE DUCTWORK, DIFFUSERS, : ' . . SEE il GRILLES & ASSOCIATED oe ail... a CO ANC amu DUCT (2 ~ TS > ~~ “APPURTENANCES INDICATED _ 223 a. [Fea] ~~ = 1040CFM—— soy || WITH X'S. CAP AT LOCATIONS T WE 0.05m | 10D || ‘ NBO EDGR MAIN OOF 12 ll : 8X8 TRANSFER GRILLE 0,057 i i ‘i Vand on tao DT | i 4 hohe Ch (0 h=—-pawavae OO CO , 5-M33 | WITH ACOUSTIC LINING —, [-] MRI tL — 1 it 2: i | 48-7 MANCE) | @D-li52 | et | , | | | ) 240 CFM nae fi i | po 7 ft : = a i \ i i | a: ee Om O70 SEE Ray MP | | PTO! CHNG 5 : a © poo b>-h 333) ‘ xX x’ - x x x oN O | ae 8" UP TO O y \ Esp a oy a | ROOF CAP — [EF - a wal ———— & iz, | A : / | bene! eee 7 pd | | aa /- AEUMINUM DUCT at i i i i j i : NW 4 { = Go tt (eb 435) 7 spuENUM ~NY509/ | ee > BALANCE Li | | | | | | | | |! Vv Av | Sa io ) Ka ) ar e ie = i = 7) o> {j t Ow | iz fo r e ) ee ) a) fo ) mn = / cy a a GQ ) 6' " O I WA 98 3 6 8 SC A L E YK KK K KE K KO K » oO e ) _ ~ - *s —_ ” i SY r : To4ocrM—/ | q = Y c oy a FO.2 / 4 we 2 ee oe “ : Jt " a rs rs mens eel (SVT) | <=. ae a= ® ot ; fo) / \ Cc a QO. / DDC CONTROL PANEL OF é —I 7 a ‘. <x oo Ow? / o t< — _ / Eze > ———. \ J 4 | 7 i a . a | | | a . fi 7 a fo © || Hi | ( fi | / | | | E ran ~ Y¢ - C we 4) uw 5 i: MAIN FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION r MAIN FLOOR PLAN . - wo HVAC | HVAC SCALE: 1/4” = 1'-0" SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" BI D SE T at e aw n ev i s i o n D Dr R MAIN FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION & NEW - HVAC M201 PLOTTED BY: Dan Puravet p: \ 3 5 1 - 0 9 0 2 je f f e r s o n mr i \ D W G \ M 3 0 1 . d w g 12 / 1 8 / 2 0 0 9 AR C H I T E C T U R E SU S T A I N A B I L I T Y oN EXAM __ tT \ — CORR . ae \ 4 Bs P70 ne or \ Ss TT Cee NADIA ' Lene 4 | : @2-"\2! _ | % 2 - wortoO / Y | wr] . ] _ ", iS O NOOO / / / | | ee € = o ~ | | 8 —~ 2¢% | | | Cc ca a = aad =a 8 @ 283 es = | “ 2 6 68° Lo =r = Cc , Cane Oo = | je) N / 5 8 7 > LE JHws ‘ a . 2 ‘0 M = : ie — : 2 us : 5 HWS 25 HWS Ui HWR. +=) WR 2 e ey = ~ fe) \ j | nN A i - | — IN | / ‘ SY | | - \ NO CAP \ —T | | ; ae PIPE e *& . ee OO | — REMOVE HWS8R PIPING, CONVECTORS, XAM ” _ i T'STATS & CONTROLS INDICATED WITH oe r|- == | 7 + ~X*8, CAP-AT LOCATIONS INDICATED ON ~4G5 | MAIN FLOOR PLAN PIPING. a _— | ee a 3 MRI —— | = © CONTROL g oSbirpas 1 foe) | = 3/4" DRAIN DN TO © | INDIRECTWASTE SE : | So) AT LAV DRAIN - — cuna || cuna _ | co [45-M2329| i45.m2232 — ee Ob - 332 6-33 a Z SEE — TYP x Fc-5| | | [ = ——d | : | 7 4 Cop a yee ars REFRIGERANT PIPING -_ j ————— LQuio— Ee J UP TO HP-2 ON ROOF 2 = __WAIT _ / ee, LIQUID——+0 & ® = - SS a BD eT —_ on wr ~b c ao Y § _ us CI > Uo : || ——— LIQUID 1 ia or . | F I -) GAS 5 cz : | <l ~ oe: t \ VA : . : : \ | Y O a \ / | 3/4" DRAIN (TYP) \— REFRIGERANT PIPING Zo c LT CAP PIPE LIQUID & GAS PIPING SIZES UP TO HP-1 ON ROOF OK O. PER MANUFACTURERS ABOVE CEILING REFRIGERANT PIPING / RECOMMENDATIONS (TYP) UP TO HP-3 ON ROOF / Ss z ‘2 conscncesspiseer Oe atl ; ab) Cus _ _ rae = ret | ° N / —_ mj nee 7 OQ. Zz Cc | \ _ / | —_ ao I fa} , | | | | Al : \ / ' eee —_ ss aad ~ rab) © we 4) u W Cu MAIN FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN MAIN FLOOR PLAN i a ee N N = co PIPING PIPING SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" _ Lu 7p] 2 fee] = <2 os 2 ae qaqa MAIN FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION & NEW - HVAC PIPING M301 PLOTTED BY: Dan Puravet p: \ 3 5 1 - 0 9 0 2 je f f e r s o n mr i \ D W G \ M 4 0 2 . d w g 12 / 1 8 / 2 0 0 9 REMOVE AC UNIT AND ASSOCIATED REFRIGERANT PIPIING. cf SEAL ROOF CURB ~ WATERTIGHT NZ ~N, 52 EXISTING ROOF DRAIN K TO REMAIN —~ x SO 2 rg EXISTING EQUIPMENT & ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK TO REMAIN QUENCH VENT ROOF DEMOLITION PLAN MECHANICAL SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" PLOTTED BY: Dan Puravet EXISTING ROOF DRAIN | TO REMAIN | CO) EQUIPMENT BY SIEMENS. S | INSTALLED BY MECH: : CONTRACTOR EXISTING EQUIPMENT & a Le ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK ed “ TO REMAIN | 16 2|20 io} wi ales O op) a a = HP-2 a® EXHAUST ROOF CAP & : (op) | ty Lu | | Lu | oS Q of/ Lo | = 1 erp (OC a | or a =a | j SY | LL Tp) oD Lu Te | / el || a ~ 573 LBS L sips 75 Lest ~— a 2 i 3'.9" . _2 Zz S < SERVICE SERVICE ui SPACE SPACE ROOF PLAN MECHANICAL SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" AR C H I T E C T U R E SU S T A I N A B I L I T Y n = w= © 6) Oo § Oo 828 © £ oR ° ~ 552 5 QO %8s = o£8 5S DD a —_— io) c O os 5 © & ad = c ® 5.lUS 2 ae ® : 2 Oo a> WNW Cc Lu I cO (co) oo) © fey) 9 = L o S Cc @ _ wn Y c Sus rr a NW or ec x, O F ce <l > ws Qo t< Pa Oz, cE OD Y Yo Cue C0 un 5 i LU FE S30 BI D SE T ra w n ev i s i o n ROOF PLAN - DEMOLITION & NEW - MECHANICAL M402 p: \ 3 5 1 - 0 9 0 2 je f f e r s o n mr i \ D W G \ M 5 0 1 . d w g 12 / 1 8 / 2 0 0 9 ___ 515/16" _ 51/8" G | GASKET DIELECTRIC BUSHING en | 14 STAINLESS STEEL SPRING WASHER STAINLESS STEEL SPRING WASHER m 13 | STAINLESS STEEL LOCKING NUT STAINLESS STEEL SCREW AR C H I T E C T U R E SU S T A I N A B I L I T Y =. ——~ 12 | nm | IWS = > ¥ = —s a 10 ; g = | | AT =< (12) 316 | US zor | iN il ol Va =) / 3 a A C A A = te a lo = © | ji | | I | | | rs) se FLANGE AT THE 90° ELBOW FOR 4 4 = 2 3 (d b 4 ; = < 2 oe & THE QUENCH VENT ADAPTER T 7 7 7 7 7 Y S136" MINIMOM STAINLESS 6 = ofh — Nt STEEL FLANGE 2 553 : | Cc = oO te -* | | 2 Q ¢g2s 1. FABRICATED AND INSTALLED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR UNDER SIEMENS SUPERVISION. A | oo | NOTES: S$ D> 258 HEE 20 ELD OU 1S EAR! OF TNEDELVERT VOUIME, ine DMO FLANGES ARE DENECH. | 5 1. DIELECTRIC ISOLATION HAS TO BE INSTALLED TO AVOID ELECTRICAL NOISE BEING PICKED UP 2 O C§ 2. 3/16" T-304 STAINLESS STEEL, RAISED FACE CLASS 150, WELD NECK FLANGE. i <E BY LOOPS BETWEEN THE MAGNET, THE QUENCH TUBE, THE RF ROOM AND THE BUILDING. 8 (D N 6 3. GRADE 304 STAINLESS STEEL STUD BOLTS, ASTM A320 GRADE BB, CLASS 1 BOLTS. 2. ITIS NECESSARY TO HAVE ONE DIELECTRIC ISOLATION OF THE QUENCH TUBE INSIDE THE RF 5 = 4, GRADE 304 STAINLESS STEEL HEAVY HEX, ASTM A194 GRADE B. = 4 | ROOM (PROVIDED BY SIEMENS AT THE MAGNET) AND ONE OUTSIDE THE RF ROOM (PROVIDED ce oc G 5. _ GASKET, RING TYPE, GARLOCK BLUE GARD STYLE 3200. _ | BY THE QUENCH TUBE MANUFACTURER). 5 ee (F : : § q 5 do , QUENCH VENT - CONNECTING FLANGE j ih | DIELECTRIC ISOLATION 2 2 SCALE: NTS SCALE: NTS © MRI 165-M331 | Cc — om SEAL WELD STAINLESS STEEL CONE ROOF FLASHING I | <, CANT - ROOF JI ; <0 = SEE STRUCTURAL | 2x6 (TYP.) —F J FOR ROOFING | ° | 7 : | | NOTES: | | o oROVIDE Aik, varer | T> SIEMENS SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED ELBOW > DIELECTRIC ISOLATION. SEE DETAIL <x ox4 (TYP) TesrSeA. WARE | 27> MOUNTING HARDWARE SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS CONTRACTOR INSTALLED Tiss QUENGHVENT COUPLING, SEE DETAI Ge) = CAULK g> FLEXIBLE COUPLING PROVIDED BY SIEMENS, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED TT> FLEXIBLE EXPANSION COMPENSATION - INTERFLEX SAP/10 BUTT WELD, T-321 S/S . 1" ARMA FLEX op 4> QUENCH VENT COUPLING FLANGE S> ROOF LINE En . _ PEIREREIAGSINITH 5>> QUENCH VENT PIPE. T304 STAINLESS STEEL, SEAL WELDED, GRIND WELDS SMOOTH, fics. FLASAING- SEE DETAIL S c PVC VAPOR BARRIER PEE ISe HEHE eI SH WES: a 12> DEFLECTOR PLATE - 14 GAUGE 1304 STAINLESS STEEL, FULL CIRCLE, STITCH WELD, as \ ] | S> QUENCH VENT COUPLING FLANGE. SEE DETAL (eq) eOLeE TREN Y im 7> RFSHIELD = RAIN CAP - SEE DETAIL = p*—— STAINLESS STEEL VENT 8>> RF WAVE GUIDE WITH FLANGES FOR QUENCH VENT PIPING. FABRICATED AND > Ll 6% KS INSTALLED BY RF SHIELD CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION. rr <. DUCT PENETRATION THRU ROOF DETAIL MRI QUENCH VENT DETAIL 2 O% SCALE: NTS 9 SCALE: 2 2 C to Ss sal <i y 8" ® LU > . : _ > i [+ DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR O < ; —— L EXTERNAL FAN UNIT BY ~ * J ( ELECTRICAL 5 Zz © — cial > SIEMENS CABLE INSTALLED BY SIEMENS G or ; ~ ) Pa IN (1) 1 4/2" CONDUIT BY CONTRACTOR = yn- zi co | _— . ( ) 4 ROOF ~ Yo ro 7 QUENCH VENT CAP = AA 7 C we <, To | T 304, 14 GAGE, SEAL WELD, NS SC 1 ow Pot __ POLISH TO # 6 FINISH SIEMENS COOLING WATER HOSES Ln Cc INSTALLED BY SIEMENS IN (2) 2 1/2" PVC \ > ) o UL \. PIPE WITH SMOOTH RADIUS ELBOWS BY } LU on BUG SCREEN 3/8" MESH, CONTRACTOR. F 50 T 304 SCREEN, 1" STITCH WELD -+—— STAINLESS STEEL VENT ty ICS o QUENCH VENT CAP ECA ACTIVE S [>=] STAINLESS STEEL VENT vaceomousronrm | amass T 304, 2"X2"X1/8" | NOTES: 23 1. THE GLYCOLWATER MIXTURE FOR THE ICS ACTIVE SYSTEM IS SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS. OPTIONAL ICS ACTIVE WITH EXTERNAL FAN UNIT | 25% 2. EFU-1 PROVIDED BY SIEMENS INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, | aga DUCT CAP DETAIL PIPING SCHEMATIC FOR CHILLED WATER NOT USED “_ SCALE: NTS 6 SCALE: NTS 3 SCALE: NTS | PLOTTED BY: Dan Puravet p: \ 3 5 1 - 0 9 0 2 je f f e r s o n mr i \ D W G \ M 5 0 2 . d w g 12 / 1 8 / 2 0 0 9 3/4" 3/4" ’ 2" = 7 <—g—_—_—_ _ —<—2" MIN (TYP,) | te ) ISOLATION VALVE FOR : MV, AND 02 14 ° in NOTES: 1. VALVE BOX DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FOR WALL FRAMING ONLY AND DO NOT REFLECT FACE PLATE DIMENSIONS. FINISH FLOOR MEDICAL GAS ZONE VALVE BOX , (ZVB-1) INSTALLATION DETAIL SCALE: NTS FIRE AND/OR SMOKE sy SEPARATION, REF ARCH. y JUNCTION BOX la (iy — 120V, 10; REF ELEC. x / 7 S~_TOFIRE ALARM PANEL, REF ELEC.» oe || / \ DAMPER / ACCESS \ DOOR / 5 Sir 7 | ACTUATOR DUCT | NG = \ : CEILING | SMOKE / FIRE DAMPER ACCESS PANELS IN CEILINGS {| AND SLEEVE, INSTALL AND/OR WALLS FOR ACCESS PER MANUFACTURER'S TO DAMPERS AND DETECTORS INSTRUCTIONS & LISTING REF ARCH. NOTE: REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR POWER. FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER CONNECTIONS SCALE: NTS 8 PIPE WITH OR WITHOUT 4" IN UNFINISHED SPACES, FLUSH WITH FLOOR AND ESCUTCHEON a INSULAEON RS | 1 IN FINISHED AREAS Lr SEAL AND SECURE SLEEVE 7 a AND COLLAR TO CONCRETE ee FILL ANNULAR SPACE ™ COMPLETELY AROUND PIPE W/ Le FIRE CAULK, USE FILLER ROD CORE DRILL PER MANUFACTURER AND FILL FLUSH TO TOP OF PIPE SLEEVE NOTE: CORE DRILL EXISTING FLOOR AND SLEEVE TO FIT SIZE. PIPE PENETRATION THRU CONCRETE PLOTTED BY: Dan Puravet SCALE: NTS 9 STRAP OR ROD SUPPORT TO aT STRUCTURE. ADJUST TO aT RELIEVE ANY STRESS ON GRILLE NL Ay 22 GA SHEET METAL (TYP.) J SHEETMETAL PLENUM 40" 1/2" CLEAR SY ooo ba l : Tr | ~ INTERNAL LINING / / y ~~ - INSULATION 7 Wo | a no & a“ = | a = a Ly Ww — — | A a= WN < a“ Ps wee | se = GALV DUCT WITH | Ras ae INTERNAL LINING OR Os EXTERNAL INSULATION | vr | . 4 | y | RETURN / TRANSFER GRILLE 4" INSULATION TIGHTLY PACKED we Lao AROUND DUCT 1" DEEP CONTINUOUS CEILING LL a“ BEAD OF ACOUSTICAL SEALANT COORDINATE W/ ARCH PLENUM SIZE LAY- IN T- BAR CEILING SHOWN, \- DRAWINGS FOR SIZE OPENINGS SAME AS GRILLE VERIFY TYPE OF CEILING NOTE: 1. SUPPORT DUCT FROM HANGERS NON FIRE RATED WALL : semen SCALE: NTS ESCUTCHEON PLATE WHERE EXPOSED, INTERIOR STUD WALL COORDINATE Hxliit 16 GA. GALV. STEEL ARCHITECT SLEEV e PERFORATED PLATE ATTACH TO STRUCTURE FILL COMPLETELY ANNULAR f _j)—9 ACROSS PLENUM SPACE BETWEEN PIPE AND TOP OF PLATE AT HANGER STRAP SLEEVE WITH FIRECAULK PIPE W/ OR WIOUT CENTERLINE OF INLET (3M FIRE SAFING) INSULATION FLEX DUCT INSULATED PLENUM SUPPLY DUCT INTERIOR SURFACE SCREWED TO EXTERIOR SURFACE DIEFUSER NECK ; ra ESCUTCHEON PLATE oo WHERE EXPOSED, | 16 GA. GALV. STEEL , wv. A - aciaaaaer tir | iN PARTITION a our acer CONNECTION 7 St ————_,_ . = ° \ ARCHITECT , —— | | | \ INSULATION = 7 ; 4" | SPIN-IN FITTING WITH AND JACKET REN CEILING | | | VOLUME DAMPER ESCUTCHEON PLATE, x PIPE | COORDINATE WITH A Sy CLAMP (TYP,) ie ARCHITECT = / \ = CEILING DIFFUSER SQUARE DIFFUSER NECK NOTES: 1. SIMILAR FOR NON-INSULATED PIPE AND CONDUIT. — NRY OR CONCRETE WALL EXCEPT CORE See: 2 SLL OR CAST NPE CONG i 1. SET DIFFUSER FOR HORIZONTAL THROW. 2. ADJUST THROW FOR POSITION IN SPACE FOR ONE, 3. APPLIES FOR PLUMBING, HVAC, AND FIRE PROTECTION. TWVO-THREE OR FOURWAY THRONE. SCALE: NTS ) SCALE: NTS 2 ATTACH TO STRUCTURE HANGER NOT TO ROOF DECK (TYP) STRAPS I Va ROD 60" MAX. STRAP OR ANGLE —“"| | SCREWS | l 4" MIN SIZE BOLTS HANGER STRAP FOR LOAD 3/8" BOLT STRAPS FLAT WASHER BAND OF SAME >f StRee MANGER UNIT LEG HANGING Fa \ LOCKWASHER AND [ RODS OR ee HEAVY HEX NUT TRAP ative CLIPS 1" NEOPRENE PAD r | ANGLES ! ! : ~ \ NX SUPPORT STEEL PUSH NUTS NOTES: BAND 1. REINFORCEMENT MAY BE USED FOR HEX NUTS ALTERNATE LOCATION (VERIFY ATTACHMENT IF IT QUALIFIES FOR BOTH DUTIES. UPPER TRAPEZE LOAD CAPACITY) 2. DO NOT EXCEED ALLOWABLE LOAD LIMITS. SCALE: NTS 6 SCALE: NTS 3 AR C H I T E C T U R E SU S T A I N A B I L I T Y a) , go Ro) 2 OS Pa ool 5 = get = ~ 2 5 GO 28 2 8 88 + 2 OD 3s o O (+) = = SG fe) on on 2 D> :O £N ® . 2 :D ® WY Cc Lu I ©O Lo) oo) ©O (o>) < = x oO 3 c ) _ ” Cc Y a3 > O° , =e as Hos 5 o ce < > ws Oo I< gq z° EBD _ Yo C we 0 won 5 i Lu « FEF soa — 7) a [=e] 8 [7] DETAILS M3502 (2 0 6 ) 26 7 - 1 7 0 0 p: \ 3 5 1 - 0 9 0 2 je f f e r s o n mr i \ D W G \ M 6 0 1 . d w g 12 / 1 8 / 2 0 0 9 DIFFUSER. GRILLE SCHEDULE QD @® ® EQUIP MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL DESCRIPTION TITUS CEILING DIFFUSER ALUMINUM, MODULAR CORE, ADJUSTABLE 1, 2, 3, OR WAY PATTERN, 24X24 FACE. NECK SIZE ON PLAN. B TITUS ab CEILING DIFFUSER STEEL, MODULAR CORE, ADJUSTABLE 1, 2, 3, OR WAY PATTERN, 24X24 FACE. NECK SIZE ON PLAN. C TITUS 23RL RET ALUMINUM FRAME WITH 3/4" BLADES, 45 0 FIXED DEFLECTION, BLADES PARRALLEL TO LONG DIMENSION. | NOTES: 1. PROVIDE STANDARD OFF-WHITE FINISH. MATCH BORDERS TO CEILING TYPE. 2. ARRANGE THROW OF SUPPLY DIFFUSERS TO CONFORM TO SPACE. EXAMPLE; IF SPACE IS LONG AND NARROW, ARRANGE FOR 2-WAY DIRECTIONAL FLOW. 3. MANUFACTURER LISTED IS BASIS OF DESIGN. PROVIDE LISTED OR EQUAL APPROVED BY CONTRACTING OFFICER. AR C H I T E C T U R E SU S T A I N A B I L I T Y | i a a |: wn a oO = © EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE gS O g = eS) POINTS LIST 2 fC 9&2 EQUIP NO. AREA SERVED MODEL NUMBER | AIRFLOWCFM | PDINWC | FANRPM | MAX.WATTS AMPS POWER VOLTIPHIHZ CONT ALARM o . §5%3 P TOIL 65-M335A, CHNG SUSPENDED ABOVE PENN POINT # DESCRIPTION DEVICE bp} | po | A | ao | dH | COLO | Fail NOTES gs OQ 3 Bs EF-1 5 N33) 8 3 ie VENTILATION 26H 150 0.14 1550 108 14 208/1/60 al o “3 FER : { CONTROL ROOM TEMP TS 1 1 | 4 1 OUT OF RANGE ALARM 5 0 038” NOTES: 2 EQUIPMENT ROOM TEMP TS 1 1 | 1 [1 OUT OF RANGE ALARM 5 = oF 1, PROVIDE PENN VENTILATION FLAT ROOF CAP DR8F. 3 MRI ROOM TEMP TS 1 1 | 4 { OUT OF RANGE ALARM ~ OQ os 2 2. PROVIDE ZEPHYR TDA KIT 20722. : c Cc 2 3, PROVIDE DISCONNECT SWITCH. > :O 5 ON 95 ® > 2) WY PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE TOTAL 1/0 0 |o]3 0 Ww EQUIP ROUGH-IN CONNECTION (IN) a : DESCRIPTION TYPE LOCATION REMARKS OUTPUTS 0 MARK W V CW HW TW AMERICAN STANDARD MODEL 0356.421, SINGLE HOLE, WALL-MOUNT LAVATORY, WHITE PATIENT TOILET ; ; ; ; VITREOUS CHINA, NOMINAL DIMENSIONS 20-1/2" X 18-1/4". CHICAGO FAUCETS MODEL ie, WALL TUNG LAVATORY 65-M333 ‘i 1-1/2 V2 Ve ~ — |446.223.21.1, ELECTRONIC GOOSENECK DECK MOUNTED SINGLE HOLE FAUCET, DUAL BEAM INFRARED SENSORS, .5 GPM SPRAY OUTLET, BATTERY OPERATED. ELKAY MODEL LR1316 COUNTER MOUNTED STAINLESS STEEL SINK, SINGLE HOLE, NOMINAL SEQUENCE OF OPERATION CONTROL ; ; ; ; DIMENSIONS 19-12" X 19", BOWL SIZES 16" X 13-1/2" X 10-1/8". CHICAGO FAUCETS MODEL P12 SS COUNTER MOUNTED SINK 65-M338 1-1/2 1-1/2 V2 V2 ~ |446.223.21.1, ELECTRONIC GOOSENECK DECK MOUNTED SINGLE HOLE FAUCET, DUAL BEAM TEMPERATURE SENSORS 1,2,3 INFRARED SENSORS, .5 GPM SPRAY OUTLET, BATTERY OPERATED. ST ERMIE TEE RETR arene ELKAY MODEL LR1316 COUNTER MOUNTED STAINLESS STEEL SINK, SINGLE HOLE, NOMINAL ALARM IF TEMP LESS THAN 60°F (AD fee ABLE) ) P13 Se oUNRER RO UREEH IE: EXAM oe ae Ww Ye DIMENSIONS 19-12" X 19", BOWL SIZES 16" X 13-1/2" X 10-1/8". CHICAGO FAUCETS MODEL I ©O ° 65-M288 : ; ~ — 446.223.21.1, ELECTRONIC GOOSENECK DECK MOUNTED SINGLE HOLE FAUCET, DUAL BEAM I co INFRARED SENSORS, .5 GPM SPRAY OUTLET, BATTERY OPERATED. | ps SIE TOL AMERICAN STANDARD 3695.128. ELONGATED BOWL TOILET, FLOOR SET, BACK OUTLET, CO P2-1 WALL HUNG WATER CLOSET aioe 3" 2" 1" . | VITREOUS CHINA, SYPHON JET FLUSH ACTION, 1.6 GPF, 1-1/2" TOP SPUD. SLOAN MODEL 111 a ; FLUSH VALVE, 1.6 GPF. NOTES: < 4. PROVIDE CONCEALED CARRIERS, HEAVY DUTY OPEN FRONT WATER CLOSET SEAT, P-TRAPS, ANGLE VALVE STOPS AND SUPPLY HOSES. = ws Oo Ss Cc FAN COIL SCHEDULE MEDICAL GAS SYSTEM EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE a ® COOLING STATIC PRESS. POWER ITEM DESCRIPTION MFG./MODEL SERVING POWER REMARKS —— a EQUIP. NO. MODEL SERVES BTUH HEATING BTUH Wie WEIGHT LBS. VOLTIPHIHZ AMPS REMARKS (VOLTS/PH) (Y c MEDICAL GAS OUTLETS | CHEMETRON/500 SERIES ; OXYGEN (02) AND MEDICAL VACUUM (MV) “I = FC-1 MITSUBISHI PDFY-P30NMU-E EQUIP 65-M336 630 30,000 34,000 0.17 86 208/1/60 1.07 NOTE 1,384 ZVB+1 ZONE VALVE BOX CHEMETRON/77-82-0023 ER/UC/MRI AREA : 3/4” VACUUM AND 1/2" OXYGEN > Y fo) FC-2 MITSUBISHI PLFY-PO8NCMU-E ANTEROOM 65-M334 200 8,000 9,000 _ 4 208/1/60 0.23 NOTE 1,384 NOTES: ' = FC-3 MITSUBISHI PLFY-PO8NCMU-E CONTROL 65-M338 175 8,000 9,000 7 41 208/1/60 0.23 NOTE 1,384 1. MANUFACTURER LISTED IS BASIS OF DESIGN. u) a ; E : 8,000 9,000 ~ NOTE 1,384 - FC-4 MITSUBISHI PLFY-PO8NCMU-E OFFICE 65-M331 200 41 08/1/60 0.23 > ULLISTED AND NEPA 99 COMPLIANT Y e) < FC-5 MITSUBISHI PDFY-PO8NMU-E MRI 65-M337 265 8,000 9,000 0.21 57 208/1/60 0.61 NOTE 2,384 cx FC-6 MITSUBISHI PLFY-P12NCMU-E WAIT 65-M335 340 12,000 13,500 7 44 208/1/60 0.28 NOTE 1,384 OF QO NOTES: c 4 1. PROVIDE STANDARD FILTER. x 0) @ 2. PROVIDE 90% HIGH EFFICIENCY MERV-13 FILTER. S us 3. PROVIDE DRAIN PUMP KIT. 0 Ie 4. PROVIDE DISCONNECT SWITCH. ra Zc ©. = w . G AIR COOLED HEAT PUMP SCHEDULE — Wer heed ~ (ab) CAPACITY AIRFLOW POWER - LW < u ” ENTERING | ENTERING OPERATING C ow MARK | LOCATION SERVES MANUFACTURER MODEL oer STATIC AIR TEMP | AIR TEMP WEIGHT NOTES o st COOLING | HEATING | AIRFLOW | “por cc (DB) (WB) nee VOLTS/PHAS | POUNDS fa LU © BTUH BTUH CFM : E/HZ > ©€ INCHES HP-1 | ROOF are MITSUBISHI MUZ-A17NA 16,200 | 20,100 | 1,249 . 950F 720F 14 208/1/60 88 12.4 rf ” HP-2 | ROOF a MITSUBISHI MUZ-AONA 9,000 6,400 1,129 ; 9501 720F 12 208/1/60 75 12.4 2 HP-3 | ROOF BC-1 miTsuBisH| §— |PURYFZAIHTHM) 72,000 | 80,000 | 6,550 gs0F | 720F 16.8 208/1/60 519 1,24 NOTES: 1, PROVIDE WITH DISCONNECT 2. PROVIDE REFRIGERATION LINE SETS c 5 ” 3. NOT USED 2ss eo ® 4. PROVIDE WITH SEACOAST PROTECTION aoe SCHEDULES & CONTROLS M601 PLOTTED BY: Dan Puravet p: \ 3 5 1 - 0 9 0 2 je f f e r s o n mr i \ D W G \ M 7 0 1 . d w g 12 / 1 8 / 2 0 0 9 PLOTTED BY: Dan Puravet {fA ai it 2-1/2" FIRE S RINKLER PIPE DOWN AND CONNECT TO EXISTING SPRINKLER RISER DOWN STREAM OF FLOW ALARM SWITCH MAIN FLOOR PLAN CORRIDOR J SCOPE OF WORK __WAIT a [65-785 / / oa EXAM @d>-M225) a f “| fi a | es we ies / : F F z 2-1/2" j CORRIDOR we a 8-226 1; eT _— ~ e5-M238 oy pai - t } ge C4 Liss A | [ Y eee “eo | L. L@D-M231) | | a OFF % ee an a | TRAMA STOR. % QQ wit r| | | / e=l 2590 | | f LL rr — Cl \ % bs OFF OFF \ 65-234 ©b-MZ22 4 i en oO ) ° s \ . a = Xs Fa PA | | | we WAITING FIRE PROTECTION SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" GENERAL NOTE: PROVIDE FULL SPRINKLER COVERAGE IN THE SCOPE OF WORK AREA. PROVIDE NEW QUICK RESPONSE, SEMI-RECESSED HEADS AND CONCEALED SPRINKLER HEADS (IF REQUIRED). COORDINATE NEW WORK WITH OTHER TRADES, OBSTRUCTIONS, SCHEDULE AND PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION. PERFORM WORK WITH MINIMUM DISRUPTION TO HOSPITAL SCHEDULE. FLAG NOTES: > SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE CENTERED IN CEILING TILES. = PROVIDE NEW 2-1/2" FIRE SPRINKLER LINE FOR NEW SCOPE OF WORK. Ee ALL FIRE PROTECTION COMPONENTS, SUPPORTS AND RESTRAINTS WITHIN THE MAGNETIC RESONANCE IMAGING (MRI) ROOM SHIELD SHALL BE NON FERROUS. PE PIPING SUPPORTS FOR SEISMIC BRACING TO COMPLY WITH N.F.P.A. 13. AR C H I T E C T U R E SU S T A I N A B I L I T Y 72 0 Ol i v e , Su i t e 15 2 5 Se a t t l e , Wa s h i n g t o n 98 1 0 1 8 O = £ (7p) 6 OQ 5 5 2 © O 3 O 5.lU P :O 5 2 o a WM 5 (2 0 6 ) 26 7 - 1 7 0 0 i Cc CO o9) oe) ©) <x = Mu a 3 Cc re) — iv) Y om = => Wo ! ~La <t_ Qos C Ia Or S —I dD to > > Oo t< aq zs Oo ® = Ox ed Yo Cue 4) wu Cue o LU on = CO 7 (7p) f=) a o -2 QAaa MAIN FLOOR PLAN - FIRE PROTECTION M/01 p: \ 3 5 1 - 0 9 0 2 je f f e r s o n mr i \ D W G \ E 0 0 0 . d w g 12 / 1 8 / 2 0 0 9 PLOTTED BY: Dan Puravet SYMBOLS LEGEND - POWER SYMBOLS LEGEND - POWER SYMBOLS LEGEND - POWER SYMBOLS LEGEND - POWER INDICATING INSTRUMENT SUBSCRIPT INDICATES NUMBER OF POLES SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PLAN DIAGRAM PLAN DIAGRAM PLAN | DIAGRAM DIAGRAM | CIRCUIT BREAKER a a TRANSFORMER CB }HGT) ST - INDICATES SHUNT TRIP S| POSITION SELECTOR SWITCH XXX ~ 1 hm , 3-POSITION SELECTOR SWITCH 1 PANELBOARD Od Ly | SUBSCRIPT NUMBERS INDICATE )-= | BREAKER WITH EXTERNAL GROUND FAULT RELAY AND CT ook XXX nae FIRST NUMBER - NUMBER OF TRANSFORMERS f SECOND NUMBER - TRANSFORMER KVA RATING es ON-OFF SELECTOR SWITCH THIRD NUMBER - NUMBER OF PHASES —— / TRANSFER SWITCH ( AUTO ) A BELT \ ne oe 1RUNT PUSHBUTTON ° (AAA = AMPS, P = POLES SWITCHED, SN=SOLID NEUTRAL) x \6) CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH GROUND FAULT PROTECTION —— WYE oOo oH P| comoan i S| ee J | raseen snr uous EN DE 9 5 * oxy (AAA = AMPS, P = POLES SWITCHED, SN=SOLID NEUTRAL) EQUIPMENT CONNECTION —>— | HIGH VOLTAGE CABLE TERMINATOR .O MOTOR-OPERATED CIRCUIT BREAKER ee ei} LIGHTNING ARRESTORS ; NUMBER INDICATES TRIP SETTING AND NUMBER OF POLES (Gy 4G) | GENERATOR << XXXXXX AMPERES SHORT CIRCUIT AVAILABLE (SYMMETRICAL) maya AMy AM | MOTOR CONNECTION - SEE SCHEDULE FOR MOTOR DATA |_| SURGE ARRESTORS j ST “|_| SWITCH WITH EXTERNAL GROUND FAULT RELAY AND CT P| ta | STARTER COOK FEEDER TAG - REFER TO FEEDER SCHEDULE WWI | NEUTRAL GROUNDING RESISTOR 3-POLE, NEMA SIZE 1 MINIMUM UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE (M) (| | METER xh scceeicbinarans lalla CONDUITICONDUCTORICABLE CONNECTION POINT HP RATED, 3-POLE, NEMA SIZE 1 MINIMUM, UNLESS NOTED CS (XX = ABBREVIATION YY = DESIGNATION NUMBER) r [im] | MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLLED MONITOR (| Mov SURGE PROTECTION BY OUIPNENT MANUFACTURER OR AS NOTED REQUIRED REFER TO RACEWAY AND CONDUCTORICABLE SCHEDULE. rT REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR METERING VALUES AND MWA— | RESISTOR PROTECTIVE FUNCTIONS [Lh | —© ~— | DISCONNECT SWITCH EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIER - REFER TO EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE. XX Seen 3-POLE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE XXXIX CURRENT TRANSFORMER To ¢ QUANTITY AND RATIO AS INDICATED 7h |-0 Veta | FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH < XXX > RACEWAY IDENTIFIER - REFER TO RACEWAY AND CONDUIT/CABLE SCHEDULE. —%XU— | MOTOR THERMAL OVERLOADS - (3) UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 3-POLE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE - OVERCURRENT PROTECTION AS REQUIRED BY EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER — =a QUANTITY AND VOLTAGE RATING AS INDICATED NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACT CONTACTOR | (v) —o|-o— SOLENOID VALVE — | }— AM-AMMETER; VM-VOLTMETER; FM-FREQUENCY METER; kVAR-KILOVAR METER; kWH-KILOWATT HOUR METER; RELAY COIL kVAR/D-KILOWATT HOUR DEMAND METER MOTOR-OPERATED VALVE CR-CONTROL RELAY; TD-TIME DELAY RELAY: UV-UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY; M-MOTOR CONTACTOR; AS balan a eVOLTUETER SWITCH om On THERMOSTAT $,, MANUAL MOTOR STARTER - SIZE OL PER MOTOR REQUIREMENTS SS-SYNCHRONIZING SWITCH: —iL— | TERMINAL BLOCK - NUMBER INDICATES REFERENCE =) Ch | EQUIPMENT EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN SWITCH SV-SUPERVISORY (LOCAL-REMOTE) SWITCH — AS0O7TV. 20. ANIRE PANELBOARD —<<C— SEPARABLE CONNECTOR INDICATING LIGHT - TYPE AS NOTED a) a) A-AMBER; B-BLUE; G-GREEN; R-RED; W-WHITE a 208Y/120V, 3, 4-WIRE PANELBOARD ~{ XX >| DRAWOUT AC TYPE POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER —|IK-— | BATTERY a EQUIPMENT CABINET - TYPE AS NOTED SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PLAN DIAGRAM PLAN DIAGRAM PLAN DIAGRAM PLAN DIAGRAM Goon) LIGHT FIXTURE IDENTIFIER - REFER TO LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE = = GROUND CONNECTION LEACP] | LFAGP] | FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL " I ji | sRompRep ESR - ELEVATOR STATUS/RECALL HT TV OUTLET PRES RSL eriletwenas © PAGING SYSTEM SPEAKER - CEILING RECESSED MOUNTED | tl SHADING INDICATES LUMINAIRE ON EMERGENCY @+|I @P|| | GROUND WELL FCP - FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL . CIRCUIT OR WITH BATTERY BACKUP BALLAST FSA dEIRE'SYSTEW ANNUNCIATOR LOWER CASE DENOTES ZONE GROUP (TYP.) O 2x4 FLUORESCENT to +@) | AIR TERMINAL HCP - HALON CONTROL PANEL PAGING SYSTEM SPEAKER - CEILING SURFACE MOUNTED Lo] 1x4 FLUORESCENT HVA - HVAC OR EXHAUST STAIRWELL PRESSURIZATION a FS FS FIRE ALARM FLOW SWITCH ro) PAGING SYSTEM SPEAKER - WALL RECESSED MOUNTED e 2h FLUSRESEENT SYMBOLS LEGEND - SECURITY = = 3 FIRE ALARM PRESSURE SWITCH SS WALL-MOUNTED FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PAGING SYSTEM SPEAKER - WALL SURFACE MOUNTED —o UNDER-CABINET FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE PN | ae 8 6 Eee ennai a CR| we CR CARD READER | PIV | | PIV | | POST INDICATOR VALVE KO CLOCK - SURFACE MOUNTED WP INDICATES WEATHERPROOF a STRIP FLUORESCENT KEYPAD FIRE ALARM PULL STATION oO CLOCK - RECESSED MOUNTED ——— WP SIAGSEREE-SI AIP FLUORSSCEN WP INDICATES WEATHERPROOF Ot bs FIRE ALARM STROBE fe) DOWNLIGHT OR CEILING-MOUNTED LUMINAIRE . = MD MD MOTION DETECTOR - INFRARED TYPE ‘ok OK | FIRE ALARM HORN-STROBE re) WALL-MOUNTED LUMINAIRE 30 39 NUMBER INDICATES CANDELLA RATING ELECTRICAL DRAWING LIST oO WALL WASH LUMINAIRE ES ES ELECTRIC DOOR STRIKE - RESIST AIRE C C FIRE FIGHTER PHONE JACK E000 ELECTRICAL LEGEND & DRAWING LIST C C DOORWINDOW CONTACT HEAT DETECTOR = TRACK LIGHT - LENGTH AS INDICATED ON PLANS ® ® F .FRERT TEMPERATURE eu SEVIER ESee ine Bee anile NUMBER OF LUMINAIRES AS SHOWN [REX | | [REX ] | REQUEST TO EXIT PUSHBUTTON 2 RATE OF RISE ONLY E100 KEY PLAN AND ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN NUMBER OF LUMINAIRES AS SHOWN WP WP WP INDICATES WEATHERPROOF RIF - RATE OF RISE AND FIXED TEMPERATURE E301 POWER-COMM-SIGNAL PLAN fs) ESTER en ents AMINE (=) | cx) | CCTV CAMERA - PANITILTIZOOM TYPE @® (@)__| SMOKE DETECTOR. PHOTOELECTRIC TYPE LON E401 PARTIAL POWER PLAN - ROOF & CABLE TRAY-LIGHTING FIXTURE SECTION @} ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN - SINGLE FACE WP WP WP INDICATES WEATHERPROOF BT - BEAM TRANSMITTER E501 ONE-LINE DIAGRAM ARROW INDICATES DIRECTION OF EGRESS, UNIVERSAL MOUNT . [e]p [e], | ALARM PUSHBUTTON BREEAM RECEIVER E502 ONE-LINE DIAGRAM teat ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN - DOUBLE FACE P - INDICATES WITH PILOT LIGHT | - IONIZATION ARROW INDICATES DIRECTION OF EGRESS, UNIVERSAL MOUNT E601 SCHEDULES ALARM BUZZER | HD) | FIREALARM SMOKE DETECTOR <602 SCHEDULES = BATTERY-POWERED EMERGENCY WALLPACK ab => | ALARM BELL SUC TAIGUTED/IRTUE sep COMBINATION BATTERY POWERED EMERGENCY WALLPACK E603. SCHEDULES “ (A) __| FLAME DETECTOR AND ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN Hal H@) | ALARMHORN WITH CHIME - cL EGTRIGAL SPECIFICATIONS S ieee. Vee BG BG BREAK GLASS SENSOR A) @ | casoetector E801 ‘DETAILS PP LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM POWER PACK A ARM BUZZER E901 REFERENCE PHOTOS ics _] ILLUM TI LUMINATION CONTROL STATION SARMEELL E902. © REFERENCE PHOTOS OCCUPANCY SENSOR WITH POWER PACK CEILING MOUNTED | L@\ | ALARM HORN WITH CHIME EXS = REFERENCE PHOTOS E1001 MRIREFERENCE DRAWING E-101 OCCUPANCY SENSOR WALL MOUNTED (MOUNT BELOW PENDANT LUMINAIRE) C AMy AMy COMBINATION FIRE SMOKE DAMPER E1002 = MRIREFERENCE DRAWING E-102 PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL FSD FSD E1003 © MRI REFERENCE DRAWING E-501 E1004. © MRIREFERENCE DRAWING M-101 En g i n e e r i n g an d Co n s t r u c t i o n Se r v i c e s sa z a n Gr o u p , In c . SC A L E Te n a n t Im p r o v e m e n t s - MR I JE F F E R S O N HE A L T H C A R E BI D SE T at e aw n D Dr R ev i s i o n 72 0 Ol i v e , Su i t e 15 2 5 Se a t t l e , Wa s h i n g t o n 98 1 0 1 AR C H I T E C T U R E SU S T A I N A B I L I T Y oe) Ke) Se) co fo») < = Po r t To w n s e n d , 83 4 Sh e r i d a n Av e ELECTRICAL LEGEND & DRAWING LIST EQ00 (2 0 6 ) 26 7 - 1 7 0 0 p: \ 3 5 1 - 0 9 0 2 je f f e r s o n mr i \ D W G \ E 0 0 1 . d w g 12 / 1 8 / 2 0 0 9 SYMBOLS LEGEND - WIRING DEVICES SYMBOLS LEGEND - NURSE CALL HH MH te CONDUCTORS - CONNECTED CONDUCTORS - NOT CONNECTED JUNCTION BOX PULLBOX - SIZE AS INDICATED OR AS REQUIRED BY CODE HANDHOLE WITH DESIGNATION MANHOLE WITH DESIGNATION SECTION IDENTIFICATION NUMBER SHEET WHERE SECTION IS DRAWN NORTH REFERENCE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PLAN DIAGRAM PLAN DIAGRAM $ SINGLE-POLE WALL SWITCH NCCP NURSE CALL CONTROL EQUIPMENT PANEL $ WALL SWITCH - SUBSCRIPT INDICATES NCMA NURSE CALL MASTER STATION - AUDIO XX LOWER CASE LETTER INDICATES SWITCHING GROUP 2 =2-POLE LV = LOW-VOLTAGE NCMN NURSE CALL MASTER STATION - NON AUDIO stat Sia OSI OCCURANGY SENSOR TYPE @ @ ZONE DOME LIGHT, CEILING MOUNTED (NUMBER DENOTES ZONE) 4=4-WAY OP = OCCUPANCY/PHOTOELECTRIC TYPE 1 1 K = KEYED WP = WEATHERPROOF & Oo DOME LIGHT, CEILING MOUNTED MOUNT SWITCHES AT 48” AFF. TO CL, UON. KD KD DOME LIGHT, WALL MOUNTED ANY COMBINATION OF SWITCH TYPES CAN BE USED (IE. 3K = 3-WAY KEYED SWITCH) HE] MEDICAL EMERGENCY STATION (MES) Co SINGLE RECEPTACLE NEMA 5-20R, +18” AFF UON HE] CONE BLUE STATION =— DUPLEX RECEPTACLE NEMA 5-20R, +18" AFF UON CB CB HD] HD] DUTY STATION e- SPLIT WIRED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE NEMA 5-20R, +18” AFF UON TAFF STATI e DUPLEX RECEPTACLE NEMA 5-20R, ISOLATED GROUND, +18" AFF UON Sieeitehema IN/OUT PUSH BUTTON G»/O- RECEPTACLE NEMA 5-20R WITH GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER, +18" AFF UON -_ = TOILET PULL STATION ec DUPLEX RECEPTACLE NEMA 5-20R WITH GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER, ABOVE COUNTER. COORDINATE WITH CASEWORK SHOP As ra SHOWER PUL STATION DRAWINGS AND ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. aly _ SINGLE PATIENT STATION (PS) &= QUAD RECEPTACLE NEMA 5-20R WITH GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER, -e -e SINGLE PATIENT STATION (PS) WITH EMERGENCY CALL BUTTON ABOVE COUNTER. COORDINATE WITH CASEWORK SHOP DRAWINGS AND MES MES ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. He Hie DUAL PATIENT STATION (PS) /e- RECEPTACLE NEMA 5-20R, CONNECTED TO EMERGENCY CIRCUIT, +18" AFF UON ne Hte DUAL PATIENT STATION (PS) WITH EMERGENCY CALL BUTTON e-/é& RECEPTACLE NEMA 5-20R MOUNTED ABOVE COUNTER. COORDINATE WITH MES MES CASEWORK SHOP DRAWINGS AND ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. é- QUAD RECEPTACLE NEMA 5-20R, +18" AFF UON SYMBOLS LEGEND - COMMUNICATIONS © SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLE TYPE AS SHOWN ON PLANS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION XX PLAN DIAGRAM D@e= COMBINATION POKE THRU. REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR DEVICES. g g CONMUNIGATIONS “OUTLET (# = REPRESENTS THE NUMBER OF COMMUNICATION PORTS. (IE 1,2,3)) bxe= COMBINATION FLUSH MOUNTED FLOOR BOX. REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR (W = SINGLE COMMUNICATIONS PORT WALL MOUNTED AT +48" AFF.) DEVICES. (P = PAYPHONE, WALL MOUNTED AT +48" AFF) D D Q CEILING-MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, NEMA 5-20R H> H> INTERCOM STATION D = DESK MOUNTED, W = WALL MOUNTED a POWER COMM POLS -FEOOR TOGEING: wen COMMUNICATIONS - PAINTED FIRE RESISTANT 3/4" PLYWOOD BACKBOARD ® SURFACE MOUNTED FLOOR BOX (PEDESTAL TYPE). & 49% GOMMURIGERIONS RACK - FLOORMOUNTER [e] PUSH BUTTON = 19" COMMUNICATIONS RACK - WALL MOUNTED SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PLAN DIAGRAM PLAN MINIMUM 3/4" CONDUIT CONCEALED IN CEILING SPACE OR IN WALL WITH #12 AWG CONDUCTORS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLAN. PROVIDE ws GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SIZED PER NFPA 70. ho DRAWING CONSTRUCTION ("FLAG") NOTE FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIER (XX = ABBREVIATION -- a CONDUIT - CONCEALED IN OR UNDER FLOOR oy Y= EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE NUMBER) —uUG— CONDUIT - ROUTED UNDERGROUND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIER —iW— LOW-VOLTAGE WIRING (CLASS B) Yll1/1/ | Sff7/¢/7 \ EXISTING TO BE REMOVED oO PHOTO REFERENCE VIEWPOINT INDICATING PHOTO REFERENCE NUMBER & DIRECTION OF VIEW HEAVY LINEWEIGHT INDICATES NEW WORK LIGHT LINEWEIGHT INDICATES EXISTING INFORMATION ~.. — MATCHLINE POINT OF CONNECTION (POC) BETWEEN NEW AND EXISTING CIRCUIT REVISION CLOUD (ENCIRCLES DRAWING CHANGES MADE SINCE 2) CONDUIT OR CABLE VERTICAL DOWN } THE PREVIOUS RELEASE) ——o CONDUIT OR CABLE VERTICAL UP J J | CONDUIT STUB - TERMINATE WITH BUSHING OR CAP IF UNDERGROUND A REVISION REFERENCE — s— | — + | BREAKLINE OOK DETAIL IDENTIFICATION NUMBER rn i de EXPANSION FITTING SHEET WHERE DETAIL IS DRAWN q HT] LITT + CABLE TRAY (x ELEVATION REFERENCE ___-— BRANCH CIRCUIT NUMBERS RECS, ELEVATION IDENTIFICATION NUMBER A ~ A135 SHEET WHERE ELEVATION IS DRAWN PANEL DESIGNATION t - HOME RUN FROM SOURCE OF SUPPLY —_ a SECTION REFERENCE PLOTTED BY: Dan Puravet COM CT CU DISC SW DISC DN DWG E EC EDH EF EGC EL ELEC EM EMT ENCL ENTR EP EPO EQUIP/EQP EWC EWH EXH EXT EXIST IESNA IEEE IMC KCMIL KVAR KWH LBS LTG MAG MAN ABBREVIATIONS AT AIR CONDITIONING(ER) AMPERE ABOVE COUNTER, ALTERNATING CURRENT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AMPERES INTERRUPTING ALTERNATE ANNUNCIATOR ARCHITECT; ARCHITECTURAL AUTOMATIC AUXILIARY AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE BACKBOARD BREAKER BUILDING CONDUIT CAPACITY CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT CEILING CLEAR COLUMN COMMUNICATION CURRENT TRANSFORMER COPPER DISCONNECT SWITCH DISCONNECT DOWN DRAWING EXIST, EAST ELECTRICAL CONTACTOR ELECTRIC DUCT HEATER EXHAUST FAN EQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTOR ELEVATION ELECTRIC(AL) EMERGENCY ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING ENCLOSURE ENTRANCE EXPLOSION PROOF EMERGENCY POWER OFF EQUIPMENT ELECTRIC WATER COOLER ELECTRIC WATER HEATER EXHAUST EXTERIOR EXISTING FAHRENHEIT/FUSE FIRE ALARM FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR FIRE ALARM PANEL FOOTCANDLE FAN COIL UNIT FIRE DAMPER FEEDER FIXTURE FULL LOAD AMPS FURNISHED BY OWNER/OTHERS, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER HEIGHT HAND OFF AUTOMATIC HORSEPOWER HOUR HEIGHT HOT WATER HERTZ INTERCOM ILLUMINATING ENGINEERS OF NORTH AMERICA INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC ENGINEERS ISOLATED GROUND INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT JUNCTION BOX THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILLS KILOVOLT AMPERES KILOVOLT AMPERES REACTIVE KILOWATT KILOWATT HOUR POUNDS LINEAR FEET LOCKED ROTOR AMPS LIFE SAFETY LIGHT LIGHTING LOW VOLTAGE MAGNETIC MANUAL MAXIMUM MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER MECHANICAL MINIMUM MISCELLANEOUS MAIN LUG ONLY MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION MAGNETIC STARTER MOUNTED MOUNTING MOTOR NORTH; NEUTRAL NOT APPLICABLE NORMALLY CLOSED NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE NATIONAL ELECTRIC MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION NATIONAL ELECTRICAL SAFETY CODE NEUTRAL NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION AGENCY NOT IN CONTRACT NIGHT LIGHT NORMALLY OPEN NOT TO SCALE ON CENTER OWNER FURNISHED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED OVERLOAD PRIMARY PUBLIC ADDRESS PARALLEL PULL BOX PHOTO ELECTRIC POWER FACTOR PHASE PANEL POINT OF CONNECTION PUGET SOUND ENERGY POWER QUANTITY RELOCATE (D) RADIUS RECEPTACLE REFRIGERATOR RUNNING LOAD AMPS REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE SOUTH SECURITY SMOKE DETECTOR SECTION SUPPLY FAN SHEET SPECIFICATION SQUARE SWITCH SWITCHBOARD SYMMETRICAL SYSTEM THERMOSTAT TERMINAL BOX TIME CLOCK TELEPHONE TELEVISION TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION TYPICAL INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE UNIFORM FIRE CODE UNDERGROUND UNIT HEATER UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED UNIT VENTILATOR VOLT VARIABLE AIR VOLUME VELOCITY VOLTMETER VOLUME WATT, WEST WITH WITHOUT WATTHOUR METER WEATHERPROOF REACTANCE TRANSFORMER TRANSMITTER IMPEDANCE AND THAT IS NUMBER DEMOLITION NOTES: A. THE EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN WERE TAKEN FROM AVAILABLE RECORD INFORMATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS THAT MAY AFFECT CONSTRUCTION. IF ANY DISCREPANCIES ARE DISCOVERED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ENGINEER IN WRITING AND REQUEST DIRECTION PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE CAREFULLY REMOVED (DO NOT DAMAGE) AND RETURNED TO THE OWNER. ALL NEW LIGHT FIXTURES AND EXISTING FIXTURES IN AREAS ADJACENT DEMOLITION AREA ARE TO BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO NOTICE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. ANY AND ALL EQUIPMENT HAVING ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS THAT REQUIRE DISCONNECTING AND/OR RE-CONNECTING AS A RESULT OF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE INCLUDED AS A PART OF THIS CONTRACT. THE EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES, CONDUIT, AND/OR EQUIPMENT THAT FOR ANY REASON OBSTRUCTS CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE RELOCATED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. LOCATION IS TO BE AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO THE ORIGINAL LOCATION. ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IN PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING NOT BEING REMODELED SHALL BE LEFT IN WORKING CONDITION. RESTORE ANY CIRCUITS INTERRUPTED. ALL CIRCUITS, CONDUIT AND WIRE THAT ARE NOT TO REMAIN IN SERVICE SHALL BE REMOVED BACK TO THE FIRST ACCESSIBLE JUNCTION BOX WHERE IT SHALL BE TIED OFF AND LABELED AS SPARE WITH CIRCUIT NUMBER INDICATED. ALL DEVICES SHOWN ON DEMO PLAN ARE TO BE DEMOLISHED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. GENERAL NOTES: THE FOLLOWING IS PART OF THIS PROJECT AND ALL COSTS PERTAINING THERE TO SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE BASE BID: A. NEW ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND APPARATUS SHALL BE COORDINATED AND CONNECTED INTO THE EXISTING SYSTEM AS REQUIRED. EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES, LIGHTING FIXTURES, CONDUIT AND EQUIPMENT THAT FOR ANY REASON OBSTRUCTS CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE RELOCATED UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. LOCATION SHALL BE AS NEAR TO ORIGINAL PROXIMITY AS POSSIBLE; AS REQUIRED FOR SYMMETRICAL LAYOUT, OR AS DIRECTED BY ENGINEER. POWER WIRING AND CABLE INSTALLATIONS SHALL BE CONCEALED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS AND IN WALLS. EXPOSED WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN APPROVED SURFACE METAL RACEWAY WHERE INDICATED. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING RACEWAYS WHICH ARE TO BE REUSED WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY INTEGRITY OF RACEWAYS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS. PROVIDE NEW RACEWAYS WHERE EXISTING ARE UNUSABLE. LOCATIONS OF ALL WALL MOUNTED DEVICES SUCH AS SWITCHES AND OUTLETS ARE SHOWN DIAGRAMMATICALLY. VISIT THE SITE TO CONFIRM EXACT DEVICE LOCATIONS AND COORDINATE INSTALLATIONS WITH FIXED CASEWORK, DOORS AND RELITES. PROVIDE PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS, FLOOR, AND CEILINGS AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE SUITABLE FIRE RATED MATERIALS AND SEAL ALL CEILING, FLOOR, AND WALL PENETRATIONS TO MATCH FIRE RATING OF SURFACES PENETRATED. RESTORE ANY CEILING, FLOOR, OR WALL SURFACES DAMAGED AS A RESULT OF THIS INSTALLATION. MATCH EXISTING FINISHES. REMOVE ALL DISCONNECTED AND UNUSED WIRING AND ABANDONED CABLING. AR C H I T E C T U R E SU S T A I N A B I L I T Y 72 0 Ol i v e , Su i t e 15 2 5 (2 0 6 ) 26 7 - 1 7 0 0 Se a t t l e , Wa s h i n g t o n 98 1 0 1 En g i n e e r i n g an d Co n s t r u c t i o n Se r v i c e s sa z a n Gr o u p , In c . I ©0 | i<e) cn ©0 fon <x = r oO S c 0) — (op) Cc roe > O° a ae Qos C toa Or cu OD <o > W> 9 I< qzs o EGE Ov =~ Y C we 0 yo Cou Owes ee i Qa ~a 8 ” ade ELECTRICAL LEGEND, NOTES & ABBREVIATIONS EQOT p: \ 3 5 1 - 0 9 0 2 je f f e r s o n mr i \ D W G \ E 1 0 0 . d w g 12 / 1 8 / 2 0 0 9 _ | | GENERAL NOTES: . | y _ 4, SEE SHEET E001 FOR DEMOLITION AND GENERAL NOTES. = tll oo 1 <t —| | | 2. REFER TO REFERENCE PHOTOS ON SHEET E901, E902 & E903. = ——_ | ram cciicaaaeieraag ae] fi ~ ea se — e~ —- a % fe | i fo -=- = = en: / ‘ f = fame a, i \ f REFERENCE NOTES: = fo eee = = ao PR A , | : | _ > EXISTING FEDERAL PACIFIC PANELBOARD TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED WITH NEW. EXISTING ACTIVE = (E) PNL KB NK x ' | i CIRCUITS ARE TO BE RECONNECTED. SEE PANEL SCHEDULES ON SHEET E601. = a AN Cx 2> EXISTING FEDERAL PACIFIC PANELBOARD TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACE WITH NEW. EXTEND EXISTING FEEDER f Gy | —e : _ TO NEW PANEL LOCATION. REFER TO ONE-LINE DIAGRAM AND PANEL SCHEDULE. = f COS / | [3> INTERCEPT EXISTING PANEL E CIRCUITS BELOW FLOOR AND EXTEND UP NEW WALL. PROVIDE NEW PULL BOX 8 Q) 7 =) S a / KM | | SIZED PER NEC IN CEILING SPACE ABOVE AND EXTEND CIRCUITS TO NEW PANEL E LOCATION. SEE SHEET E301. 5S © Hee | | i: 5 = Fh | a vo | = EXISTING RECEPTACLE TO REMAIN. Po ~ 5 52 senses | / \ fe) ~_ o> i Bt || \. 4 / | \ => REMOVE EXISTING TOGGLE SWITCH. RETAIN BOX FOR RE-USE. REFER TO LIGHTING PLAN. is QO. GES (E)PNLKA [JAKT]) A | \ 3 258 — ; ; " — <a a \ D O O (e) a S < — _ i _ C — S = / | oO fo | — = @) ~ = i | 5 Cf 8 _ i: > 3 eda ee 4 Cc | \ | 2 +O i \ | — | a A | es eas mk ta 1 \ L — . iw CORRIDOR 2 £ | S| I ©O _ Co) _ r NC oo) I 1 ON = ue \ o ] << rv Oo S c @ _. ” Y c = a wo — THIS PROJECT Ye a I YQ or cr, i } lb ) (9 Qa ~ | i> C-15=8 CORR Or | 65-6335) ce ¢ | Gd ses rT ee | < | | O = ®O Wy @ | | — > > Becs zo} |,° 0 r< 4 2 | 9 re 1 | O° 0 Qqz° KI <i) ~ © | | © Ss O 5 l be r —_ n- | | | . I ty | @) L . ~ Y o | an C-15 \ aber KS) Ge teem cwe ~— = 51 K EXISTING FIRE ALARM = =| 5 ot CONTROL PANEL - Los LU as > © GENERAL-ELEGTRIC i EXISTING DUKANE PROCARE 1000 | EASTINGIMDE< ' ‘ ” l CONTROL CABINET MODEL #12A1335/12B1335 a L | co NURSE CALL STATION MODEL # 18A505 2 | _ _ = — , So lr —_ | \ games 7 | Ewe _ | wa Ne = cc 2 S | Saas = | 2 3 2 ; N EEE ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN KEY PLAN KEY PLAN & ELECTRICAL 1 DEMOLITION PLAN SCALE: SCALE: 4/4"=1'-0" SCALE: NTS E100 PLOTTED BY: Dan Puravet p: \ 3 5 1 - 0 9 0 2 je f f e r s o n mr i \ D W G \ E 2 0 1 . d w g 12 / 1 8 / 2 0 0 9 el \ a GENERAL NOTES: = BS _ — \ eens % a er 1: SEE SHEET E001 FOR GENERAL NOTES. oc a : / — ; ya ALL DEVICES, RACEWAYS AND APPURTENANCES LOCATED WITHIN THE MRI ROOM SHALL BE NON-FERROUS TYPE. = a _ = 3. PROVIDE RF FILTERS FOR ALL LIGHTING CIRCUITS SERVING THE MRI ROOM. on i | 4. PROVIDE UNSWITCHED CONDUCTORS FOR EXIT SIGNS, EGRESS LIGHTING FIXTURES AND NIGHT LIGHTS. cas 1 : 5. THE LIGHTING CONTROLS SHALL BE TESTED TO ENSURE THAT CONTROL DEVICES, COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT AND - 7 j SYSTEMS ARE CALIBRATED, ADJUSTED AND OPERATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. ~~ / CORRIDOR A COMPLETE REPORT OF TEST PROCEDURES AND RESULTS SHALL BE PREPARED AND FILED WITH THE OWNER. a _~ - 6. REFER TO SHEETS E301 & E401 FOR PANEL LOCATIONS. 2a = REFERENCE NOTES: 2 - oO ® O NCO [ | > PROVIDE ETS-LINDGREN "MED-VISION DIMMER" WITH POWER ADAPTER. SEE DIMMING CONTROL DIAGRAM ON SHEET $ Cc fae E801. & —~— Bet i: em 7 / \ (ca =~ 2 pe) N — F | | J \ | 2> PROVIDE SLIDE DIMMER. LUTRON #NTF-10-COLOR PER ARCH OR APPROVED EQUAL . 6 Q seo / A = Ss jaw > io | we a © > < © vA Kae) . Oo Oo —C : _ a [3> PROVIDE SINGLE POLE DUAL TECHNOLOGY WALL SWITCH OCCUPANCY SENSOR. LEVITON #OSSMT-MDW OR 2 — 58° _ Y ! APPROVED EQUAL. SEE SHEET E801. 2 O SS fe} NA 7. _ EXAM ( | = PROVIDE 20A SPST ZXR LIGHTING SYSTEM RESET SWITCH WITH PHENOLIC LABEL "MRI LIGHTING RESET SWITCH". SEE Oo MD &§ 2 F 65 -h22e _ | DIMMING CONTROL DIAGRAM ON SHEET E801. 2 Cc 9 — | OO | o a LU fe) “7 ° | 5> PROVIDE EMI FACILITY FILTER BY ETS-LINDGREN, MINIMUM RATING: 277VAC/12VDC, 20A FOR MRI LIGHTING CIRCUIT. 2 :O \ | ty REFER TO MRI DIMMING CONTROL DETAIL 5 ON SHEET E801. = 53 a AL oO : O 6 | [> PROVIDE DIMMER SIGNAL FILTER, 2 CHANNEL, 120VACIDC, .8A, 0-4KGz INTO 200 OHMS, 100db MIN ATTN AND DIMMER 5c” \ aa . CONNECTION JACK BY ETS-LINDGREN. REFER TO MRI DIMMING CONTROL DETAIL 5 ON SHEET E801. 2. LL ~ p | ay | ! /7> TO PANEL KA VIA FACILITY FILTER. SEE DIMMER CONTROL DIAGRAM ON SHEET E801. 1 — O O 6) | E | | [Kaif Lo i - : = : : 0° OM \. ae : é a eee oY \ PSQe pees o— ~o es [ a CS L | a on , SY ] rae) K c | (o>) | << Y / uy = = — - = Cc a CORR ° 2 / _ 7) / Y = : _s = = ye LL a Sa fi | \ fe oO ra | j \ — | f Oo F- ”) ot | LIGHTING PLAN , Cc = Oo SCALE: SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" - < 0 y ® > > Qo t< La Q 2° O © = O — dp) — Sou + Y~ rab) C we 4 u “” Cul O te - 7 © — i ” 2 ca G -2 22s a2 0 ade LIGHTING PLAN E201 PLOTTED BY: Dan Puravet p: \ 3 5 1 - 0 9 0 2 je f f e r s o n mr i \ D W G \ E 3 0 1 . d w g 12 / 1 8 / 2 0 0 9 1. SEE SHEET E001 FOR GENERAL NOTES. +> PROVIDE 24"x4" ALUMINUM LADDER TYPE CABLE TRAY LOCATED IN ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. LT Ll... [FE A) 4 pADI] , | nm | COORDINATE RUNG SPACING AND EXACT LOCATION AND EXTENT WITH SIEMENS REPRESENTATIVE. : | LGV iXx 471) Ode! 12 ! —r | — = 2. SEE E9 SERIES DRAWINGS FOR REFERENCE PHOTOS. MAINTAIN MINIMUM CLEARANCES PER SIEMENS EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION DRAWINGS. 4 — . R TO RACEWAY & CONDUCTORICABLE ROUTING SCHEDULE ON SHEET E601. > PROVIDE 12"x4” ALUMINUM LADDER TYPE CABLE TRAY LOCATED IN ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. Va Ne 2 pa ca a: GEFs e ee epeleNS eee COORDINATE RUNG SPACING AND EXACT LOCATION AND EXTENT WITH SIEMENS REPRESENTATIVE. = |_| . “ 4. REFER TO EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON SHEET E601. MAINTAIN MINIMUM CLEARANCES PER SIEMENS EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION DRAWING. | = >> PROVIDE DOOR SWITCH PULL BOX MOUNTED ABOVE DOOR FRAME. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH ua 5. ALL DEVICES, RACEWAYS AND APPURTENANCES LOCATED WITHIN THE MRI ROOM SIEMENS REPRESENTATIVE. > SHALLBENON-FERROUS TYPE. BK Ee a a | 4 >> PROVIDE 10"x3 1/2" VERTICAL DUCT WITH REMOVABLE COVER MOUNTED FLUSH WITH WALL FROM FINISH | : = 6. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH SIEMENS APPROVED EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION FLOOR TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. 4 Wont NY = | Lay ; femme DRAWINGS. REFER TO SHEET E10 SERIES REFERENCE DRAWINGS. 5>> PROVIDE NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE AT 5-0"AFF WITH (1) 120V UNDERVOLTAGE TRIP, (1) KT8050P 480-120V STEP PNLKA i) a ie TOIL | a ee >. (PROVIDE RF FILTERS FORALL GIRCUITS.SERVINGATHE MRT ROOM, DOWN TRANSFORMER FOR UNDERVOLTAGE TRIP, (1) NON-ISOLATED GROUND BAR & (1) ISOLATED ro ae Nal / ! a __ = L j i iss RAO PO ' we i ae 8. SEE SHEET E801 FOR COMMUNICATIONS & NURSE CALL RISER DIAGRAMS AND [> PROVIDE EMERGENCY POWER OFF (EPO) SWITCH. SIEMENS #52PAW2A OR APPROVED EQUAL. * he DETAILS. PROVIDE 1-GANG BOX MOUNTED FLUSH WITH WALL 6'-0"AFF WITH NEATLY FINISHED REMOVABLE COVER Poe ok | | | | 9. FIRE ALARM DEVICES ARE TO BE CONNECTED INTO THE EXISTING EDWARDS - WITH CABLE EXIT. LOCATE WITHIN 30-FEET CABLE RUN TO THE BACK OF THE MAGNET. COORDINATE cl CUCU = He GENERAL ELECTRIC EST3 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL. REFER TO KEY PLAN ON | \ | | B - 258 E100 FOR LOCATION. SEE SHEET E801 FOR FIRE ALARM RISER DIAGRAM. PE PROVIDE 6"x6"x4" PULL BOX WITH 2"@ OPENING IN COVER MOUNTED AT FLOOR LEVEL. | NI | | = g <. oss , oe | ie ~ OD 10. NURSE CALL DEVICES ARE TO BE CONNECTED INTO THE EXISTING DUKANE [> PROVIDE L5-30R FOR POWERWARE 9130 UPS. a — Lc ee sf! SF 10> PROVIDE NON-FERROUS DUPLEX RECEPTACLE APPROVED FOR USE IN MRI APPLICATIONS. PASS & — | i Li 5 O°. 25S SEE SHEET E801 FOR NURSE CALL RISER DIAGRAM. - so / a | — = > 2S SEYMOUR #8300/MRI OR APPROVED EQUAL WITH MATCHING FACEPLATE. PROVIDE NON-FERROUS 1-GANG ae EXAM : | So = «(8 £96 BOX. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. NO AM __ | 2 5 5 BN [7E> PROVIDE GROUND BUS BAR. SEE SHEET E801. ae | a | a 5 (0 © = \ / / O rs [ 72> PROVIDE RF FILTER FOR MRI RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT KA. | | PS is 13> PROVIDE NEW PANEL E, REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULES ON E601. PROVIDE PULL BOX SIZED PER NEC IN : | ! ! | | | — 56 3 ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. INTERCEPT EXISTING CIRCUITS BELOW FLOOR AND EXTEND TO NEW PANEL ! | ! ! | a > :O E LOCATION VIA NEW PULL BOX. | = ON [73> DDC MECHANICAL CONTROL PANEL. e ae ; (e)) 75> PROVIDE NEW PANEL IN EXISTING PANEL LOCATION. SEE PANEL SCHEDULES ON E601. PATCH WALL AS / saesinon & REQUIRED. J CCTV/INTERCOM [15> PROVIDE RF FILTER FOR FIRE ALARM CIRCUIT SERVING THE MRI SCAN ROOM. SEE GENERAL NOTE 9. ak KB-19 CONTROLLER < 17> PROVIDE PULL CORD LAV STATION, DUKANE #942205. CONNECT NURSE CALL DEVICE TO EXISTING ER | \ NURSE'S STATION. LU W SoruNTERGOI 78> WAVE GUIDE FEED THRU FOR CCTV/INTERCOM SYSTEM FIBER OPTIC CABLE. COORDINATE WITH | | M M —V._ /,,, CONTROLLER — CCTV/INTERCOM SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. SEE SHEET E801. | Huy . i asi ! \ Ss : $ e 19> INTERCOM MICROPHONE WITH PUSH TO TALK BUTTON. COORDINATE WITH CCTV/INTERCOM SYSTEM | | sy ‘ie | WV, \ MANUFACTURER. SEE SHEET E801. | fo KB-4,6 x oat 7 | MRI SP MR Do 4 20> PROVIDE STAFF EMERGENCY CALL STATION, DUKANE #942220. CONNECT NURSE CALL DEVICE TO 4 | VN KI 4 el | | | J \ EXISTING ER NURSE CALL STATION. Le Z pO | l / % > PROVIDE NURSE CALL ZONE LIGHT, DUKANE #18A520. | = | - - [Fe4 |QN}—— | 0 [22> PROVIDE RF FILTER FOR MRI RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT KB-9. | 46 l 1 tO [25> REFER TO ONE-LINE DIAGRAM, SHEET £502. me an \ ! | So) [20> UP TO XFMR "MRI" ON ROOF. SEE PARTIAL ROOF PLAN, SHEET E401 & ONE-LINE DIAGRAM, SHEET E502. _ M @S)— [we ail 1 | | | > ae i i f \ a ; aa eee t OD DD || | — =. ae --| | i al Tloy l <x y CORRIDOR _ | : \— REFER TO GEN | bly = “ 65-6330 ; ai == , cH NOTES 5,687) —— Ploy | _ —_—, S| NZ a Poly | ' bio on Cu v0 as = : | i) / CORR _ S 5 ) | : a \ ALUMINUM LADDER TRAY IN —_ n 7 y | ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE, = Y c J | aan | oT /\ wu = OFFICE i | | rl J \ > ° Le ) il ike GEN NOTE 3, TYP log \ TT | } ”) = SEN NOTE SA ie | c hUL 0. —_ | | ra bo see 1 Or ! | i 4 \ 0) < ) 1 S ws 2 y — | gts ~CHNG Zz / 5 In, M222 JEPO\ j QO. Z Sf Wo Da] LoD \3/ -| Ps o PPR ee _ = < y : CORR Ons yer = ary == op) _L C1 > = ~ Y ow a a ra o>. 1 lo / o~ _ c Ly © | | . wr | 4) u WY ; | 7 cr ke Oe ‘ Cc / ASX | | ot PO / , | LUI <9 en | | HE — 5 | Fa —a ——— / - # ry | a / i foo ji ) \ C i > j | | Fe |e ee CE Ne ke OO . ts | i / wee EP LL Nw - al pb- — a a l | r Ea | i _ | | | 2 / FEPO\ Nnvevcssevediwecsonousseecceess { { ae / ’ AB M929 | Sey | | pA = Pa <a >-— GEN NOTE 3, TYP \ i eo-1232 | | a F i \ I sl | AS 2 J | 4 @ 3 2 — sf OF S20 a! <= _—=—“<i‘C:;S age \ ia —— POWER-COMM-SIGNAL PLAN RACEWAY ROUTING PLAN , a POWER-COMM-SIGNAL PLAN SCALE: SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" SCALE: SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" E301 PLOTTED BY: Dan Puravet p: \ 3 5 1 - 0 9 0 2 je f f e r s o n mr i \ D W G \ E 4 0 1 . d w g 12 / 1 8 / 2 0 0 9 GENERAL NOTES: 1. SEE SHEET E001 FOR GENERAL NOTES. 2. REFER TO EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON SHEET E602. pr Seer oa ca a KB-38,40,42 er = | 3> ke-38.40, A 3. REFER TO E9 SERIES DRAWINGS FOR REFERENCE PHOTOS. <x / pel 250/3 « m= WP f ol L yr ae \ exes oi Grin fp . “ < i > " = i ot ae ‘ ; q = WARNING = HAZARDOUS VENT \ = XFMR "MRI" EXTREMELY COLD x ce, GASES MAY ESCAPE LA NEMA 3R D <_ : caer — #10'-0" REFERENCE NOTES: 8 () aes EXISTING | yf Oo LO © MN F PER ROOFING MFR +12'-0" MECH, EQUIP — | / - £C pen WARRANTY REQUIRE fo | | ° Tt PROVIDE 1 1/2"C TO CABLE TRAY ABOVE ICS IN EQUIP ROOM BELOW. REFER TO MRI S§ = @es / \ | REFERENCE DRAWINGS ON E10 SERIES DRAWINGS. Cc ~ DON * pot | | 56 Q 235 Lo) | | 2> EFU DISCONNECT SWITCH F.0.1.C. REFER TO E10 SERIES MRI REFERENCE 9 y $e ow DRAWINGS. 5 O55 = di \ C O oF Ss Oo NAN o | 3> REFER TO ONE-LINE DIAGRAM, SHEET E502. Oo () & 2 | se) = a 5 Cc ® a = oe + ee 0 > DOWN TO MRI MAIN ENCLOSURE (ME). REFER TO ONE-LINE DIAGRAM, SHEET E502 ; rap) ‘ AND RACEWAY & CONDUCTOR/CABLE SCHEDULE, E602. ey : O po EXISTING ® 1@) S SKYLIGHTS. ——— p> YW / o rue So [e) se 4 EXISTING / MAIN FLOOR RE *: oO ~ a a oe) ! Ce) | 09 | co (o>) < N = PARTIAL ROOF POWER PLAN ; SCALE: SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" { a se) 5 c i? ) — wn — Y c _ CABLE TRAY, SEE PLAN > LL sd A Pe VA \ SSS EA » Sz - 4 NLA \ A> SY = 79 i (-—_ f+ - 1 iv ~ a. : tof onat\ OF f | D ni satan fe) “L < a O26 < LTG FIXTURE, TYP e O AN xe] atl — We | ae ~ Y o | Hh c ws I] Cue MRI / / Sera ||| I) ous | _ QD _ Qa | ca c e< aga PARTIAL POWER PLAN - ROOF & CABLE TRAY-LIGHTING FIXTURE CABLE TRAY-LIGHTING FIXTURES SECTION SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" 2 F A 0 1 PLOTTED BY: Dan Puravet p: \ 3 5 1 - 0 9 0 2 je f f e r s o n mr i \ D W G \ E 5 0 1 . d w g 12 / 1 8 / 2 0 0 9 DOB YH20V, 30, 4W REFERENCE NOTES: _-lOOOn BUS: 20,0000 uy, | T> MDP-2 LIGHTING METERING POINT MAXIMUM DEMAND LOAD: 12/8/2009 | | Tan Tan CHANNEL 1 237.11A > | =e 230-NG NL NL UPPER FLOOR CHANNEL 2 232.694 = EXIST GND CONDUCTORS | 225A/3P zi | 2 ELEC ROOM CHANNEL 3 221.654 = ARE EQUIVALENT “450-NG > NL oR ———— << oa © 150-NG [=> ATS-Y METERING POINT MAXIMUM DEMAND LOAD: 11/5/2009 = 300KVA | 150A/3P_ | "1 ELEC ROOM CHANNEL 1 — 82.97A = 480-208Y/120V | | 420-NG — CHANNEL 2 61.03A - XK en. —~7 pHYSICAL — CHANNEL 3 —71.17A = <| hey |! ee = | ‘ NL NL NL. X-Ray oe. | 5 f (@)335.N@)_ 5 oS o—| SONG 9 | THERAPY 12 | 13 ATS-Z METERING POINT MAXIMUM DEMAND LOAD: 10/27/2009 es bu ELEC ROOM Je 1000A/3P | 400A/3P | ONL | CLOSET | CHANNEL 1 149.814 mo se, = | | i By | CHANNEL 2 161.404 =e - | | | CHANNEL 3 = 152.13A a a | | es | © 285-NG —— _ EN | EMERGENCY 8 LAB S = | SOSASP | | ROOM — | 2> ATS-21 METERING POINT MAXIMUM DEMAND LOAD: 9/24/2009 ’ = _ | CHANNEL 1 63.944 tt Ve | 225-N | CHANNEL 2 49.07A = ~ 115-G ms ae . CHANNEL3 45.76A eo ° I \ ' 100A/3P (LAB ROOF) > PANEL K METERING POINT MAXIMUM DEMAND LOAD: 8/25/2009 n = ozo a ® NCO MDS CHANNEL 1 111.40A oO O =e CHANNEL 2 89.714 > C -B@e 480Y/277V, 32, 4W NDP CHANNEL 3 96394 5 = of 2000A BUS, 35,000AIC 480Y/277V, 30, 4W, 600A ~ 3 0 Q UTILITY | ~ GUM | 6> MDP2 PROCESS A METERING POINT MAXIMUM DEMAND LOAD: 9/18/2009 S @Q —~O2%g Sane | 748) | a #2 AHU.3 ROOF CHANNEL 1 — 58.55A So + eS | | ~| CHANNEL 2 46.33A = ac ie OSE pA aaa : Fae TD! | Toons | IBS | md CHANNEL 3 — 50.03A c O = s r71G) | | N @ , as, 1, | lee ~ | OH ELEv| ELEVATOR + ELEVATOR #1 | 7> ATS-X METERING POINT MAXIMUM DEMAND LOAD: 11/9/2009 o @ * = | 6 344 $5 41 | MECHANICAL L SOHP CHANNEL 1 22.42A e Cc 8 | 500A/3P | 100A/3P ROOM CHANNEL 2 19.26A 5 ie) — | | CHANNEL3 15.464 2 :O Po LOX | | | Cin “ice | ROOF AHU-t = N | oS Sy 2) S10-NG | a 420-A-G Ny | EX FAN9 MTSZ-2 METERING POINT MAXIMUM DEMAND LOAD: 11/12/2009 ® :O | —600N3P | A00A/3P. | _” BOILER ROOM CHANNEL 1 S308 & Ww | , . Cc | Po aN | rs | ue rare CH iSERUCE VERO) —_— oe ~ Le 420-NG | 200A/3P | tee | ; | | o> ATS-3 METERING POINT MAXIMUM DEMAND LOAD: 10/29/2009 |e ®| ae | | oa ) | Soya 420-NG | Loy! #210 \ STEAM | 40Q0A3P | 475A/3P_ | \ GENERATOR #1 PANEL A METERING POINT MAXIMUM DEMAND LOAD: 12/7/2009 | | CHANNEL 1 29.70A | ~-{G | $58 us (5 ACCH 1.1 CHANNEL2 23.95A | oS) 310.NG | 80A/3P OnILTER CHANNEL 3 18.854 | oeDier 7HBO [>> PANEL KA METERING POINT MAXIMUM DEMAND LOAD: 12/40/2009 ns 480Y/277V, 30, 4W, 600A ie , GHABINEL T = il2’ | Lia we | ELEVATOR | CHANNEL 2 2.54A | 100A/3P ROOM i REMOVE EXISTING PANELBOARD AND PROVIDE NEW PANELBOARD. SEE | 480Y/277V, 30, 4W | a PANEL SCHEDULES ON E601. 9 1600A BUS, 30,000AIC_ | | | —— ANU 3.4 ee) | | Lo 420-A-G MCC TO ROOF EQUIP > REMOVE EXISTING PANEL "E" AND PROVIDE NEW PANEL "E" IN NEW (op) | . 21 LOCATION. INTERCEPT EXISTING FEEDER AND CIRCUITS AND EXTEND TO | 400A/3P | 112.5kVA BOILER ROOM em, | | | ' NEW PANEL LOCATION. REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULES ON SHEET E602. < AS) ° 5 | | | oo | | 480-208Y/120V aA | 800A/3P | | Le | Henn | | 32, 4W 2b ZL AHU-2 14> EXISTING GENERATOR LOAD SHED SYSTEM. TRANSFER SWITCHES MTS-22 = | | ( -NG) | \ OR ‘ at ce Ls —~ | @310NG bol peg Se MeL STONED C1506 J HONE L__| Bt 11 | ELEC ROOM 13 63.2 FLA > AND ATS-Z1 ARE CONNECTED TO A STAGGERED LOAD SHED CONTROL oO AM | anes 150A/3P | ale C310-NG_) a | a (ER) SYSTEM THAT IS MANUALLY RESET WHEN LOAD DROPS BELOW HIGH - | s XFMR "7L" ~ f | | F SET-POINT. =o) DIESEL GEN SET | | \ | | SONG et z c | #10 | | a OS VAC PUM (ROOF) Ee PULL NEW #4 GROUND CONDUCTOR IN EXISTING CONDUIT. ” o | | 7) #12 — | | | (sn) wn (>) MED AIR COMP (ROOF) v c YW | Loy _|_ Caa0.ne Gall (>) STEAM BOILER #2 wu 3 | AOOA3 | #250kemil GND 150A9P | = re a, p—5 0d O> HCP #9 FE | | 1513P FEEDER SCHEDULE log | #12 | —5 oe HCP #10 CIRCUIT RATING CONDUIT (QUANTITY) - SIZE [SEE LEGEND] COPPER CONDUCTOR SIZE /) e) _ | | _15A/3P TOKVA (AMPS) NONE G N NG NGI NNG NNGI__| PHASEINEUT | GND/IG eed Oo | gC 420-NG PONG xR | X-RAY 480-208Y/120V VEN 15 (1) 1/2" (1) 1/2" (1) 1/2" (1) 1/2" (1) 1/2" (1) 1/2" (1) 1/2" #12 #12 C I 400A/3P | ) ELECTRICAL 32, 4w \#4/ 20 (1) 4/2" (1) 1/2" (1) 1/2" (1) 1/2" (1) 1/2" (1) 1/2" (1) 1/2" #12 #12 al | | #250kemil GND | ROOM C Ee 30 (1) 172" (1) 1/2" (1) 112" (1) 1/2" (1) 3/4" (1) 3/4" (1) 3/4" #10 #10 oO F | . 115-G —— 200A NX c ©230-NG > YL YL UPPER FLOOR 40 (4) 3 (4) 374" (1) 314" at (yt (yt (yt #8 #10 4 | | 450kVA ‘ | 21 | 22 | ELEC ROOM 50 (1) 1" (1) 1" (yt (1) 11/4" (1) 1 114" (1) 1 1/4" (1) 11/4" #6 #10 ‘- | | 60 (yt (1) 1114" ERIS (1) 111" (1) 11/2" (1) 1172" (1) 1112" #4 #10 < | | 480-208Y/120V —- #600kcmil XFMR "YL2" 70 yt" (1) 11/4" (1) 11/4" (1) 11/4" (1) 11/2" (1) 11/2" (1) 11/2" #4 #8 ) ® | 6 CANE-NG | 30, 4W J ce XRAY 80 aia ame aie [aie ae (2 (1) 2 #2 #8 > ls oO +-——@ | . " ” 1 " " 1 7 | -—O : | | YHB Y : 90 (1) 1114 (1) 114 (1) 11/2 (1) 1172 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1) 2 #2 #8 | 200A/3P_ | are x [o) € 420-NG > #4/0 3 nt 150-NG | 0 ELECTRICAL 100 (14a | (tte | (ya 4e| (ty (1) 2" (1) 2" (1) 242" # #8 O TC < | | XFMR T3 400A \Z ak ROOM 110 ERI (1) 1172" (1) 1112" (1) 2" (1) 2" (1) 2" (1) 2112" #1 #6 rae DOBKVA |= 1SKVA EMR — 115 = (1) 1114" = (1) 142" = a = #2 #6 oO Zz Cc | 480-208Y/120V iw 480-208Y/120V tm 125 (1) 11/4" (1) 1.1/2" (1) 11/2" (1) 2" (1) 2" (1) 2" (1) 2 1/2" #1 #6 oO “eve XHB | CHENG) Xt YL C150-NG yi OR 130 = (1)1 1/2" = (1) 2" = a = #1 #6 : O Fe. 420-G — \¢ (2) 420-NG ZLB 4 Bi - 14 STERILE 150 (1) 41/2" (1) 2" (1) 2" (1)2 (1) 21/2" (1) 21/2" (1) 2 1/2" #1/0 #6 ce) es 6 : NJ Xk ((2) 420- | 800A 5 CARE 175 (1) 11/2" (1) 2" (1) 2" (ye (1) 2112" (1) 2.112" (1) 21/2" #210 #6 -_ () = 300A/3P 4 p 4 MCB ny 200 (1):2" (1) 2" (1) 2" (1) 21/2" (1) 2 1/2" (1) 21/2" (1) 3" #3/0 #6 _ soone a LMG | AEM ( / GENERAL NOTES: 225 (1) 2" (1) 21/2" (1) 2112" (1) 2112" (1) 3" (1) 3" (1) 3" #410 #4 ~ & o 1"C - 3#8, 1#10G + iS : 230 - (1) 2" = (4) 21/2" = Zz = #4/0 46 Cc Wu < \— 3 250 (1) 21/2" (1) 2172" (1)2 112 (1) 3" (1) 3" (1) 3" (1) 3.172" #250komi #4 J \ = 1. | REFER TO GENERAL NOTES ON SHEET E001. EG — (12112 = (1) 3 — — — #250koml #4 2 LL (ep) | 285 = (1) 2172" = (1) 3" z = = #300KCMIL #4 | oO — Th v1] OR 2. LIGHT LINEWORK DENOTES EXISTING. 300 (1) 2112" (1) 3" (1) 3" (1) 3.172" (1) 3.12" (1) 3.172" (ya #350komi #4 q@) Lp GENERATOR LOAD SUMMARY | | a 115-NG | aval LAB 49 ELECTRICAL 3, _ BOLD LINEWORK DENOTES NEW. 310 = = = os = = = Hat 2 L LU on | | ROOM 350 (1) 3" (1) 3 1/2" (1) 3.1/2 (1) 4" (1) 4" (1) 4" (1) 5" #500kcmil #2 —™ © ATS.2 ; 461.4 AMPS —— CBN 4. REFER TO E6 SERIES DRAWINGS FOR PANEL SCHEDULES. 380 — (1)3" — OEE — — —_ #500komil #2 MTS22 42.74 AMPS (LOAD SHED) S-N 400 (2) 2" (2) 2" (2)2 (2) 2172" (2) 2112" (2)2112" (2) 3" #310 #2 bo 420 (1) 4" (1) 4" (1)4 (1) 4" = = = #600koril #2 ATS-Y = 82.97 AMPS SEE SHEET E502 420-A - (1) 34/2 = (1) 4" = = = #600kemil #2 - ATS-X - 22.42 AMPS FOTR CONTINUATION 450 (2) 2" (2) 2 1/2" (2) 2.1/2 (2) 21/2" (2) 3" (2) 3" (2) 3" #4/0 #2 o ATS-3 . 249.43 AMPS 475 - (1) 31/2" = (1) 4" = = = #750kcmi #2 Oo ATS-21 . 63.94 AMPS (LOAD SHED) 500 (2) 21/2" (2) 21/2" (2) 2112" (2) 3" (2) 3" (2) 3" (2) 3.112" #250kori #1 a ; 600 (2) 2.112 (2) 3" (2) 3" (2)3 172" (2) 3.1/2" (2) 3112 (2) 4" #350komil #1 PANEL Es : 4.12 AMPS (LOAD SHED) ELECTRICAL ON E-LINE DIAG RAM LEGEND: 700 (2) 3" (2) 3.1/2" (2) 3.112" (2) 4" (2) 4" (2) 4" (2) 5 #500komi #110 TOTAL: 596.99 AMPS 1 ; 800 (3)212" | (3)3" (3) 3" (3) 3" (3)342 | (3302 | (3)3112" #300kcmi #110 SCALE: NTS 4000 (3) 3" (3) 3" (3) 3" (3) 3 1/2" (3) 4" (3) 4" (3) 4" #400kcmil #2/0 1200 (4) 2112" (4) 3" (4) 3" (4) 3112" (4) 31/2" (4) 31/2 (4) 4" #350kerril #310 Or MONITORING POINT 1600 (5) 3" (5) 3" (5) 3" (5) 4" (5) 4" (5) 4" (5) 4" #600kcmil #4/0 2000 (6) 3.1/2" (6) 3.1/2" (6) 3.112" (6) 4" (6) 4" (6) 4" (6)5 #500komil #250koml c CONDUCTOR PROVIDED EXISTING EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR 2500 (7)3 112 GERI (7) 3.172 (7) (7) a" (7)4 #500kcmi #360kori c 2 CONDUCTOR REQUIRED —=\ #2/ DEFICIENT BASED ON 2008 NEC TABLE 250.122. qa tt BL Sue Ge i500kem pstmt 2es NONE =(3) PHASE CONDUCTORS, CONDUIT GROUND (EACH CONDUIT). P34 Oo 2 G = (3) PHASE CONDUCTORS, (1) GROUNDING CONDUCTOR (EACH CONDUIT). N = (3) PHASE CONDUCTORS, (1) NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR, CONDUIT GROUND (EACH CONDUIT). ONES EINE DUSCRInNs NG =(3)PHASE CONDUCTORS, (1) NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR, (1) GROUNDING CONDUCTOR (EACH CONDUIT). NGI =(3) PHASE CONDUCTORS, (1) NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR, (1) GROUND CONDUCTOR, (1) ISOLATED GROUND CONDUCTOR (EACH CONDUIT). NNG — =(3) PHASE CONDUCTORS, (2) NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS, (1) GROUND CONDUCTOR (EACH CONDUIT). NNGI = (3) PHASE CONDUCTORS, (2) NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS, (1) GROUND CONDUCTOR, (1) ISOLATED GROUND CONDUCTOR (EACH CONDUIT). PLOTTED BY: Dan Puravet p: \ 3 5 1 - 0 9 0 2 je f f e r s o n mr i \ D W G \ E 5 0 2 . d w g 12 / 1 8 / 2 0 0 9 _ MDP-2 (BEHIND KITCHEN) MDP-2 LIGHTING | 4929BUILDING > 400A ! | | - a | pre | oo | 6 2 is ? = [| | 50 A3P i | (83RD FLOOR) : = | i ! — a = ee eee: ee 29D WELLNESS | n Ly +0 maa Tt : | (2ND FLOOR) | a MDP-1 | | | | | | | | 1 | | [ | ae a a = SF 7 ae | #4 | —29C_ HOME HEALTH =e 7 | | _ «r |_| (4ST FLOOR) | - FROM TAI (4) SETS #750kemil | RADIO L _ §0N3P | = se lee | | ROOM SEE SHEET E501 | | | — : : = UTILITY | | | +008 FOTR CONTINUATION | | ee AASEMENT | = XFMR | bot #2 C= NE ry | | | fp nee | | | ! et | | i | | i | oon | | 100A/2P | —— || | asa : a | | | | | a | | 29A | | Tiel | G | AUDITORIUM bo so 5 ! aren : a a #110 LAUNDRY STORE ROOM | | SOA/3P | He . ® O a fo) = 150A/3P | | | a | | : Pot | | | #110 F ROOM23 ces a es re es | e €C “ar | tsb “ER OFFICE | i 8 —~ £55 | 100A/3P | | | | | c ~ PZ Qa | a=, | 5. AKU Ly | — | | £ OQ 52s | a XHO (DINING HALL | 2% | #2 = E | ROOM 96 | | S) > SEQ 100A/3P = | t 0 . = 5 BS | | ROOF) [| || ee | diy DIRECTOR HALL | | & O Og sue) Arr Cow rf | = 5 83 | | | | | | —~ || #110 D HR DIRECTOR'S | | S OQ os = | a _C350-NGY , Cr | 425A3P | OFFICE | | Cc Cc © | ya. ~% | C350-NG EM2 350-N ae , | | | 2 o | 400A3P | | 0NG) |. eA | “Tata th ) “| STORE ROOM | | 2 :O | | | @ L_ P| OA poe _ (ACROSS FROM | 5 N | | ATS-3 | 70NSP | " SHOP) | | ® :O | | — \ | ; oN | OHIO B | ROOM 133 | | & | $5 3} © 225NG © ene | Be | | Pyoase | | __[#MPe) | | | 220N3P 225NG) |. * és (2254 I | P| = | | REFERENCE NOTES: | | | pate 7 $5 CABO n aWeG) | | > MDP-2 LIGHTING METERING POINT MAXIMUM DEMAND LOAD: 12/8/2009 | | 400A /A\ | 100N3P (Mt) | | | CHANNEL 1 237.11 | _ (2) SETS #600kcmil ; CHANNEL2 232.69A | 1 § 3 em a | _~ | ! A | | CHANNEL 3 221.65A | B00A3P_ | (Mt) © | eo SPARE | | | | < | 225A/3P | | [=> ATS-Y METERING POINT MAXIMUM DEMAND LOAD: 11/5/2009 /A\ = | | pee mm mes es al | CHANNEL1 82.97A | | | Lo | SPARE | | CHANNEL2 61.03A | _ | | AO5A/3P | | | | CHANNEL3 = 71.17A | o—3 — SPARE | i | | > ATS-Z METERING POINT MAXIMUM DEMAND LOAD: 10/27/2009 | 400A/3P | || | | | | | > a} SPARE CHANNEL 1 149.81A 1 CO | 125N3P | | | CHANNEL 2 161.40A | | | | | | ~ d CHANNEL3 152.13A © | oS 8 SPARE || | I | | 0 | 200A/3P | | | tS o SPARE | | [=> ATS-Z1 METERING POINT MAXIMUM DEMAND LOAD: 9/24/2009 | ©O | || 125A/3P | : CHANNEL1 63.94A | —e | | CHANNEL 2 49.07A o | Lone — | MDP-2 | | 1929 BUILDING | CHANNEL3 45.76A x | 100A/3P "POWER | = j ELEVATOR | 5> PANEL K METERING POINT MAXIMUM DEMAND LOAD: 8/25/2009 = - - —— ni oe | o96N | | | CHANNEL 1 111.40A i eo Oo | = | CHANNEL2 89.71A . 500kemil | a 175A/3P | CHANNEL3 96.39A | O @ | ! | my oO | ADOASP | ee mes [> MDP2 PROCESS A METERING POINT MAXIMUM DEMAND LOAD: 9/18/2009 S c | MDP-2 | CHANNEL 1 = 58.55A ® (uM) | PROCESS B | i CHANNEL2 46.33A ” | a DRESSING ROOM CHANNEL 3 50.03A md EMS 225-N IE DMRIER _C225.N [>I ka EOVER Y > } | () || 225N3P ) 225N3P bo (HUMIDIFIER) ['7> ATS-X METERING POINT MAXIMUM DEMAND Lor a 942A S wu = L__| | 7 FEEDER SCHEDULE rei sme Es a I CIRCUIT RATING CONDUIT (QUANTITY) - SIZE [SEE LEGEND] COPPER CONDUCTOR SIZE ~ * ROOM I || 70A/3P | < ~ (AMPS) NONE G N NG NGI NNG NNGI PHASE/NEUT GND /IG 15 Th) 112" OE OED UE OE OEE Th a a1 iD | ; | MTSZ-2 METERING POINT MAXIMUM DEMAND LOAD: 11/12/2009 ep) (®) _ 20 (1) 1/2" (1) 1/2" (1) 112" (1) 4/2" (1) 1/2" (1) 1/2" (1) 1/2" #12 #12 | o~ | #6 m TRASH CHANNEL 1 9.90A _ (e) 30 (1) 112" (1) 1/2" (1) 1/2" (1) 1/2" (1) 3/4" (1) 3/4" (1) 3/4" #10 #10 | T 60 ANSP | LJ COMPACTOR CHANNEL 2 10.69A Cc L fal 40 (1) 3/4" (1) 3/4" (1) 3/4" (1) 1" (1) 1" (1) 1" (1) 1" #8 #10 | | CHANNEL3 = 12.71A qa) - 50 (1) 1" (1) 1" (1) 1" (1) 11/4" (1) 1 1/4" (1) 1 1/4" (1) 11/4" #6 #10 | --——_ , 60 (1) 1" (1) 1 1/4" (1) 1-1/4" (1) 11/4" (1) 1-1/2" (1) 11/2" (1) 11/2" #4 #10 MDP-2 2°C - (3) #250kcmil, (1) #4 GND [> ATS-3 METERING POINT MAXIMUM DEMAND LOAD: 10/29/2009 oe | 70 (1) 1" (1) 1.1/4" (1) 1 1/4" (1) 1 1/4" (1) 11/2" (1) 1.1/2" (1) 4.1/2" #4 #8 | PROCESS A | CHANNEL 1 197.31A <x 80 (1) 11/4" (1) 41/4" (1) 11/4" (1) 11/2" (1)2" (2 (1) 2" #2 #8 —o——— | ee CHANNEL2 192.78A @ @ 90 ia aie aye ayia 2" ()2" (1) 2 #2 #8 || L ms | #1 J pump — | 250A/3P CHANNEL 3 249.43A Lu 100 (1) 11/4" (1) 41/2" (1) 11/2" (1) 2" (1) 2" (1) 2" (1) 21/2" #1 #8 _ ¢—o — | ROOM nin 75kVA > > 110 qi | arse [pine Tae a2 (i) (1) 12 iH #6 ) (ener | 208-480Y/277 (BOOST) PANEL A METERING POINT MAXIMUM DEMAND LOAD: 12/7/2009 o ic 115 = (1) 11/4 — (1) 11/2 = — = #2 #6 | | i seth es CHANNEL 1 29.70A had 125 (1) 1 14" (1) 14/2" (1) 14/2" (1) 2" (1 2" (1) 2" (1) 21/2" #1 #6 _ | W wl MRI" (NEMA 3R) CHANNEL? 23,954 c 130 alee (1) 1 472" = (1) 2! a ee — #1 #6 | | | iz DRESSING RM CHANNEL 3 18 85A ok Zz 150 (1) 11/2" (1) 2" (1)2" (1) 2 (1) 21/2" (1) 2112" (1) 212" #110 #6 | pos rs, | #400kcmil KB FOYER 11/2"C O Su 175 (1) 11/2" (1) 2" (1) 2" (1) 2 (1) 2 1/2" (1) 2 1/2" (2 We #210 #6 | oe a oe | 0 ; e O 700 (1) 2" (1) 2" (1) 2" (1) 2412" (1) 21/2 (1) 2112 (1) 3" #3/0 #6 | 800A/3P 300A/3P , | (HUMIDIFIER) & (3) #3, (2) #8 GND i PANEL KA METERING POINT MAXIMUM DEMAND LOAD: 12/10/2009 = YY -- 225 (1) 2" (1) 2 1/2" (1) 21/2" (1) 2.1/2" (1) 3" (1) 3" (1) 3" #4/0 #4 : : | | Bon al UWPG Ss 118% See a Y — 230 = (1) 2" = (1) 21/2" = — = #4/0 #6 : = = ~~ 250 (1) 24/2" (1)2 1/2 (1) 21/2 (1) 3" (1) 3" (1) 3" (1) 3.1/2" #250kcmil #4 | | eo 8 | a N UTILITY ROOM (3) #3, (2) #8 GND CHANNEL 3 9.51A Cc i 255 = (1) 21/2 = (1) 3" a = = #250kemil #4 | |_| 500A/3P_| | >) (KITCHEN) Uj © 285 ss (1) 2 1/2 = (1) 3" a see ia #300KCMIL #4 L_ | ME Pe REMOVE EXISTING PANELBOARD AND PROVIDE NEW PANELBOARD. SEE 4 LL Tp) 300 (1) 21/2" (1) 3" (1) 3" (1) 31/2" (1) 3 1/2" (1) 31/2" (1) 4" #350kcmil cc (MRI MAIN PANEL SCHEDULES ON E601. <= 310 ns (1) 3" = (1) 3" = = = #350komil #2 ENCLOSURE) LL = —— 5 ——- OEE oe — = an = > REMOVE EXISTING PANEL "E" AND PROVIDE NEW PANEL "E" IN NEW ) Lu ~ - ae Te 2 OT a Ms en es LOCATION. INTERCEPT EXISTING FEEDER AND CIRCUITS AND EXTEND TO [= 00 OP Ae ae Ee OL aa OL aa OES a3 7 NEW PANEL LOCATION. REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULES ON SHEET E602. > © coR ue 7 a 7 - = = = ee - E LECTRICAL ON E-LIN E D IAG RAM { Ee EXISTING GENERATOR LOAD SHED SYSTEM. TRANSFER SWITCHES MTS-22 450 (2) 2" (2) 2.1/2" (2) 2.1/2 (2) 2.1/2" (2) 3" (2) 3" (2) 3" #4/0 #2 SCALE: NTS AND ATS-Z1 ARE CONNECTED TO A STAGGERED LOAD SHED CONTROL - 475 = (1) 3.1/2" = (1) 4" = = = #750kcmil #2 SYSTEM THAT IS MANUALLY RESET WHEN LOAD DROPS BELOW HIGH uu 500 (2) 21/2" (2) 2.1/2" (2) 21/2" (2) 3" (2) 3" (2) 3" (2) 3 1/2" #250kcmil #1 : SET-POINT. “” 600 (2) 21/2" (2)3" (2) 3" (2) 3112" (2) 31/2" (2) 31/2" (2) 4" #350komil #1 = 700 (2) 3" (2) 3.1/2" (2) 3.1/2" (2) 4" (2) 4" (2) 4" (2) 5" #500kcmil #1/0 LEGEN D: Ee PULL NEW #4 GROUND CONDUCTOR IN EXISTING CONDUIT. = 800 (3) 21/2" (3) 3" (3) 3" (3) 3" (3) 3.1/2" (3) 31/2" (3) 31/2" #300kornl #110 Bee es 1000 (3) 3" (3) 3" (3) 3" (3) 31/2" (3) 4" (3) 4" (3) 4" #400koril #210 1200 (4) 2112" (4) 3" (4) 3" (4) 3.1/2" (4) 3.1/2 (4) 3 112" (4) 4" #350koril #310 1600 (5) 3" (5) 3" (5) 3" (5) 4" (5) 4" (5) 4" (5) 4" #600kcmil #40 (Mp MONITORING POINT GENERAL NOTES: 2000 (6) 31/2" (6) 3.1/2" (8) 3.1/2" (6) 4" (6) 4" (6) 4" (6) 5 #500komil #250kcmi 2500 (7) 3.1/2" (7) 3.1/2" (7) 3.1/2" (7) 4" (7) 4" (7) 4" (7)4 #500kcmil #350kcmil CONDUCTOR PROVIDED EXISTING EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR 1. | REFER TO GENERAL NOTES ON SHEET E001. = 3000 (8) 3.1/2" (8) 3 1/2" (8) 3.1/2" (8) 4" (8) 4" (8) 4" (8) 4 #500kcmil #400kcmil CONDUCTOR REQUIRED \#2/ DEFICIENT BASED ON 2008 NEC TABLE 250.122. ° LEGEND: 2. LIGHT LINEWORK DENOTES EXISTING. £'y NONE = (3) PHASE CONDUCTORS, CONDUIT GROUND (EACH CONDUIT). 2 3 = G = (3) PHASE CONDUCTORS, (1) GROUNDING CONDUCTOR (EACH CONDUIT). 3. BOLD LINEWORK DENOTES NEW. oe. oO N = (3) PHASE CONDUCTORS, (1) NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR, CONDUIT GROUND (EACH CONDUIT). OO oo NG = (3) PHASE CONDUCTORS, (1) NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR, (1) GROUNDING CONDUCTOR (EACH CONDUIT). 4. REFER TO E6 SERIES DRAWINGS FOR PANEL SCHEDULES. ONE-LINE DIAGRAM NGI =(3) PHASE CONDUCTORS, (1) NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR, (1) GROUND CONDUCTOR, (1) ISOLATED GROUND CONDUCTOR (EACH CONDUIT). NNG — =(3) PHASE CONDUCTORS, (2) NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS, (1) GROUND CONDUCTOR (EACH CONDUIT). NNGI = (3) PHASE CONDUCTORS, (2) NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS, (1) GROUND CONDUCTOR, (1) ISOLATED GROUND CONDUCTOR (EACH CONDUIT). E902 PLOTTED BY: Dan Puravet | PANEL 'E EXISTING' SCHEDULE PANEL 'KA EXISTING' SCHEDULE PANEL 'KB EXISTING’ SCHEDULE p: \ 3 5 1 - 0 9 0 2 je f f e r s o n mr i \ D W G \ E 6 0 1 . d w g 12 / 1 8 / 2 0 0 9 PLOTTED BY: Dan Puravet > i LOCATION: VOLTAGE: 120/208 3-PH, 4-WIRE LOCATION: VOLTAGE: 120/208 3-PH, 4WIRE LOCATION: VOLTAGE: 120/208 3-PH, 4-WIRE = CORRIDOR NEUT: 100% RATED TYPE: EXISTING DOOR-IN-DOOR DRESSING ROOM FOYER NEUT: 100% RATED TYPE: EXISTING DOOR-IN-DOOR DRESSING ROOM FOYER NEUT: 100% RATED TYPE: EXISTING DOOR-IN-DOOR = GROUNDING: MOUNTING: SURFACE NEMA 1 GROUNDING: MOUNTING: SURFACE NEMA 1 GROUNDING: MOUNTING: SURFACE NEMA 1 + ad EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS AIC RATING: 14KA SKIRTS: NONE EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS AIC RATING: 18 KA SKIRTS: NONE EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS AIC RATING: 18 KA SKIRTS: NONE er ™ = 4 ae] C nN) a | P 100A a | PIN C C nl a | P 225A aA | PIN C C nla | Pp 400A aA |p IN c “a = K O} M fe) M oom ne) K K O} M ) M 0 7;0 K K O}| M O M 010 K ao T T] P L. MI LUGS P L |T T T TI] P Lk MAIN LUGS Pp L | T T T T] P L ms Ee P L |T T ¢ , oe # ITEM E] $ E LEFT | Aj] BC] RIGHT S E/E ITEM # # ITEM E} § E LEFT | A | BC] RIGHT ) E JE ITEM # # ITEM E}] s E LEFT A} BY{C { RIGHT S EE ITEM # re = 1 JLIGHTS - 24, 25, 29, 30, 31 20 1 *f—|— 20 1 LIGHTS - HH 2 1 |SPARE 15 1 ef—|— 15 1 SPARE 2 1 |SPARE 50 3 of—|— 50 3 SPARE 2 | @ Se 3 {LIGHTS - 32, 34 20 1 —-jej-— 20 1 LIGHTS - 32 4 3 |SPARE 15 1 —-jel— 15 1 SPARE 4 3] - - —|el— - 4 ._—— tom 5 |LIGHTS - 34E 20 | 1 —|-|- 20 | 1 LIGHTS - 28, 33 6 5 [SPARE 15 | 1 —|-|- 15 | 1 SPARE 6 5 | - —|-|- : 6 _- —_= 3 Roa 7 |SPARE 20 1 *f—|— 20 1 LIGHTS - MED REC 8 7 |SPARE 15 1 “f—|— 15 1 SPARE 8 7 |SPARE 50 3 “|—|j— 50 3 SPARE 8 La ox 9 |LIGHTS - MED RECORDS 20 1 Oe ee 20 1 LIGHTS - RM 47 10 9 JIN USE 20 1 —|[ejJ— 20 1 IN USE 10 g| - - —|ej— - - 10 = 11 |LIGHTS - 48, 49 20 1 —|j-|- 20 1 LIGHTS - RM 47 12 11 JIN USE 20 1 —j-—|- 20 1 IN USE 12 11} - - —|-|]-° - 12 13 JRECEPTS - HH 20 1 “{—}|— 20 1 RECEPTACLE 14 13 |SPARE 20 1 oj—|— 20 1 IN USE 14 13 |SPARE 50 3 “f—|— 70 3 SPARE 14 15 [RECEPTS - 29 2 | 1 =| 2) = 20 | 1 | [EXHAUSTFAN 6 15 [SPARE 7 | 1 —T-[— 2 | 1 IN USE 6 15 : ol Fae : a 16 ® C) A oS 17 |RECEPTS - 43, 46 20 1 —|—|- 20 1 RECEPT - 42, 46 18 17 |SPARE 20 1 —j-—|e 20 1 IN USE 18 17 —|-|]- - 18 Cc Bo cO iia 19 JRECEPTS - WATER FOUNTAIN 20 1 ofo—f— 20 1 RECEPT- HOUSE KEEPING 20 19 |SPARE 30 3 of—|— 60 3 SPARE 20 19 |SPARE 20 3 of—|]— 20 3 SPARE 20 © — () pa N (Sp) = 21 JRECEPTS - NO. WALL 20 1 —tel— 20 1 RECEPT- VOC 22 21 - —|ej— - 22 21 - —-jel— - - 22 c ~ A pe) x 23 |RECEPTS - E. WALL SAFETY 20 1 —|-—|- 40 1 ISO XFMR H3 24 23 - —|—|° - - 24 23 - —|—|-° - 24 Q Q. 6 2 oy 25 |SPARE 20 1 “j—-|— 40 1 ISO XFMR H4 26 25 |SPARE 40 3 ef—|[— 50 3 SPARE 26 A1BIC 2 ~_) > £ = 27 |STAFF A/C UNIT 30 2 —|[e]— 40 2 STAFF A/C UNIT 28 27 | - —|el— - 28 Total C onnected Phase Load (VA): 5 O O 5 _ 2g 20 1 —|-|° MOTOR 30 2g} - —|-|° 30 Total Connected Phase Load (Amp): 5 — a = AiBIC 31 |SPARE 40 3 oJ—j— 50 3 SPARE 32 O () ss 2 Total Connected Phase Load (VA): 33 a re A : 34 re) 5 5. Cf Q Total Connected Phase Load (Amp): 35 “ —|—|- - 36 (e) nn 37 [SPARE 50 | 3 a 70 | 3 SPARE 38 ey 1@) x0| - =| 5 {— : 40 = N 4 —j;j—|- - - 42 ® . oO AlBpIic ie) op) Total Connected Phase Load (VA): 7 Total Connected Phase Load (Amp): Conn DAF. Dmnd Conn DF. Dmnd Conn D.F. Dmnd Appliance or Dedicated C ircuit 1.00 Appliance or Dedicated C ircuit 1.00 Appliance or Dedicated Circuit 1.00 Computer Loads: 1.00 Computer Loads: 1.00 Computer Loads: 1.00 Appliance (Diversified Load): 1.00 Appliance (Diversified Load): 1.00 Appliance (Div ersified Load): 1.00 Electric Heat 1.00 Electric Heat 1.00 Electric Heat: 1.00 Kitchen Equip ( Count = ): 1.00 Kitchen Equip ( Count = ): 1.00 Kitchen Equip ( Count =): 1.00 Lighting: 4.25 Lighting: 1.25 Lighting: 1.25 Motors and C ompressors: 1.00 Motors and C ompressors: 1.00 Motors and C ompressors: 1.00 Largest Motor: 1.25 Largest Motor. 1.25 Largest Motor: 1.25 Miscellaneous: 1.00 Miscellaneous: 1.00 Miscellaneous: 1.00 Receptacle: 1.00 Receptacle: 1.00 Receptacle: 1.00 Recept Over 10 kVA: 0.50 Recept Over 10 kVA: 0.50 Recept Over 10 kVA: 0.50 1 foe) Totals: Totals: Totals: | co Demand Amps: Demand Amps: Demand Amps: o9) co fo>) — . . : ‘SC PANEL 'E NEW' SCHEDULE PANEL 'KA NEW' SCHEDULE PANEL 'KB NEW' SCHEDULE , < LOCATION: VOLTAGE: 120/208 3-PH, 4-WIRE LOCATION: VOLTAGE: 120/208 PH, 4-WIRE LOCATION: VOLTAGE: 120/208 3-PH, 4-WIRE ‘ = MRI CONTROL ROOM 65-M338 NEUT: 100% RATED TYPE: BOLT-INC/B DOOR-IN-DOOR DRESSING ROOM FOYER NEUT: 100% RATED TYPE: NQOD DOOR-IN-DOOR DRESSING ROOM FOYER NEUT: 100% RATED TYPE: NQOD DOOR-IN-DOOR GROUNDING: MOUNTING: SURFACE NEMA 1 GROUNDING: MOUNTING: SURFACE NEMA 1 GROUNDING: MOUNTING: SURFACE NEMA 1 ~ EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS AIC RATING: 18 KA SKIRTS: NONE EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS AIC RATING: 18 KA SKIRTS: NONE EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS AIC RATING: 18 KA SKIRTS: NONE 7 O — s Cc c n} a |e 100A aA | PIN c c n} a |e 225A alpen c c nN} a |e 400A a | Pe In C rab) K O} M ) M om me) K K O} M ) M O10 K K O} M O M 0 10 K (op) MAIN LUGS T The fe Man EBES p {ult T T The fe iii iata p |u| T T TL Pp [o p {ut Z c # ITEM E] S E LEFT | AJ] BC] RIGHT $ E/E ITEM # # ITEM E] S E LEFT Aj} BIC { RIGHT S E/E ITEM # # ITEM E| Ss E LEFT | AJ) BY]C ] RIGHT $ E JE ITEM # (Y¥ > 1 LIGHTS - 24, 25, 29, 30, 31 20 1 of—jJ— 20 1 LIGHTS - HH 2 1 {LIGHTS - MRI ROOM 65-M337 20 1 612 ej—[— 360 20 1 RECEPT-MRI CONTROL ROOM 65-M338 2 1 |LIGHTS - MRI TOILET, CHANGING, OFFICE M331 20 1 612 *|—|— | 1,080 20 1 RECEPTS - MRI SUITE 2 LU 3 |LIGHTS - 32, 34 20 1 = |« fo 20 1 LIGHTS - 32 4 3 |SPARE 20 1 —|elJ— 360 20 1 RECEPT - MRI ROOM 65-M337 4 3 |EF-1-MRI PATIENT TOILET 20 2 54 —|e\l— 303 20 1 EQUIP -FC-1, FC-2, FC-3, FC-4, FC-5, FC-6 4 O 5 |LIGHTS - 4E 20 1 ee ee 20 1 LIGHTS - 28, 33 6 5 |SPARE 20 1 —|-—|- 20 1 SPARE 6 5 54 —|-|° 303 6 or - 7 {SPARE 20 1 “{—]— 20 1 LIGHTS - MED REC 8 7 |SPARE 20 1 oJ—|— 20 1 SPARE 8 7 {UPS - MRI SUITE 35 1 3,000 ‘t=|= 180 20 1 RECEPT - ROOF 8 I <l J 9 |LIGHTS - MED RECORDS 20 1 —jfel— 20 1 LIGHTS - RM 47 10 9 |IN USE 1] 2 1 —|ej—- 20 1 | 1 JIN USE 10 9 |RECEPT - MRI ROOM 65-M337 20 1 900 —j}*j—] 1,456 25 2 HP-1 10 /) (oe) _ 11 {LIGHTS - 48, 49 20 1 —|-|° 20 1 LIGHTS - RM 47 12 11 JIN USE 11] 2 1 —|l—|-° 20 1 | 1 {IN USE 12 11 |CCTV/INTERC OM MRI CONTROL ROOM 65-M38 20 1 1,000 |—|—|° 1,456 * e 12 ad Oo 13 |RECEPTS - HH 20 1 of—|— 20 1 RECEPTACLE 14 13 |SPARE 20 1 ef—J— 20 1 11 [IN USE 14 13 JRECEPT - MRI EQUIP ROOM 65-M336 20 1 180 *l1—|—] 1,248 20 2 HP-2 14 Cc L QO. 15 |RECEPTS - 29 20 1 —|el— 20 1 EXHAUST FAN 16 15 |SPARE 20 1 —|ej— 20 1 11 JIN USE 16 15 JRECEPT - MRI CONTROL ROOM 65-M338 20 1 360 —Jel- 1,248 16 a) [— 17 |RECEPTS - 43, 46 20 i —i-|-° 20 1 RECEPT - 42, 46 18 17 |SPARE 20 1 —|-—|- 20 1 11 {IN USE 18 17 |DDC MECHANICAL CONTROL PANEL 20 1 500 —{|-|° 1,747 25 2 HP-3 18 4] 19 JRECEPTS - WATER FOUNTAIN 20 1 “f—|]— 20 1 RECEPT - HOUSE KEEPING 20 19 |SPARE 20 1 “f—|— 20 1 | 1 JINUSE 20 19 |FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS 20 1 48 *tT—}—] 1,747 - 20 G 21 |RECEPTS - NO. WALL 20 | 1 —|+]—| -720 20 | 1 | 1 |RECEPT-voc 22 21 |SPACE 1 —|-|—- 1 SPACE 22 21 {SPARE 20 | 1 —|¢|[- 20 | 1 SPARE 22 < © 23 |RECEPTS - E. WALL SAFETY 20 { —j-|-. 40 1 ISO XFMR H3 24 23 |SPACE 1 —{|-—|° 1 SPACE 24 23 |SPARE 20 1 =—j=);° 20 1 SPARE 24 ) LL 25 |LIGHTS - MRI SUITE, OFFICE 20 | 1 458 a a 40) 1 ISO XFMR H4 26 25 |SPACE 1 ~|—|—- 1 SPACE 26 25 |SPACE ‘ ‘|-|- 1 SPACE 26 > > 27 [STAFF AIC UNIT 30) 2 —[- |= 40) 2 | [STAFF A/C UNIT 28 a7 [SPACE 1 ry fee 1 SPACE 28 a7 |SPACE 1 —|-|- 1 SPACE 28 O c< 2% —{|-|- - - 30 29 |SPACE 1 —|-|- 1 SPACE 30 29 |SPACE 1 —-|-|° 1 SPACE 30 hoe Alal|c 31 [SPACE 1 :|=|— 1 | [SPACE 32 31 [SPACE 1 -|-[- 1 | |SPACE 32 Q2Z265 Total C onnected Phase Load (VA): 458 720 33 ISPACE 1 —|-|— 1 SPACE 34 33 ISPACE 1 —|e|[— 1 SPACE 34 O Lv) Total Connected Phase Load (Amp):| 4 4 35 [SPACE 1 —|-|- 1 SPACE 36 35 {SPACE 1 -|{-|° 1 SPACE 36 = Tw 37 ISPACE 1 ee 1 SPACE 38 37 {SPACE 1 *{—1|—] 16000 | 250 |] 3 XFMR MRI (MRI EQUIP ROOM) 38 — op) — | 39 SPACE 1 —|{-[- 1 SPACE 40 39 |SPACE 1 —}*{—] 16,000 : 40 ra) (ad © 44 |SPACE 1 —-|-|- 1 SPACE 42 41 SPACE 1 —|{—|° |] 16,000 i : 42 Cc Alec AlBlc G Ly Total Connected Phase Load (VA):[ 972 360 Total C onnected Phase Load (VA):} 24,095 20,321 21,061 Li op) Total Connected Phase Load (Amp): 8 3 Total Connected Phase Load (Amp): 201 169 176 Cc Le O ~ Lu © om Fe «Ee Com _D.F. = Dmnd, | _ Conn DF Dmnd - > © Appliance or Dedicated Circuit 1.00 Appliance or Dedicated Circuit 1.00 Appliance or Dedicated Circuit = 52.50 1.00 52.50 Computer Loads: 1.00 Computer Loads: 1.00 Computer Loads: 1.00 Appliance (Diversified Load): 1.00 Appliance (Diversified Load): 1.00 Appliance (Diversified Load): 1.00 Electric Heat 1.00 Electric Heat 1.00 . _Electic Heat 1.00 — Kitchen Equip ( Count = ): 1.00 Kitchen Equip ( Count= ): 1.00 Kitchen Equip ( Count = ): 1.00 A Lighting: 0.46 1.25 0.57 Lighting: 0.61 1,25 0.77 Lighting: 0.61 1.25 0.77 Motors and C ompressors: 1.00 Motors and C ompressors: 1.00 Motors and Compressors: 6.12 1.00 6.12 = Largest Motor: 1.25 Largest Motor: 1,25 Largest Motor. 3.49 4.25 4.37 Miscellaneous: 1.00 Miscellaneous: 1.00 Miscellaneous: 0.05 1.00 0.05 Receptacle. 0.72 1.00 0.72 Receptacle: 0.72 1.00 0.72 Receptacle: 2.70 1.00 2.70 Recept Over 10 kVA: 0.50 Recept Over 10 kVA: 0.50 Recept Over 10 kVA: 0.50 Totals: = 0.26 0.15 Totals: 1.33 7,49 Totals: 65.48 66.50 Demand Amps: -0.41 Demand Amps: 412 Demand Amps: 184.60 5 <¢ 2S NOTES: NOTES: NOTES: os 2 1. EXISTING RECEPTACLE LOAD REDUCED. 1. RECONNECT EXISTING CIRCUIT. FIELD VERIFY LOAD SERVED. 1. oe = ® 2, 5) 2. qaqa 3. 3. 3. SCHEDULES 4 4. 4, 5 5 6. p: \ 3 5 1 - 0 9 0 2 je f f e r s o n mr i \ D W G \ E 6 0 2 . d w g 12 / 1 8 / 2 0 0 9 PLOTTED BY: Dan Puravet EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE NOTES: 1. COMBINATION STARTER A. FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS FLA- FULL LOAD AMPS 2. MANUAL STARTER B. FURNISHED BY OTHERS, INSTALLED UNDER DIMSION 16 HP - HORSEPOWER 3. FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH C. FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNDER DIMSION 16 kW - KILOWATTS 4. DIRECT CONNECTION MCA - MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY 5. SPEED CONTROL AND LINE VOLTAGE HEATING-ONLY THERMOSTAT FURNISHED W- WATTS BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 6. SPEED CONTROL FURNISHED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 7. SWITCH WITH LIGHTS IN ROOM. 8. 120 VOLT, 1 POLE, 20A SWITCH 9. ROUTE CONDUIT UP THROUGH ROOF CURB. MOCPD - MAXMIUM OVERCURENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION EQUIPMENT LOAD MOCPD POWER RCWY 75°C CU CONDUCTORS STARTER |DISC. NOTES NO. HP | WATTS | FLA | MCA} (A/POLE) | TYPE | VOLTS| PHASE SIZE NO. SIZE GND SIZE SWITCH REMARKS DDC PANEL DDC MECHANICAL CONTROL PANEL 120 1 3/4" 2 #12 #12 ME MRI MAIN ENCLOSURE 100/3 480 3 NOTE C | NOTE C 100/3 3C SEE ONE-LINE DIAGRAM UPS POWERWARE 9130 3000 30/1 120 1 3/4" 2 #10 #10 NEMA R5-30L ECA SEIMENS ELECTRONICS CABINET 480 3 2" 3 #2/0 | #2/0G&IG 4C HP-1 HEAT PUMP (ROOFTOP) 14.00 20/2 208 1 3/4" 2 #12 #12 20/2 3C HP-2 HEAT PUMP (ROOFTOP) 12.00 20/2 208 1 3/4" 2 #12 #12 20/2 3C HP-3 HEAT PUMP (ROOFTOP) 16.80 25/2 208 1 3/4" 2 #12 #10 25/2 3C EF-1 PATENT TOILET EXHAUST FAN 108 20/2 208 1 3/4" 2 #12 #12 FC-1 FAN COIL 1.07 20/2 208 1 3/4" 2 #12 #12 20/2 3C FC-2 FAN COIL 0.23 20/2 208 1 3/4" 2 #12 #12 20/2 3C FC-3 FAN COIL 0.23 20/2 208 1 3/4" 2 #12 #12 20/2 3C FC-4 FAN COIL 0.23 20/2 208 1 3/4" 2 #12 #12 20/2 3C FC-5 FAN COIL 0.61 20/2 208 1 3/4" 2 #12 #12 20/2 3C FC-6 FAN COIL 0.28 20/2 208 1 3/4" 2 #12 #12 20/2 3C RACEWAY & CONDUCTOR/CABLE ROUTING SCHEDULE NOTES: GENERAL NOTES: 1. CONDUIT SUPPLIED/INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR - CONDUCTORS/CABLES INSTALLED BY OTHERS. 1. VERIFY CONDUIT SIZES AND ROUTING WITH MFRS EQUIPMENT SHOP DRAWINGS. 2. CONDUIT SUPPLIED/INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR - CONDUCTORS/CABLES SUPPLIED BY OTHERS, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 2. PROVIDE PULL STRING. 3. CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS/CABLES SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 4. EXISTING CONDUIT - CONDUCTORS/CABLES SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS. 5. EXISTING CONDUIT - CONDUCTORS/CABLES SUPPLIED BY OTHERS, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 6. EXISTING CONDUIT - CONDUCTORS/CABLES SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 7. REFER TO EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE. 8. COORDINATE WITH EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER. 9. SEE ONE-LINE DIAGRAM. ID CONDUIT CONDUCTORICABLE CONDUIT ROUTING CONDUCTORICABLE ROUTING SPECIAL REMARKS NUMBER | QUANTITY SIZE TYPE QUANTITY/SIZE TYPE FROM TO FROM TO REQUIREMENTS 1 NOTE 3,9 NOTE 3,9 XFMR MRI ME XFMR MRI ME NOTE 3,9 2 1 4/o" (2) #12, (1) #12 GND ME EPO1 ME EPO1 NOTE 3 3 1 4/2" (2) #12, (1) #12 GND EPO1 EPO2 EPO1 EPO2 NOTE 3 3MRI 1 4/2" (2) #12, (1) #12 GND EPO2 EPO3 EPO2 EPO3 NON-FERROUS CONDUIT WITHIN MRIROOM _ [NOTE 3, PROVIDE WAVE GUIDES 4 1 3/4" (2) #12, (1) #12 GND EPO1 PULLBOX UPS EPO1 UPS NOTE 3 5 1 3/4" FLEX NOTE 2 PULLBOX UPS UPS 4'-0" MAX LENGTH 6 1 4 NOTE 2 PULLBOX UPS ECA 29'-0" MAX LENGTH 7 1 2" FLEX (3) #2, (1)#2 GND ME ECA ME ECA DIELECTRIC SEPARATION AT CONNECTION NOTE 3, PROVIDE SHIELDED CABLES 8 2 2 1/2" NOTE 2 MRC ECA 9 1 4 412" NOTE 2 AB ECA 10 1 1/2" NOTE 2 DS CD3 11 1 3/4" NOTE 2 MS CD2 NON-FERROUS CONDUIT WITHIN MRI ROOM 12 NONE NONE MECHANICAL PIPING NOTED FOR REFERENCE ONLY 13 1 11/2" NOTE 2 CD3 DC 14 1 41/2" NOTE 2 DC EFU Gr o u p , IN c . qz a n S En g i n e e r i n g an d Co n s t r u c t i o n Se r v i c e s 72 0 Ol i v e , Su i t e 15 2 5 Se a t t l e , Wa s h i n g t o n 98 1 0 1 I | x Lu 2 | << No c oT Or ce < Sow oU[€~4tL oO Zz & O —- Wo - = Lu O uw Co Ow — 326 AA SCHEDULES E6 AR C H I T E C T U R E SU S T A I N A B I L I T Y WA 98 3 6 8 Po r t To w n s e n d , 83 4 Sh e r i d a n Av e (2 0 6 ) 26 7 - 1 7 0 0 p: \ 3 5 1 - 0 9 0 2 je f f e r s o n mr i \ D W G \ E 6 0 3 . d w g 12 / 1 8 / 2 0 0 9 PLOTTED BY: Dan Puravet LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE TYP DESCRIPTIO MANUFACTURER BALLAST INFO MOUNTIN VOLT S| WATT LAMP REMARK A |2'x4' ARCHITECTURAL RECESSED INDIRECT /DIRECT LIGHT FIXTURE. DAYBRITE 2AVG 2 32 ACR UNV ELECT RONIC RECESSED UNV | 60 (2) F32T8 SOFT WHITE BAKED ENAMEL FINISH. WHITE OPAL ACRYLIC <10% THD 3500K DIFFUSER IN CENTER. 80+ CRI A1 |2'x4' ARCHITECT URAL RECESSED INDIRECT/DIRECT LIGHT FIXTURE. DAYBRITE 2AV G 2 32 ACR 120-DIM EDB ELECTRONIC RECESSED 120 70 (2) F32T8 SOFT WHITE BAKED ENAMEL FINISH. WHITE OPAL ACRYLIC WITH LUTRON #ECO-T 832-120-2 BALLAST DIMMING 3500K DIFFUSER IN CENTER. ECO-10 ELECT RONIC DIMMING BALLAST. <10% THD 80+ CRI B |6" APERTURE COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWNLIGHT. PRESCOLITE CFT 632HEB STF602HLP32T35K ELECTRONIC RECESSED UNIV | 36 (1) 32W TRT HORIZONTAL LAMP POSITION. HIGH PURITY ALUMINUM CL <10% THD 3500K IRIDESCENCE SUPPRESSED REFLECTOR. CLEAR ACRYLIC 80+ CRI LENS. C j2'LINEAR FLUORESCENT INDIRECT/DIRECT WALL MOUNT LITECONTROL W-ID-46-2-2-T 8-SGL-CWM- ELECT RONIC SURFACE 120 36 (2) F17T8 DIE-FORMED AND WELDED STEEL HOUSING, 6" TALL X 24" LONG X 4" ELB-1CWQ-120 <10% THD WALL 3500K DEEP. MEETS ADAREQUIREMENTS. 80+ CRI PROVIDE DUST COVER FOR TOP OF FIXTURE. D /4' INDUSTRIAL FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE. TURRETED, COLUMBIA CSR-4-2-32-U-E-U ELECTRONIC SUSPENDED UNIV | 60 (2) F32T8 APERTURED REFLECTOR FOR 5% UPLIGHT. PROVIDE 4' WIRE <10% THD 3500K GUARD. 80+ CRI E |6" APERTURE LED DOWNLIGHT. NO UVORIR EMISSIONS. ET S-LINDGREN MED-VIZION ZXR RECESSED 120 36 LED NON-FERROUS CONSTRUCTION. 1517 INITIAL LUMEN OUTPUT. F {DECORATIVE WALL SCONCE. STEEL AND ALUMINUM BODY AND TRIM. BETACALCO DOMIO-41 7018-OP-SN-2 ELECT RONIC SURFACE 120 42 (2) 18W PL-C CURVED OPAL GLASS DIFFUSER WITH SANDBLAST ED FACE. <10% THD WALL CFL 12" TALL X 11.6" WIDE X 4" DEEP. MEET ADAREQUIREMENTS. X |LED EXIT SIGN, ARCHITECTRAL EDGE-LIT CLEAR MOLDED DUAL LITE LE SERIES - AC OPERATION ONLY CEILING UNIV 3.4 LED ACRYLIC EXIT PLAQUE, UNIVERSAL MOUNTING, RED LETTERING, SURFACE MVOLT, AC OPERATION ONLY MOUNTED Interior Lighting Summary LTG-INT 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Project Info Project Address Jefferson H ealthcare Date 12/18/2009 834 Sheridan Ave Porttownsend,WA 98368 Applicant Name: = sazane roup,hnc. Applicant Address: 720 0 lwe W ay, Suite 1525,Seattle,WA 98101 Applicant Phone: 206 267 1700 For Building Department Use Project Description [-] New Building [-] Addition Alteration ["] Plans Included Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning requirements. Compliance Option ©) Prescriptive (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) f@) Lighting Pow er Allow ance ©) Systems Analysis © Clear Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) [[] No changes are being made to the lighting Less than 60% of the fixtures new, installed w attage not increased, & space use not changed. Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Location Allow ed (floor/room no.) Occupancy Description Watts per ft? ** Area in ft? Allow ed x Area M RISuite Hospital 1.20 1160.1 1392.2 ** From Table 15-1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG-LPA Total Allow ed Watts 1392.2 Proposed Lighting Wattage Location Number of Waits/ Watts (floor/room no.) Fixture Description Fixtures Fixture Proposed M RISuite Type A: (2) F32T8 2 60.0 120.0 MRIControl Type Al: (2) F32T8 @XEM PT PER 1512 1-1) 2 M RISuite Type B: (1) CFTR 32W /GX24q 3 36.0 108.0 M RISuite Type C: (2) F17T8 4 36.0 144.0 M RIEquipm ent Type D: (2) F32T8 G@XEM PT PER 1512 1-5) 3 MRIPxroceedure |Type E1:LED (XEM PT PER 1512 1-1) 14 M RISuite Type F: (2) FT18W /2G 11 3 42.0 126.0 M RISuite Type X: LED 4 4.0 16.0 Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allow ed Watts for Interior Total Proposed Watts 514.0 Lighting, Motor, and Transformer Permit Plans Checklist | LTG-CHK 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Project Address Jefferson H ealthcare Date 12/18/2009 The follow ing information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance w ith the lighting, motor, and transformer requirements in the 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) Code Section Component Information Required on Plans Location | Building Department Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section 1513) yes wt 1513.1 |Local controVaccess |Schedule w ith type, indicate locations yes wi 1513.2 |Area controls Maximum limit per sw itch na. w| 1513.3 |Daylight zone control |Schedule w ith type and features, indicate locations na. — vertical glazing Indicate vertical glazing on plans na. pe overhead glazing _| indicate overhead glazing on plans n.a. wi 1513.4 |Display/exhib/special | Indicate separate controls 1513.5 |Exterior shut-off Schedule w ith type and features, indicate location nea. (a) timer w/backup _ {Indicate location (b) photocell. Indicate location a = 1513.6 |Inter. auto shut-off | Indicate location yes 1513.6.1 |(a) occup. sensors |Schedule w ith type and locations na. 1513.6.2 |(b) auto. switches -|Schedule w ith type and features (back-up, override capability ); Indicate size of zone on plans yes [~| 1513.7 {Commissioning Indicate requirements for lighting controls commissioning EXIT SIGNS (Section 1514) | yes [+] 1514 |Max. w atts [indicate w atts for each exit sign LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE (Section 1530-1532) yes [~] 1531 |Interior Lighting Completed and attached. Schedule w ith fixture types, Summary Form lamps, ballasts, w atts per fixture 1532 {Exterior Lighting Completed and attached. Schedule w ith fixture types, na. [| Summary Form lamps, ballasts, w atts per fixture MOTORS (Section 1511) na. ha] 1511 |Bec motor efficiency [MECH MOT or Equipment Schedule w ith hp, rpm, efficiency | | TRANSFORMERS (Section 1540) yes [~] 1540 [ Transformers |Indicate size and efficiency || If "no" is circled for any question, provide explanation: sa z a n Gr o u p , In c . En g i n e e r i n g an d Co n s t r u c t i o n Se r v i c e s 72 0 Ol i v e , Su i t e 15 2 5 Se a t t l e , Wa s h i n g t o n 98 1 0 1 AR C H I T E C T U R E SU S T A I N A B I L I T Y (2 0 6 ) 26 7 - 1 7 0 0 SC A L E Y LL 2 ad 'es< N oO c OL OF S —_I <x 2 uu e) LT _ oO 2 c oO == (f) c ~ LL O Co O w F = S23 AA SCHEDULES ©O co Se) cO o>) <x = Po r t To w n s e n d , 83 4 Sh e r i d a n Av e E603 p: \ 3 5 1 - 0 9 0 2 je f f e r s o n mr i \ i D W G \ E 7 0 1 . d w g 12 / 1 8 / 2 0 0 9 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 1. RELATED DOCUMENTS: DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 2. SUMMARY: PROVIDE COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. WHEREVER INDICATION OF A SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS OR NEW WORK IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS THE SPECIFICATIONS RELATED TO THAT WORK SHALL APPLY. ALL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWING SHALL BE APPROPRIATELY INSTALLED TO MEET THE STANDARDS OF THE INDUSTRY AND TO INSURE THAT SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT OPERATE IN THE MANNER SPECIFIED. PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS AND APPARATUS NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED HEREIN, BUT WHICH ARE NECESSARY TO MAKE THE INSTALLATION COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL. WORK OF OTHER TRADES: REVIEW OTHER DIVISIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS WHERE COORDINATION SHALL BE REQUIRED. THESE DIVISIONS INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO TEMPORARY POWER, CUTTING AND PATCHING, PAINTING, REFINISHING AND FINISHES, AND EQUIPMENT WIRING. EXTENT OF ELECTRICAL WORK IS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND/OR SPECIFIED IN ELECTRICAL SECTIONS OF THE SPECIFICATION. PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SUPERVISION AND SERVICE NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. WORK INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO: RACEWAYS CONDUCTORS AND CABLES OUTLETS, JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES GROUNDING AND BONDING WIRING DEVICES DISCONNECT SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS LIGHTING 3. WORK OF OTHER TRADES: REVIEW ARCHITECTURAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS, AND ALL APPLICABLE SHOP DRAWINGS TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION LOCATIONS FOR SWITCHES, OUTLETS AND OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT WITH WORK OF OTHER TRADES. 4, REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 4.1. | THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED TO THE LATEST EDITION OF THE STANDARDS REFERENCED HEREAFTER, AS ADOPTED AND AMENDED BY THE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION (AH\). 4.2. OBTAIN AND PAY FOR LICENSES, PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY LAWS, ORDINANCES, AND RULES GOVERNING WORK SPECIFIED UNDER THIS DIVISION. ARRANGE FOR INSPECTION OF WORK AND ASSIST INSPECTORS AS NECESSARY. 5. INSPECTION CERTIFICATION: PURCHASE PERMITS. SUBMIT WRITTEN CERTIFICATION OF INSPECTION FROM THE AHJ STATING THAT WORK HAS BEEN INSPECTED AND FOUND IN COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES. 6. CONFLICTS: IF ANY CONFLICT OCCURS BETWEEN AHJ ADOPTED CODES AND ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND/OR DRAWINGS, THE CODES GOVERN. COMPLIANCE WITH THE CODES DOES NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR FROM COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS WHICH MAY BE IN EXCESS OF, AND NOT CONTRARY TO, THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE ABOVE MENTIONED GOVERNING CODES, RULES AND ORDINANCES. 7. INSTALLATIONS: 7.1. INSTALL THE WORK AS SPECIFIED AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH DRAWINGS AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 7.2. CIRCUITING SIZES AND ROUTING IS NOT GENERALLY SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. PROVIDE PER CODE AND TO SUIT THE ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. 8. DRAWING ACCURACY: 8.1. ELECTRICAL OUTLETS, LIGHTING FIXTURES AND OTHER EQUIPMENT, ARE INDICATED ONLY IN THEIR APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS. 8.2. RISER DIAGRAMS ARE SCHEMATIC; THEY DO NOT SHOW EXACT PHYSICAL ARRANGEMENT OF EQUIPMENT, OR LENGTHS OF WIRING OR RACEWAY RUNS. 9. WARRANTY: CONFORM WITH PROJECT GENERAL CONDITIONS BUT NO LESS THAN ONE FULL YEAR BEGINNING ON THE DATE OF ISSUANCE OF THE CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 10. REFERENCES THE PUBLICATIONS LISTED BELOW FORM A PART OF THIS SPECIFICATION TO THE EXTENT REFERENCED. THE PUBLICATIONS ARE REFERRED TO WITHIN THE TEXT BY THE BASIC DESIGNATION ONLY. AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI) ANSI Z535.1 (2002) STANDARD FOR SAFETY COLOR CODE INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL (ICC) ANSI/ICC A117.1 (2003 R 2004) STANDARD FOR ACCESSIBLE AND USABLE BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES ICC IBC (2003) INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA) ANSI/NEMA FB 1 (2003) STANDARD FOR FITTINGS, CAST METAL BOXES, AND CONDUIT BODIES FOR CONDUIT, ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING, AND CABLE NEMA 250 (2003) ENCLOSURES FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (1000 VOLTS MAXIMUM) NEMA KS 1 (2001) MISCELLANEOUS DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT SWITCHES (600 VOLTS MAXIMUM) NEMA RN 1 (1998) STANDARD FOR POLYVINYL-CHLORIDE (PVC) EXTERNALLY COATED GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT AND INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT NEMA WD 1 (1999) STANDARD FOR GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR WIRING DEVICES NEMA WD 6 (2002) STANDARD FOR WIRING DEVICES -DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA) NFPA 70 (2008) NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL) UL 1 (2004; REV 2) STANDARD FOR FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT PLOTTED BY: Dan Puravet UL 1242 (2003; R 2005) STANDARD FOR ELECTRICAL INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT STEEL UL 489 (2004) STANDARD FOR MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS, MOLDED-CASE SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT-BREAKER ENCLOSURES UL 506 (2005) STANDARD FOR SPECIALTY TRANSFORMERS UL 6 (2004E13) STANDARD FOR ELECTRICAL RIGID METAL CONDUIT-STEEL UL 797 (2000E8) STANDARD FOR ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING UL 870 (2003E7) STANDARD FOR WIREWAYS, AUXILIARY GUTTERS, AND ASSOCIATED FITTINGS STATE OF WASHINGTON WAC 296-46B RULES & REGULATIONS FOR INSTALLING ELECTRIC WIRES & EQUIPMENT. WAC 246-320 HOSPITAL LICENSING REGULATIONS 11. SUBMITTALS: 11.1. PRODUCT DATA: WITHIN 14 DAYS AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT, SUBMIT FIVE (5) COPIES OF SUBMITTAL BOOKS, WITH INDEX AND DIVIDER TABS ARRANGED BY PRODUCTS AND CONTAINING PRODUCT DATA AND/OR SHOP DRAWINGS AS SPECIFIED HEREAFTER. MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, AND FIXTURE LISTS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOWING MANUFACTURER'S SHOP DRAWINGS OR CATALOG NUMBERS, WARRANTY INFORMATION, AND FABRICATION DETAILS. 11.1.1. RACEWAYS, CABLE TRAYS AND FITTINGS 11.1.2. WIRE AND CABL/METAL CLAD CABLE 11.1.3. SPLICES AND CONNECTORS 11.1.4. SWITCHES 11.1.5. RECEPTACLES 11.1.6. OUTLET BOXES, AND PULL BOXES 11.1.7. CIRCUIT BREAKERS 11.1.8. LAMPS AND LIGHTING FIXTURES 11.1.9. DIMMERS 11.2. TEST REPORTS: 11.2.5. CONDUCT FIELD TESTS AND SUBMIT RESULTS FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: 11.2.5.1. . CONDUCTOR CONTINUITY AND INSULATION RESISTANCE TESTS 11.2.5.2. _PHASE-ROTATION TESTS ON 3-PHASE SYSTEMS 11.2.5.3. RECORD DRAWINGS: PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN ONE (1) FULL PRINT SET AT JOB SITE, KEPT CONTINUALLY REDLINE UPDATED. SUBMIT TO ARCHITECT UPON SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF PROJECT. 12. MATERIALS - GENERAL: MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT TO BE PROVIDED SHALL BE THE STANDARD CATALOGED PRODUCTS OF MANUFACTURERS REGULARLY ENGAGED IN THE MANUFACTURER OF THE PROJECTS. 13. CABLE TRAY 13.1. SHOP DRAWINGS: SHOW FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION DETAILS OF CABLE TRAY, INCLUDING PLANS, ELEVATIONS, AND SECTIONS OF COMPONENTS AND ATTACHMENTS TO OTHER CONSTRUCTION ELEMENTS. DESIGNATE COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES, INCLUDING CLAMPS, BRACKETS, HANGER RODS, SPLICE-PLATE CONNECTORS, EXPANSION-JOINT ASSEMBLIES, STRAIGHT LENGTHS, AND FITTINGS. 13.1.1. SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DETAILS: SIGNED AND SEALED BY A QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER, LICENSED IN THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, WHO IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THEIR PREPARATION. 13.2. COORDINATION DRAWINGS: FLOOR PLANS AND SECTIONS, DRAWN TO SCALE. INCLUDE SCALED CABLE TRAY LAYOUT AND RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN COMPONENTS AND ADJACENT STRUCTURAL, ELECTRICAL, AND MECHANICAL ELEMENTS. SHOW THE FOLLOWING: 13.2.1. . VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL OFFSETS AND TRANSITIONS . 13.2.2. CLEARANCES FOR ACCESS ABOVE AND TO SIDE OF CABLE TRAYS. 13.2.3. _ VERTICAL ELEVATION OF CABLE TRAYS ABOVE THE FLOOR OR BOTTOM OF CEILING STRUCTURE. 13.3. QUALITY ASSURANCE 13.3.1. SOURCE LIMITATIONS: OBTAIN CABLE TRAY COMPONENTS THROUGH ONE SOURCE FROM A SINGLE MANUFACTURER. 13.3.2. ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, DEVICES, AND ACCESSORIES: LISTED AND LABELED AS DEFINED IN NFPA 70, ARTICLE 100, BY A TESTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, AND MARKED FOR INTENDED USE. 13.3.3. COMPLY WITH NFPA 70. 13.4. DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING: ALUMINUM CABLE TRAY MAY BE STORED OUTSIDE WITHOUT COVER, BUT SHALL BE LOOSELY STACKED, ELEVATED OFF THE GROUND, AND VENTILATED TO PREVENT STAINING DURING STORAGE . 13.5. PRODUCTS 13.5.1. MANUFACTURERS 13.5.1.1. AVAILABLE MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, MANUFACTURERS OFFERING PRODUCTS THAT MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: CHALFANT MANUFACTURING COMPANY. COOPER B-LINE, INC. COPE, T. J., INC.; A SUBSIDIARY OF ALLIED TUBE & CONDUIT. GS METALS CORP.; GLOBETRAY PRODUCTS. MP HUSKY. 13.5.2. MATERIAL AND FINISHES 13.5.2.1. _ CABLE TRAY FITTINGS, AND ACCESSORIES: ALUMINUM, COMPLYING WITH NEMA VE 1, ALUMINUM ASSOCIATION'S ALLOY 6063-T6 FOR RAILS, RUNGS, AND CABLE TRAYS, AND ALLOY 5052-H32 OR ALLOY 6061-16 FOR FABRICATED PARTS; WITH CHROMIUM-ZINC, ASTM F 1136 SPLICE-PLATE FASTENERS, BOLTS, AND SCREWS. 13.6. CABLE TRAY ACCESSORIES 13.6.1. FITTINGS: TEES, CROSSES, RISERS, ELBOWS, AND OTHER FITTINGS AS INDICATED, OF SAME MATERIALS AND FINISHES AS CABLE TRAY . 13.6.2. CABLE TRAY SUPPORTS AND CONNECTORS, INCLUDING BONDING JUMPERS, AS RECOMMENDED BY CABLE TRAY MANUFACTURER . 13.7. WARNING SIGNS 13.7.1. LETTERING: 1-1/2 INCH HIGH, BLACK LETTERS ON YELLOW BACKGROUND WITH LEGEND "WARNING! NOT TO BE USED AS WALKWAY, LADDER, OR SUPPORT FOR LADDERS OR PERSONNEL. 13.8. CABLE TRAY INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH RECOMMENDATIONS IN NEMA VE 2. INSTALL AS A COMPLETE SYSTEM, INCLUDING ALL NECESSARY FASTENERS, HOLD-DOWN CLIPS, SPLICE-PLATE SUPPORT SYSTEMS, BARRIER STRIPS, HINGED HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL SPLICE PLATES, ELBOWS, REDUCERS, TEES, AND CROSSES. 13.8.1. REMOVE BURRS AND SHARP EDGES. 13.8.2. FASTEN CABLE TRAY SUPPORTS TO BUILDING STRUCTURE. 13.8.3. MAKE CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT WITH FLANGED FITTINGS FASTENED TO CABLE TRAY AND TO EQUIPMENT. SUPPORT CABLE TRAY INDEPENDENT OF FITTINGS. DO NOT CARRY WEIGHT OF CABLE TRAY ON EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE. 13.8.4. MAKE CABLE TRAY CONNECTIONS USING STANDARD FITTINGS . 13.8.5. AFTER INSTALLATION OF CABLE TRAYS IS COMPLETED, INSTALL WARNING SIGNS IN VISIBLE LOCATIONS ON OR NEAR CABLE TRAYS. 13.9. CABLE INSTALLATION 13.9.1. INSTALL CABLES ONLY WHEN CABLE TRAY INSTALLATION HAS BEEN COMPLETED AND INSPECTED. 13.9.2. FASTEN CABLES ON HORIZONTAL RUNS WITH CABLE CLAMPS OR CABLE TIES AS RECOMMENDED BY NEMA VE 2. TIGHTEN CLAMPS ONLY ENOUGH TO SECURE THE CABLE, WITHOUT INDENTING THE CABLE JACKET. INSTALL CABLE TIES WITH A TOOL THAT INCLUDES AN AUTOMATIC PRESSURE-LIMITING DEVICE. 13.10. CONNECTIONS 13.10.1. GROUND CABLE TRAYS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 13.10.2. INSTALL AN INSULATED EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR WITH CABLE TRAY, IN ADDITION TO THOSE REQUIRED BY NFPA 70. 13.11. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 13.11.1.. AFTER INSTALLING CABLE TRAYS AND AFTER ELECTRICAL CIRCUITRY HAS BEEN ENERGIZED, SURVEY FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS. PERFORM THE FOLLOWING FIELD QUALITY-CONTROL SURVEY. 13.11.1.1. VISUALLY INSPECT CABLE INSULATION FOR DAMAGE. CORRECT SHARP CORNERS, PROTUBERANCES IN CABLE TRAY, VIBRATION, AND THERMAL EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION CONDITIONS, WHICH MAY CAUSE OR HAVE CAUSED DAMAGE. 13.11.1.2. VERIFY THAT THE NUMBER, SIZE, AND VOLTAGE OF CABLES IN CABLE TRAY DO NOT EXCEED THAT PERMITTED BY NFPA 70. VERIFY THAT COMMUNICATION OR DATA-PROCESSING CIRCUITS ARE SEPARATED FROM POWER CIRCUITS BY BARRIERS. 13.11.1.3. VERIFY THAT THERE IS NO INTRUSION OF SUCH ITEMS AS PIPE, HANGERS, OR OTHER EQUIPMENT THAT COULD DAMAGE CABLES. 13.11.1.4. REMOVE DEPOSITS OF DUST, INDUSTRIAL PROCESS MATERIALS, TRASH OF ANY DESCRIPTION, AND ANY BLOCKAGE OF TRAY VENTILATION. 13.11.1.5. VISUALLY INSPECT EACH CABLE TRAY JOINT AND EACH GROUND CONNECTION FOR MECHANICAL CONTINUITY. CHECK BOLTED CONNECTIONS BETWEEN SECTIONS FOR CORROSION. CLEAN AND RE-TORQUE IN SUSPECT AREAS. 13.11.1.6. CHECK FOR MISSING OR DAMAGED BOLTS, BOLT HEADS, OR NUTS. WHEN FOUND, REPLACE WITH SPECIFIED HARDWARE. 13.11.1.7. PERFORM VISUAL AND MECHANICAL CHECKS FOR ADEQUACY OF CABLE TRAY GROUNDING; VERIFY THAT ALL TAKEOFF RACEWAYS ARE BONDED TO CABLE TRAY. 13.11.2. REPORT RESULTS IN WRITING. 14, RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS 14.1. RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC) AND FITTINGS 14.1.1. FERROUS METAL CONDUIT: UL 6, HOT-DIP GALVANIZED. 14.1.2. FITTINGS AND CONDUIT BODIES: UL514B, THREADED GALVANIZED. 14.2. INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT (IMC) AND FITTINGS 14.2.1. FERROUS METAL: UL1242, HOT-DIP GALVANIZED 14.2.2. FITTINGS AND CONDUIT BODIES: UL514B, THREADED GALVANIZED. 14.3. ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) AND FITTINGS 14.3.1. FERROUS METAL: UL797, HOT-DIP GALVANIZED. 14.3.2. FITTINGS: UL514B, GALVANIZED STEEL, INSULATED THROAT; RAIN TIGHT COMPRESSION RING TYPE THROUGH 1-1/4", SET SCREW TYPE FOR 1-1/2" AND LARGER. DRIVE-ON TYPE, CAST, AND INDENTER TYPE FITTINGS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 14.4. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT AND FITTINGS 14.4.1. FERROUS METAL: UL1, GALVANIZED. UL LISTED FOR GROUNDING AS AVAILABLE. 14.4.2. FITTINGS: INSULATED THROAT, UL514B, GALVANIZED STEEL, UL LISTED FOR GROUNDING AS AVAILABLE. 14.4.3. ALUMINUM RIGID CONDUIT: ANSI C80.5 (PERMITTED WITHIN MRI ROOM ONLY). 14.4.4. THIN WALL NOT PERMITTED. 14.5. CONDUIT BODIES 14.5.1. CONDUIT BODIES SHALL BE CAST MALLEABLE IRON, ZINC OR CADMIUM PLATED WITH THREADED CONNECTIONS 14.5.2. COVERS SHALL BE GASKETED, BLANK STEEL OR CAST MALLEABLE IRON, ZINC OR CADMIUM PLATED AND OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS THE CONDUIT BODY. 14.6. WIREWAY AND AUXILIARY GUTTER 14.6.1. UL870. LAY-IN TYPE, WITHOUT KNOCKOUTS, WITH HINGED COVER. 14.6.2. SIZE: AS SHOWN, 4 X 4 INCH MINIMUM. 14.6.3. FINISH: INDOOR, RUST-INHIBITING PRIMER COAT WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD ENAMEL FINISH; OUTDOOR, NEMA 3R. 14.7. RACEWAY SUPPORTS 14.7.1. RACEWAY CLAMPS, STRAPS AND SUPPORTS: STEEL OR MALLEABLE IRON. 14.8. FIRE RATED SEALING COMPOUND 14.8.1. DOW CORNING 3-6548 SILICONE RTV FOAM OR APPROVED. 14.9. GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: 14.9.1. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN, SIZE RACEWAY FOR CONDUCTOR TYPE INSTALLED. MINIMUM SIZE % INCH. 14.9.2. INSTALL RACEWAY TO MAINTAIN HEADROOM AND PRESENT A NEAT APPEARANCE IN UNFINISHED SPACES. 14.9.3, INSTALL RACEWAY CONCEALED IN WALLS, BELOW FLOORS OR ABOVE CEILING IN ALL SPACES, EXCEPT RACEWAY MAY BE EXPOSED IN MECHANICAL ROOMS, ELECTRICAL ROOMS, AND SIMILAR UNFINISHED PLACES. 14.9.4. ROUTE RACEWAY PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO BUILDING PLANES. 14.9.5. MAINTAIN 12-INCH CLEARANCE BETWEEN RACEWAY AND HEAT SOURCES SUCH AS FLUES,STEAM PIPES, HEATING AND HOT WATER PIPES, AND HEATING APPLIANCES. 14.9.6. WHERE RACEWAY IS RUN IN PARALLEL, GROUP SUPPORT USING FORMED STRUT CHANNELS. 14.9.7. DO NOT FASTEN OR SUPPORT WITH WIRE OR PERFORATED PIPE STRAPS. REMOVE TEMPORARY RACEWAY SUPPORT USED DURING CONSTRUCTION BEFORE CONDUCTORS ARE PULLED. 14.9.8. DONOT CUT STRUCTURAL MEMBERS FOR PASSAGE OF RACEWAY. 15. RACEWAY APPLICATIONS: 15.1. RACEWAY TYPE 15.1.1. RIGID METAL CONDUIT: 15.1.1.1. . EXPOSED OUTDOOR LOCATIONS WITH WATERTIGHT CONNECTIONS. 15.1.1.2. | WET INTERIOR LOCATIONS WITH WATERTIGHT CONNECTIONS 15.1.1.3. EXPOSED INTERIOR LOCATIONS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE. 15.1.1.4.\MAY BE USED AS A SUBSTITUTED FOR EMT OR PVC, SEE BELOW. 15.1.1.5. INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT: MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR RIGID METAL 15.1.2. INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT: MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR RIGID METAL CONDUIT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 15.1.3. ELECTRICAL METAL TUBING: 15.1.3.14. . BRANCH CIRCUITS FROM PANELBOARDS. 15.1.3.2. DRY INTERIOR LOCATIONS. 15.1.3.3. IN PERMANENT AND CEILING HIGH DE-MOUNTABLE PARTITIONS. 15.1.3.4. FOR NON-PLENUM RATED CABLE RUNS; AND FOR CLASS 2 AND CLASS 3 CIRCUITS. 15.2. FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT: 15.2.1. FOR CONNECTING LAY-IN CEILING LIGHT FIXTURES. 15.2.2. OR CONNECTING MOTORS, TRANSFORMERS AND OTHER EQUIPMENT SUBJECT TO VIBRATION. 15.2.3. INSTALL THREE FOOT MINIMUM LENGTH WITH 90 DEGREE LOOP. 15.2.4. FLEX CONDUIT SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED IN LENGTHS OVER 6 FEET 15.3. RACEWAY INSTALLATION: 15.3.1. . CUT RACEWAY SQUARE USING A SAW OR PIPE CUTTER; DEBURR CUT ENDS. 15.3.2. BRING RACEWAY TO THE SHOULDER OF FITTINGS AND COUPLINGS AND TIGHTEN SECURELY. 15.3.3. | USE CONDUIT HUBS FOR FASTENING CONDUIT TO CAST BOXES, AND FOR FASTENING CONDUIT TO SHEET METAL BOXES IN DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS. 15.3.4. DO NOT USE CONDUIT BODIES TO MAKE SHARP CHANGES IN DIRECTION, UNLESS SHOWN OR APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. 15.3.5. USE HYDRAULIC ONE-SHOT CONDUIT BENDER OR FACTORY ELBOWS FOR BENDS IN 2-INCH CONDUIT AND LARGER. 15.3.6. PROVIDE THREADED PLASTIC BUSHINGS ON ALL RACEWAY STUBS USED FOR TRANSITION FROM RACEWAY TO OPEN WIRING. 16. WIRES AND CABLES: 16.1. WIRES IN RACEWAYS: TYPE THWN/THHN OR APPROVED. STRANDING: SOLID CONDUCTOR FOR NO. 10 AWG AND SMALLER; STRANDED CONDUCTOR FOR LARGER THAN NO. 10 AWG. 16.2. CONDUCTOR MATERIAL: COPPER. 16.3. THERMOPLASTIC INSULATION MATERIAL: COMPLY WITH NEMA WC 5. 16.4. PHASE AND NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS IN CIRCUITS OF GREATER LENGTH THAN THE FOLLOWING SHALL BE SIZED ONE SIZE LARGER THAN CODE MINIMUM FOR VOLTAGE REGULATION: 16.4.1. 120 VOLT: 75 FEET. 16.4.2. 208 VOLT: 125 FEET. 17. SPLICES AND CONNECTORS: UL-LISTED, FACTORY-FABRICATED WIRING CONNECTORS OF SIZE, AMPACITY RATING, MATERIAL, TYPE, AND CLASS FOR APPLICATION AND SERVICE INDICATED. COMPLY WITH PROJECT'S INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 18. SWITCHES: 18.1. TOGGLE SWITCHES: 18.1.1. TOGGLE SWITCHES SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH EIA 480, AND SHALL CONTROL INCANDESCENT AND FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURES. 18.1.2. TOGGLE SWITCHES SHALL BE HOSPITAL GRADE TOGGLE TYPE, SINGLE- OR DOUBLE-POLE, THREE- OR FOUR-WAY TWO-POSITION DEVICES RATED 20 AMPERES AT 277 VOLTS, 60 HERTZ ALTERNATING CURRENT (AC). 18.1.3. ALL TOGGLE SWITCHES SHALL BE PRODUCTS OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER. DEVICE COLOR SHALL BE IVORY 19. RECEPTACLES: RECEPTACLES SHALL BE HOSPITAL GRADE, 20A, 125 VAC, 3-WIRE, DUPLEX DEVICES CONFORMING TO NEMA WD 6, NEMA 5-20R. RED IN COLOR FOR EMERGENCY DEVICES. 20. OUTLETS, OUTLET BOXES, AND PULL BOXES: OUTLET BOXES FOR USE WITH RACEWAY SYSTEMS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI/NEMA FB 1 AND SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 1-1/2 INCHES DEEP. PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH SCREW-FASTENED COVERS. WALL PLATES: IVORY SMOOTH FACE. MOUNTING HEIGHT: IN COMPLIANCE WITH ADA AND ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS. 21. TELEPHONE/DATA/NURSE CALL LOW VOLTAGE RACEWAY SYSTEMS. 21.1. SYSTEM OF CABINETS, RACEWAYS, SLEEVES AND OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE PROVIDED TO FACILITATE LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEMS CABLING AND DEVICE INSTALLATION. WIRELESS NODES SHALL NOT REQUIRE BOXES OR RACEWAYS AND ARE SHOWN ON PLANS AND SCHEDULES FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES ONLY. 21.2. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE SECTIONS OF THIS SPECIFICATION. 21.3. COORDINATE WORK WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND OWNER'S VENDORS. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, CABLE INSTALLATION SHALL OCCUR BEFORE COVER. 21.4. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S NURSE CALL SYSTEM VENDOR FOR NURSE CALL SYSTEM CONDUIT ROUTING, DEVICE LOCATIONS, OUTLET BOX SIZES AND RACEWAY SIZES. 21.5. TELEPHONE AND DATA OUTLETS: PROVIDE A SINGLE GANG PLASTER RING ON A 4-11/16" SQUARE, 2-1/8" DEEP BOX FOR EACH TELEPHONE OR DATA OUTLET UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PROVIDE 1" RACEWAY FROM EACH TELEPHONE AND DATA OUTLET BOX UP TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. TELEPHONE AND DATA OUTLET BOXES SHALL NOT SHARE RACEWAYS AND SHALL NOT BE "DAISEY-CHAINED". 21.6. NURSE CALL OUTLETS: PROVIDE MINIMUM SINGLE GANG PLASTER RING ON A 4" SQUARE 2" DEEP BOX FOR EACH NURSE CALL DEVICE, OR LARGER AS SHOWN ON NURSE CALL SYSTEM VENDOR'S SHOP DRAWINGS. 22. LAMPS AND LIGHTING FIXTURES: 22.1. FLUORESCENT LAMP BALLASTS 22.1.1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PROVIDE PRODUCTS MANUFACTURED BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: MOTOROLA, ENERGY SAVINGS, MAGNETEC/TRIAD, OR ADVANCE. 22.1.2. ELECTRONIC INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, SOLID-STATE, FULL-LIGHT-OUTPUT, ENERGY EFFICIENT TYPE, COMPATIBLE WITH LAMPS AND LAMP COMBINATIONS TO WHICH CONNECTED. 22.1.3. CERTIFICATIONS: UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL) LISTED CLASS P, CERTIFIED BALLAST MANUFACTURER (CBM), ELECTRICAL TESTING LABORATORY (ETL). 22.1.4. OPERATING FREQUENCY: 20KHZ OR HIGHER. 22.1.5. POWER FACTOR: 95 PERCENT, MINIMUM. 22.1.6. TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION RATING: LESS THAN 10 PERCENT. 22.1.7.FLICKER: LESS THAN 5 PERCENT. 22.1.8.LAMP CURRENT CREST FACTOR: LESS THAN 1.7. 22.1.9. SOUND RATING: A 22.1.10. PARALLEL LAMP CIRCUITS: MULTIPLE LAMP BALLASTS CONNECTED TO MAINTAIN FULL LIGHT OUTPUT ON SURVIVING LAMPS IF ONE OR MORE LAMPS FAIL. 22.41.11. TRANSIENT PROTECTION: COMPLY WITH IEEE C62.41 FOR CATEGORY A1 LOCATIONS. 22.1.12. INTERFERENCE: COMPLY WITH 47 CFR, CHAPTER 1, PART 18, SUBPART C FOR LIMITATIONS ON ELECTROMAGNETIC AND RADIO-FREQUENCY INTERFERENCE FOR NONCONSUMER EQUIPMENT. 22.2. LAMPS 22.2.1. PROVIDE PRODUCTS MANUFACTURED BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: OSRAMISYLVANIA, VENTURE, GENERAL ELECTRIC, DUROTEST, PHILLIPS, OR APPROVED EQUAL. 22.2.2.LAMP EACH FIXTURE WITH THE PROPER QUANTITY OF LAMPS OF THE TYPE SPECIFIED IN THE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE. 22.2.3.FLUORESCENT COLOR TEMPERATURE AND MINIMUM COLOR-RENDERING INDEX: 3500K AND 85 CRI, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 22.2.4.NONCOMPACT FLUORESCENT LAMP RATED LIFE: RATED AVERAGE IS 20,000 HOURS AT 3 HOURS PER START WHEN USED ON RAPID-START CIRCUITS. 22.2.5.FLUORESCENT LAMPS PROVIDED ARE REQUIRED TO HAVE PASSED FEDERAL TCLP TESTING. 22.2.6. ALL FLUORESCENT LAMPS SHALL BE SEASONED AFTER INSTALLATION BY OPERATING THE LAMPS FOR APPROXIMATELY 100 HOURS WITHOUT TURNING OFF. 23. | DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS 23.1. REFERENCED STANDARDS 23.1.1. TRANSFORMERS SHALL COMPLY WITH NEMA STANDARD ST-20. 23.1.2.600 VOLT CLASS DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE US CONGRESS ENERGY POLICY ACT OF AUGUST 8, 2005 AND NEMA TP-1-(2002) REFERENCED THEREIN. 23.1.3. TRANSFORMERS SHALL HAVE EFFICIENCY IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF NEMA TP-1 (1996) 23.1.4.UL 1561 “DRY-TYPE GENERAL PURPOSE AND POWER TRANSFORMERS” 23.2. PART 2 - PRODUCT 23.2.1. TYPE- SHEET STEEL NEMA 3R ENCLOSURE OVER CORE, COIL AND TERMINAL CHAMBER WITH LOUVERED OPENINGS FOR CONVECTION COOLING. PROVIDE FACTORY INSTALLED INTERNAL VIBRATION ISOLATORS. 23.2.2. WINDINGS - SEPARATE PRIMARY AND SECONDARY EXCEPT WHERE AN AUTOTRANSFORMER IS SPECIFICALLY PERMITTED AS AN OPTION BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. WINDINGS SHALL HAVE CLASS H INSULATION AND SHALL BE RATED FOR CONTINUOUS OPERATION AT RATED KVA WITH TEMPERATURE RISE OF NOT OVER 150 DEGREES C ABOVE A 40 DEGREES C AMBIENT, WITH A MAXIMUM HOT SPOT TEMPERATURE OF 220 DEGREES C. (EXCEPTION: 15 KVA AND SMALLER - 115 DEGREES C RISE MAXIMUM.) WINDINGS AND CORE AND COIL ASSEMBLY SHALL BE TREATED AND BUILT TO RESIST THE EFFECTS OF DIRT AND MOISTURE. 23.2.3. PRIMARY TAPS- SIX FULL CAPACITY TAPS, MINIMUM OF TWO 2-1/2 PERCENT ABOVE AND FOUR 2-1/2 PERCENT BELOW NORMAL (RATED) PRIMARY VOLTAGE FOR ALL TRANSFORMERS LARGER THAN 15 KVA. 23.2.4. CAPACITY - TRANSFORMERS FURNISHED SHALL HAVE CONTINUOUS RATING NOT LESS THAN THE SIZE NOTED ON THE PLANS AT THE TEMPERATURES INDICATED ABOVE. 23.2.5. CONNECTIONS - ALL TRANSFORMERS SHALL HAVE 208V DELTA CONNECTED PRIMARY AND 480Y/277V, 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 23.2.6. NOISE LEVEL - NEMA STANDARD. 23.3. PART 3 - EXECUTION 23.3.1. MOUNTING - TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE FLOOR MOUNTED AS NOTED ON THE PLANS. TRANSFORMERS WITH ENCLOSURES DESIGNED FOR FLOOR MOUNTING SHALL BE INSTALLED ON 4"x6" UN-PUNCHED GALVANIZED UNISTRUT EXTENDED 36" BEYOND TRANSFORMER FOOTPRINT ON BOTH SIDES TO SPREAD THE LOAD. TRANSFORMER RACEWAY CONNECTIONS SHALL BE FLEXIBLE LIQUID TIGHT METAL CONDUIT FOR EQUIPMENT SUBJECT TO VIBRATION. END OF ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION AR C H I T E C T U R E SU S T A I N A B I L I T Y 72 0 Ol i v e , Su i t e 15 2 5 (2 0 6 ) 26 7 - | 70 0 Se a t t l e , Wa s h i n g t o n 98 1 0 1 En g i n e e r i n g an d Co n s t r u c t i o n Se r v i c e s sa z a n Gr o u p , In c . fo) Ke) op) oe) o>) <x = SC A L E Po r t To w n s e n d , Te n a n t Im p r o v e m e n t s - MR I JE F F E R S O N HE A L T H C A R E 83 4 Sh e r i d a n Av e BI D SE T 12 / 1 8 / 2 0 0 9 Da t e Dr a w n Re v i s i o n ELECTRICAL E/01 WM m PECIFICATIONS p: \ 3 5 1 - 0 9 0 2 je f f e r s o n mr i \ D W G \ E 8 0 1 . d w g 12 / 1 8 / 2 0 0 9 ROOF 1"C 1"C 1"C 6x6 f {6x6 } a -+ TO ADDL DEVICES J-BOX, TYP a > 3/4"C FA FA DEVICE DEVICE Te 1'C ge: a {6x6 | f {6x a s TO ADDL DEVICES P—|OX0 | - 3/4"C FA FA DEVICE DEVICE EXISTING FACP 14ST FLOOR FIRE ALARM RISER DIAGRAM ; SCALE: NTS STRUCTURE Th 7 4'-0" MAX J-HOOK, TYP | TYPICAL | | CEILING ee To b__-1'C 4 __1"C pb 1'C pb ___ 3/4"C tb _— 3/4°C t—__— 3/4"C PS PS PS 4 ST FLOOR 1. PROVIDE CAT 6 CABLE FROM EACH NURSE CALL DEVICE TO EQUIPMENT RACK SERVING ER NURSES STATION. NURSE CALL RISER DIAGRAM ©) "U" - BOLT, TYP (SIZE & LENGTH AS REQD) 3 1/4"x1 5/8" CHANNEL, TYP 3 = PURLIN OR BEAM BOLT TYPE CLAMP, TYP 1/2"@ THREADED STEEL HANGER ROD, TYP ad 4 (2) BOLTS W/ LOCK WASHERS EA END, TYP / 1-5/8"x1-5/8" CHANNEL FOR SWAY BRACING, TYP 1/2"x2 1/2" BOLT, NUT & WASHER CABLE TRAY TRAPEZE HANGER / SWAY BRACING — - a , l | fp NUTS AND WASHER HINGE WA A EACH END, TYP HOLD DOWN CLAMP & BOLT W/ SPRING NUT, TYP —— CABLE TRAY SIDE RAIL al poy | ai wT \ 1-5/8" x 1-5/8" CHANNEL 4 SCALE: NTS ©) a, BONDING CONDUCTORS #6 TO EQUIPMENT RACK #6 TO CABLE RUNWAY N/A YO. BUILDING GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM GROUND BUS BAR ASSEMBLY Va INSULATORS 1/4" X 4" X 10" COPPER GROUND BAR WITH WALL MOUNTING BRACKETS AND SCALE: NTS C) CONTROL ROOM 3/4"C - 2#12, 1#12 GND 1 EQUIPMENT ROOM FACILITY FILTER q L N oc Vv ZXR LIGHTING g SYSTEM RESET i SWITCH MED-VISION 3/4"C - 2#12, 1#12 GND V ! 120V NOTES: | OO cco] DIMMER OO | | i 1 I | CATS CABLE, TYP PS 120VDC POWER b ADAPTER 120V NOTE 1 S/ r = MRI SCAN ROOM EMI SEAL GASKET & LOCKNUT S=— — (3) #12 (FILTERED 120VAC) G © } 1 LIGHTING iy ‘ FIXTURE ) v LIGHTING ; FIXTURE LIGHTING SIGNAL FILTER O—— =iFlIRE 8|2}/2/2e 8|GI|G ACREE i) LOCKNUT / 1. CONNECT B/W CONDUCTOR TO FILTER ELECTRODE. CONNECT B CONDUCTOR TO GROUND. 2. CONNECT GROUND LEAD TO CRG BUSS BAR NOT THE FILTER. MRI DIMMING CONTROL DIAGRAM — CAT5 CABLE, TYP DIMMER CONN JACK EMI SEAL GASKET SCALE: NTS ©) CONDUIT - REFER TO CHART THIS SHEET 4 11/16" x 4 11/16" x 2-1/8" OUTLET BOX DOUBLE-GANG MUD RING | 4-PORT, LOW PROFILE FACEPLATE ~ | CAT 6 CABLING 1-4 CABLES 3/4" CONDUIT 5-7 CABLES 1" CONDUIT PROVIDE BLANKS TO FILL SPACES, TYP CAT-6 JACK OR BLANK INSERT COMMUNICATIONS OUTLET ASSEMBLY DETAIL SCALE: NTS (2) SCALE: NTS 4'-0" MAX TYPICAL STRUCTURE To 7 7 J-HOOK, TYP F | 4'C SEE 2/E401 FOR CEILING 2 To | | \. LOCATION F L (E) TTB a A t-_—1 1/4"C d———) 14 1"C 1"C (E) TEL CLOSET OUTLET, TYP FLOOR NOTES: PLOTTED BY: Dan Puravet . PROVIDE CAT 6 CABLE FROM EACH JACK TO THE EXISTING EQUIPMENT RACK OR TERMINAL BLOCK. REFER TO LEGEND FOR QUANTITY. DATA/COMM RISER DIAGRAM SCALE: NTS (10) CONTROL ROOM ~ —~ CONTROLLER MRI SCAN ROOM ou 3, TYP | | L_) NOTES: 4 i SUPPLY oie D NOTE 2 ta0y <+—— NOTE 3, TYP 120V POWER \ swe GUIDE | | - CONTROLLER oF \ ! - NOTE 3, TYP + | C ! 2 1. J-BOX WITH TERMINAL BLOCK IN ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. 2. CCTV MONITOR WITH BUILT-IN SPEAKERS. 3. COORDINATE CABLE & RACEWAY REQUIREMENTS WITH CCTV/INTERCOM SYSTEM MFR. MRI SUITE CCTV/INTERCOM DIAGRAM NOTE 1 YK <—— NOTE 3, TYP PS 120V POWER 4 SUPPLY 120V MRI SCALE: NTS ©) FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE JBOX JBOX NEUTRAL ,GND BALLAST (HOT TO ADDITIONAL LUMINAIRES WALL SWITCH OCCUPANCY SENSOR ~ WALL SWITCH OCCUPANCY SENSOR DIAGRAM SCALE: NTS S AR C H I T E C T U R E SU S T A I N A B I L I T Y 72 0 Ol i v e , Su i t e 15 2 5 Se a t t l e , Wa s h i n g t o n 98 1 0 1 gs O 5 £ NY 5 QO gS 5 2 O O 5 O 50.UCUC P *O oO . 2 3 > W & I (oe) | i<e) e9) foe) ©) <x = " o : fab) _ 7p) (Y Cc = => to , Fr tL Qos C Io oO F ce O “o > Us 6 =< qzs rq) E Ov =~ Y C we 4) ww” Cow ® io (99) FEF sS0 i a ca 8 aac DETAILS E801 (2 0 6 ) 26 7 - 1 7 0 0 _ 00 2 1- 2 9 2 (9 0 2 ) AL I T I G V N I V I S A S JY N L I F L I N D A Y LO L 8 6 UO J B u I U S D M ‘A I D E S GZ S L Sl I N S “S A I C OZ ‘O u ] ‘A N O I D UN Z O S 8S 9 E 8 6 VM pu s s u M O ] 41 0 d SA V Y UB P I I O Z U S VE 8 FJ Y V O H L I V A H NO S U Y S 4 4 a r uo I s i n o u LH W - SI U S L W U S A O I C G U I | JU B C U S L Bo o z e C~ C S ~ « S R U E C La s ai g REFERENCE PHOTOS SO O I N I O S UO I L O N I S U O D PU D Bu y e e u l B u y — EN AS O Oo 5 5 -— h a © O O oO = E _ = r O S O W A L = = LL T T i T a o O © ) S ul a = S S L U I i = r a a m w e y y i m LL | 2 L L | < m e ra n u l m E r a | e l e o l i o l s x l s O o O 5 5 - — h a © Oo O o O = 5 — = © S O W A L < = L U Lu 7 a ©O C ) 6 r r = = D S L L i Z Z a g ra L u i n LL } L L I | 2 me ra n l e i a l e a l s l s f o e ) = © wz O o O 5 5 - — ha a e Oo O o O = = — = © S fa l A L x = LL J T T nT a © O © ) j s us = = S S L L i a ra a g " a 7 Wu i L L } 2 L L } 2 ou l » ra n o l s r b n e e l s N ~ e O o O 5 5 — ha a © O o O O = E a a = CS ee “ L . Oo r a i l x = O re ) S u u = = S © LL i rm ra am r a W y i n LL } L L } 2 me ra n m e L e | r a e t i l e ad , f a a S | va 3 , in : | O o O _ 5 = 5 5 2 < _ = O O OW r a i l x - O © ) L d r a = D © L L tL r e Z (a m ow y y in LL I | 2 t u or a z l a E a e H l , m 8 . am S a" S | U 3 Bm p ’ LO 6 A I O M A W W Uo s s 9 y o l 70 6 0 - 1 S E \ : d 60 0 2 / 8 1 / 2 1 Dan Puravet PLOTTED BY O0 Z 1- 2 9 2 (9 0 2 ) AL I T I G Y N I V I S N S FY N L I T L I H I Y Y =F LO L e 6 Uo J B u r y s o m M ‘a I W O e s S9 E 8 G WM ‘p u e s u M O ] L 41 0 d SA Y UB P I I O U S HE B 2 CD GS G L SL N S ‘S A I O OZ Z ro j a e e n 5 JY V O H L I V A H NO S & s A d d d i f me g = Ee ‘O u ‘A N O I S UN Z O 14 4 : (a OR | DO UD Z D $ IM I - S} J U Q W S e A O C I d W ] JU e U e L . mm } SO O I A I O S UO ! L O N I S U O D PU D Hu L e e u l B u z —— — — TW S ui [ i | <— F Ye ) re ) = O oO : O O -— i — EE O O O O r 7 7 __ ra l oO oO oO O © ©O O Zz Zz Zz Zz Lu Lu Lu Lu a a a oO : / Li } Lu ] Lu } Lo } ae or | as a| s 4 -. O O O O O O O O T : 7 r Tr Lu Lu Lu Lu O O O O Zz Zz Zz Zz Lo Lu Lu Lo Lu e Lu g Lu e Lu e LL | LI ra Li | 5 3 |S al s ls cD co oD cO <= = Ke ) LO 4 O g O O O : — é om — _ ‘2 : = T aS Oo oO oO at Lu Lu Lu Lu O O ©O ©O Zz Zz Zz Zz Lu Lo Lo Lu | oO a‘ oO aa : me me mE me _. : a S . aa S ‘a d 3 ; ad S Ol Ds ON iS st st LO a O O O O — — E- FE O O O O — — — — al Pe Oo ae as Lu Lu Lu Lu ©O O ©O O Zz Zz Zz Zz Lu Lu : Lu Lu a oO a a Li y e Li | 2 Li ) Li ) 2 Ls Ll ra ra al s | al s al s x8 —_ — ic o ) ~~ . co st st LO e? O O - O a O O O O O _ — — Tr oO oO oO oO Lu Lu Lu Lu O O _. O O > ra Zm = Lu Lu Lu Lu a a : a aa me me / LL Le ol s | a cl s cr |§ Bm p ED 6 A O M A \ W W Uo s i a y a l 70 6 0 - 1 S E \ : 4 60 0 Z / 8 L / c l Dan Puravet PLOTTED BY p: \ 3 5 1 - 0 9 0 2 je f f e r s o n mr i \ D W G \ E 1 0 0 1 . d w g 12 / 1 8 / 2 0 0 9 PLOTTED BY: Dan Puravet ELECTRICAL CONTROL ROOM EXAM ROOM 480 VOLT, 100 AMP 3—PHASE POWER FROM FACILITY. SEE DETAIL E-501/1. (1) RACEWAY PLAN ee aN ME ERS Le), EN EN HEN Me AN EQUIPMENT - K oH) HH S yy ih} Sh yy SZ ey) ROOM ~ (12) / Nar | (> \ oy, ar X (43) / ar TWO DUPLEX OUTLETS MUST BE PROVIDED IN THE EQUIPMENT ROOM FOR SERVICE PURPOSES. ar SYMBOLS ALL MAY NOT APPLY >| CAUTION OR WARNING CRITICAL NOTE(S) eS | CIRCUIT BREAKER BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR OPENING IN RACEWAY OR TRENCHDUCT PULLBOX IN (FLOOR/WALL/CEILING) OPENING IN ACCESS FLOORING RF ROOM DOOR SWITCH 21 @ ) 0 | lm } § (EPO) EMERGENCY POWER OFF BUTTON CEILING DUCT POWER REQUIREMENTS DEMAND AND CAPACITY REQUIREMENTS NOTES 1) IF EQUIPMENT UPGRADE IS ANTICIPATED, INSTALLING ELECTRICAL POWER TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE HIGHER POWER GRADIENT PACKAGE AT THE TIME OF INITIAL INSTALLATION WILL REDUCE THE COST TO UPGRADE THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM LATER. 2) RECOMMENDED TRANSFORMER SIZE (SYSTEM WITHOUT UPS) IS BASED ON INDUSTRY STANDARD ISOLATION TRANSFORMER KVA RATINGS. SOURCE IMPEDANCE FEEDING THE MAGNETOM SYSTEM, INCLUDING ANY ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS, MUST MEET EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS AS LISTED HERE. SIEMENS RECOMMENDS A TRANSFORMER WITH COPPER WINDINGS, AN ELECTRO-STATIC SHIELD, AND A LOW IMPEDANCE (<3%) TO ENSURE THAT SOURCE IMPEDANCE REQUIREMENTS ARE MET. 3) OVERCURRENT PROTECTION IS SPECIFIED FOR SYSTEMS WITHOUT AN UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS). ADDITION OF A UPS REQUIRES A HIGHER CAPACITY MAINS CONNECTION (DEPENDENT UPON UPS MODEL AND SIZE). MAXIMUM FAULT CURRENT IS DEPENDENT UPON THE IMPEDANCE OF THE FACILITY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. CUSTOMER'S ARCHITECT OR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO SPECIFY AIC RATING OF OVERCURRENT PROTECTION BASED ON FACILTY IMPEDANCE CHARACTERISTICS. 4) MOMENTARY POWER IS BASED ON A MAXIMUM RMS VALUE FOR A PERIOD NOT TO EXCEED FIVE (5) SECONDS, AS DEFINED IN NEC 517.3. STAND-BY AND AVERAGE CURRENT ARE SUBSTANTIALLY LOWER. 5) THE CONDUCTOR SIZE SHOULD BE SELECTED TO MEET THE VOLTAGE DROP REQUIREMENTS, TAKING INTO CONSIDERATION THE MAINS CAPACITY, RUN LENGTH, AND ANY ADDITIONAL TRANSFORMERS USED TO OBTAIN THE PROPER EQUIPMENT VOLTAGE LEVEL. NEMA STANDARD XR-9—1989 (R1994,R2000) PROVIDES GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR SIZING CONDUCTORS, TRANSFORMERS, AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS FOR MEDICAL IMAGING SYSTEMS. 6) LONG-TIME POWER IS BASED ON THE HIGHEST AVERAGE RMS SCALE: 1/4” = 1’—0” ELECTRICAL LEGEND POWER REQUIREMENTS VOLTAGE RANGE: 480 VAC +10% FOR ALL LINE AND LOAD CONDITIONS. VOLTAGE BALANCE: 2% MAXIMUM DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PHASES FREQUENCY: 60 Hz + 1.0 Hz LINE IMPEDENCE: < 200 mOhms STAND BY POWER {ICS ACTIVE/ICS PASSIVE): 20.3 KW/8.8 KW HIGHEST AVERAGE POWER {ICS ACTIVE/ICS PASSIVE): 35.5 KW/23.7 KW SYM SIZE DESCRIPTION REMARKS SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR 0)) 38 OPENING IN FACE OF VERTICAL DUCT 5'—0” ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR IN LOCATION TO BE ALARM BOX COORDINATED WITH THE ARCHITECT. AS REQUIRED LOCATION FOR CABLES TO DROP OUT OF BOTTOM OF RACEWAY. MAGNET CABLE ACCESS 60) = DISCONNECT SWITCH MOUNTED NEAR EXTERNAL FAN UNIT TO DISCONNECT POWER SUPPLY FROM | EXTERNAL FAN UNIT INDOOR UNIT. SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS, INSTALLED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR IN ACCORDANCE | DISCONNECT WITH LOCAL CODES. AS REQUIRED RF DOOR SWITCH WITH PULL BOX MOUNTED ABOVE DOOR FRAME AS DIRECTED BY SIEMENS DOOR SWITCH PROJECT MANAGER. McMASTER—CARR SUPPLY ROLLER LIMIT SWITCH 7076k14. >) 18” x 18” LOCATION FOR CABLES TO DROP OUT OF BOTTOM OF RACEWAY. ELECTRONICS CABINETS (ay —_—_ LOCATION FOR EXTERNAL FAN UNIT &) ---- EMERGENCY POWER OFF BUTTONS TO PREVENT RESETTING OF “CB” WHEN IN “OFF” POSITION, | |UNDERVOLTAGE TRIP MOUNTED WITH CENTERLINE AT 5'—0” ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. ALL PARTS ARE TO BE SEE DETAIL E-501/1 NONFERROUS INSIDE THE RF ROOM. EXACT LOCATIONS ARE TO BE VERIFIED WITH THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD. i) = SIEMENS RF FILTER PANEL TO BE MOUNTED ON RF SHIELDED WALL FILTER PANEL 4 ---- FIXPOINT DESIGNATION, SAME PULLBOX/OPENING AS MRC. HOST COMPUTER (3) 3—PHASE MAIN ENCLOSURE TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR FLUSH OR SEE SHEET E-501 SURFACE MOUNTED 5’-0” ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR, EXACT LOCATION TO BE DETERMINED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR. THE ENCLOSURE SHALL CONTAIN (1) 120VAC UNDERVOLTAGE TRIP, (1) KT8050P 480-120 VOLT STEP DOWN TRANSFORMER FOR UNDERVOLTAGE TRIP, (1) NON-ISOLATED GROUND BAR AND (1) ISOLATED GROUND BAR. @® 4a’ x 4” OPENING IN FACE OF RACEWAY IN SHOWN LOCATION. MAIN CONSOLE MS AS REQUIRED SINGLE GANG BOX MOUNTED FLUSH WITH FINISHED WALL MOUNTED 6’—0" ABOVE FINISHED MAGNET STOP FLOOR. PROVIDE NEATLY FINISHED AND REMOVABLE COVER WITH CABLE EXIT. LOCATION TO BE WITHIN 30 FEET CABLE LENGTH TO THE BACK OF THE MAGNET. ALL ITEMS INSIDE THE RF ROOM MUST BE NON—FERROUS. oS AS REQUIRED PULL BOX MOUNTED FLUSH WITH FINISHED WALL AT FLOORLINE IN SHOWN LOCATION PROVIDED |POWERWARE 9130 WITH 28 OPENING IN FINISHED COVER. 24%4” ALUMINUM LADDER TRAY, MOUNTED AT HEIGHT COORDINATED WITH SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER, | CABLE TRAY SEE DETAIL IN THE EXAM ROOM, MAINTAINING 12” CLEARANCE ABOVE THE TRAY FOR ACCESS. CABLE E-501/4 LADDER IS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT INTERCONNECTING CABLES BETWEEN THE FILTER PANEL AND THE MAGNET. A 15” MINIMUM CLEARANCE IS REQUIRED BETWEEN THE LADDER TRAY AND THE RF FILTER PANEL (F1). WHEN ROUTING ALL RACEWAYS REFER TO DETAIL E-501/2 TAKING CARE SO THAT MAXIMUM CABLE LENGTHS ARE NOT EXCEEDED. DO NOT LOCATE THIS CABLE TRAY ABOVE THE MAGNET. 12"%4" ALUMINUM LADDER TRAY MOUNTED AT HEIGHT COORDINATED WITH SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER IN| CABLE TRAY SEE DETAIL THE EXAM ROOM. A 12” SEPARATION BETWEEN CD1 AND CD2 MUST BE MAINTAINED. DO NOT |E£-501/4 LOCATE THIS CABLE TRAY ABOVE THE MAGNET. DAA” ALUMINUM LADDER TRAY, MOUNTED AT HEIGHT COORDINATED WITH SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER | CABLE TRAY SEE DETAIL IN EQUIPMENT ROOM MAINTAINING 12” CLEARANCE ABOVE THE TRAY FOR ACCESS. CABLE E-501/4 LADDER IS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT INTERCONNECTING CABLES BETWEEN THE EQUIPMENT ROOM AND THE RF FILTER PANEL (F1). AN 18” MINIMUM CLEARANCE IS REQUIRED BETWEEN THE LADDER TRAY AND THE FILTER PANEL. 10" x 3-1/2" | VERTICAL DUCT MOUNTED FLUSH WITH FINISHED WALL IN CONTROL AREA FROM FINISH FLOOR | RACEWAY UP TO ABOVE FINISH CEILING PROVIDED WITH REMOVABLE FINISHED COVERS. Q) AS PER NEC CONDUIT FROM FACILITY POWER TO ME SEE SHEET E-501 (2) AS PER NEC CONDUIT FROM ME TO EPO. SEE DETAIL E-501/1 (3) AS PER NEC CONDUIT FROM EPO TO EPO TO BE NON-FERROUS WHEN INSIDE THE RF ROOM. SEE DETAIL E-501/1 CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR IS TO PROVIDE WAVEGUIDES FOR ALL NON-SIEMENS WIRING. (4) (1) 3/46 CONDUIT FROM EPO TO UPS. SEE DETAIL E-501/1 (5) (1) 3/4" SURFACE MOUNTED FLEX CONDUIT FROM UPS TO SIEMENS PROVIDED UPS/EPO CONTROL BOX, |NOT TO EXCEED 4 FEET (6) (1) 1"8 CONDUIT FROM UPS TO RACEWAY AT ECA. NOT TO EXCEED 29 FEET 7) (1) 2" CONDUIT FROM ME TO END AT ECA VIA FLEX CONDUIT. THERE MUST BE A DIELECTRIC SEPARATION BETWEEN THE CONDUIT AND THE CONNECTION AT ECA. (2) 2 1/2"6 CONDUIT FROM MRC TO RACEWAY AT ECA. (3) (1) 1 1/2"6 CONDUIT FROM AB TO RACEWAY AT ECA. (1) 1/2" CONDUIT FROM DS TO RACEWAY (WIRES TO ECA). (11) (1) 3/4" CONDUIT FROM MS TO RACEWAY (WIRES TO MAGNET) TO BE NON—FERROUS WHEN INSIDE THE RF ROOM. (12) (2) 2 1/2"6 PVC PIPE FOR CARRYING SIEMENS COOLILNG WATER HOSES FROM ICS TO EFU. NOT TO EXCEED 65 FEET ADDITIONAL 65 FEET OPTIONAL (13) (1) 1 1/2"6 CONDUIT FROM CABLE TRAY ABOVE ICS TO DC. (14) (1) 1 1/2"6 CONDUIT FROM DC TO EFU. FROM VIA TO DESCRIPTION REMARKS SOURCE 1 ME (3) PHASE CONDUCTORS, (1) FULL SIZE EQUIPMENT GROUND WIRE AND (1) NEC SIZED SAFETY GROUND WIRE TO BE SIZED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR/ENGINEER. ME 2 EPO DETERMINED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. EPO 3 EPO DETERMINED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, EPO 4 UPS DETERMINED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ME 7 ECA (3) #2 AND (1) #2 EQUIPMENT GROUND. SHIELDED POWER CABLES POWER, INCLUDING SOURCE IMPEDANCE, FEEDERS AND ANY TRANSFORMERS. CONNECTION VALUES (ICS ACTIVE/ICS PASSIVE) 45/40 KVA MOMENTARY POWER (LESS THAN 5 SEC.) 65 KVA MR SYSTEM FUSE RATING 100 A RECOMMENDED UPS TBD UPS FUSE RATING TBD MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE VOLTAGE DROP AT MAXIMUM 4.0% POWER QUALITY ELECTRICAL NOTES 1) COMPLIANCE: ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NFPA—70), ©.S.H.A. REGULATIONS, AS WELL AS APPLICABLE REGULATIONS OF CITY, COUNTY, STATE AND FEDERAL AGENCIES. PROVIDE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT THAT COMPLY TO ANSI, IEEE AND NEMA STANDARDS. WHERE APPLICABLE, PROVIDE ONLY MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS THAT ARE U.L. LISTED AND LABELED. CUSTOMER’S/CONTRACTOR’S WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF NECA STANDARD OF INSTALLATION. 2) QUALITY ASSURANCE: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS IN THE FIELD TO INSURE THAT THE NEW WORK WILL FIT TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. SHOULD ANY CONDITIONS EXIST OR BE DISCOVERED THAT PREVENT THE INSTALLATION OF WORK AS SHOWN, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF EQUIPMENT, OR THE PERFORMANCE OF ANY WORK THAT MAY BE AFFECTED. DO NOT ALTER DRAWINGS, DIMENSIONS, OR SPECIFICATIONS IN ANY WAY WITHOUT CONTACTING AND RECEIVING WRITTEN CONFIRMATION FROM SMS PROJECT MANAGER, ALL DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. CONDUIT AND PULL BOXES TO BE INSTALLED BY THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR WITH LOCATIONS BEING FIELD VERIFIED BY SMS PROJECT MANAGER. 3) WORK FURNISHED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR: WORK NOT PROVIDED BY SIEMENS MEDICAL SYSTEMS BUT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE: ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND DUCTS, WIRING TROUGHS, PULL BOXES, CONDUITS, CIRCUIT BREAKERS, EMERGENCY OFF BUTTONS, DOOR SWITCHES, WARNING LIGHTS, WIRING, WIRING DEVICES, CONNECTORS, LIGHTING EQUIPMENT AND GROUNDING. 4) RACEWAY AND CONDUIT NOTES: RACEWAY SHALL BE ELECTRIC METALLIC TUBING (EMT) FOR RIGID CONDUIT WORK, OR WHERE SHORT OFF—SET CONNECTIONS ARE REQUIRED LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT SHALL BE USED. FIELD BENDS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN AS SHOWN IN TABLE 346-10 OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. PROVIDE A JETLINE "SUPER TRUE TAPE”, OR EQUIVALENT CONDUIT MEASURING TAPE FISH LINE IN ALL RACEWAYS AND CONDUITS. CONDUIT BODIES SHALL NOT BE USED. WHERE A CONDUIT ENTERS A BOX, FITTING, OR OTHER ENCLOSURE, AN INSULATED THROAT CONNECTOR SHALL BE PROVIDED TO PROTECT THE WIRE FROM ABRASION. CONNECTORS SHALL BE DOUBLE SET SCREW TYPE, STEEL CONCRETE TIGHT. KEEP RACEWAYS AT LEAST 6 INCHES AWAY FROM PARALLEL RUNS OF FLUES OR STEAM AND HOT WATER PIPES. INSTALL RACEWAY RUNS ABOVE WATER AND STEAM PIPES PROVIDED THAT CABLE RUN DISTANCES ARE MAINTAINED. USE TEMPORARY CLOSURES TO PREVENT FOREIGN MATTER FROM ENTERING RACEWAY. CONDUIT RUNS ARE SHOWN SCHEMATICALLY. INSTALL CONDUIT WITH A MINIMUM OF BENDS IN THE SHORTEST PRACTICAL DISTANCE CONSIDERING THE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND OBSTRUCTIONS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE CERTAIN THAT ANY CONDUIT/RACEWAY RUNS CONTAINING SIEMENS MEDICAL SYSTEMS CABLES DO NOT EXCEED THE SPECIFIED MAXIMUM DISTANCES AS SHOWN ON THE ELECTRICAL DETAILS. PROVIDE ENCLOSED METAL RACEWAY SYSTEM (WIRE DUCT) WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS WITH DIVIDERS TO SEPARATE THE DUCT (FOR POWER AND SIEMENS MEDICAL SYSTEMS CABLING). DIVIDERS AND CROSSOVER PIECES TO BE PROVIDED AS NECESSARY. FOR UL CERTIFIED SYSTEMS, THE CABLE TO CABLE AS WELL AS THE CIRCUIT TO CIRCUIT SEPARATION REQUIREMENT WAS EVALUATED DURING THE UL SYSTEM INVESTIGATION OF THIS EQUIPMENT. ADDITIONAL SEPARATION OF THE SYSTEM CABLE ASSEMBLIES INTO SEPARATE OR PARTITIONED RACEWAYS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, IS NOT NECESSARY TO INSURE SEPARATION OF CIRCUITS, AS THEY CAN BE IN THE SAME RACEWAY. PROVIDE WIRE DUCT/RACEWAY WITH ACCESSIBLE REMOVABLE COVERS. LOCATIONS OF OPENINGS TO BE CUT IN FIELD ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER. ELECTRICAL PULL BOXES AND RACEWAY COVERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A MANNER TO ALLOW ACCESSIBILITY FOR INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE. = IN— FLOOR TRENCH DUCT AND FLUSH FLOOR BOXES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH FULLY GASKETED REMOVABLE COVERS. 5) IN ADDITION TO THE CIRCUIT BREAKER LOAD CURRENT RATING, CONSIDERATION MUST ALSO BE GIVEN TO SELECTING CIRCUIT BREAKERS THAT HAVE A HIGH ENOUGH SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT WITHSTAND RATING TO SAFELY COORDINATE WITH THE POWER SYSTEM AVAILABLE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT. GENERALLY, WHEN THE 480 VOLT, 3 PHASE, X-RAY EQUIPMENT IS SERVED FROM A POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM THAT IS PROVIDED WITH A 500 KVA OR SMALLER TRANSFORMER, A STANDARD 14,000 RMS AMPERE WITHSTAND RATED CIRCUIT BREAKER WILL BE ADEQUATE. HOWEVER, IF THE POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM TRANSFORMER IS LARGER THAN 500 KVA, THEN THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS HAVING A SHORT CIRCUIT WITHSTAND RATING GREATER THAN 14,000 RMS AMPERES MAY BE REQUIRED. CABLE LENGTH RESTRICTIONS 1) THE CABLE SET LENGTH IDENTIFIES THE "FREE CABLE LENGTH”. THIS IS THE LENGTH FROM CONNECTION POINT TO CONNECTION POINT. THE CABLE LENGTH IS NOT THE DISTANCE BETWEEN COMPONENTS. 2) THE GRADIENT CABLES INSIDE THE RF SHIELDED RCOM ARE 6'—0” SHORTER THAN THE OTHER SYSTEM CABLES. THIS MEANS THAT IF THE 22’ CABLE SET IS SELECTED, THE GRADIENT CABLES WILL BE 16° IN LENGTH. THE GRADIENT CABLES NEED TO GO UP INTO THE CABLE TRAY IN THE CEILING AT THE FILTER PLATE AND DOWN AT THE MAGNET. THESE VERTICAL RUNS MUST BE DEDUCTED FROM THE TOTAL CABLE LENGTH OF 16’. MACNETOM ESSENZA 07/17/09 =] | suaeace wounreD @yer CEILING HEIGHTS PROJECT MANAGER: WAYNE WALKER VALUES FOR A PERIOD EXCEEDING 5 MINUTES DURING CLINICAL POOR POWER WILL ALTER EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE TEL: (253) 209-8189 P< VERTICAL DUCT SYSTEM OPERATION, AS DEFINED IN NEC 517.3. Q VMAIL: 800 B88~6611 EXT: 621 7) A CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH A HIGH INRUSH RATING (>8x RATED . BUA Le Wank ak KE Ro EMEASIEOM i» ETHERNET SoNNESTON TO CUSTOMER'S INFORMATION , CURRENT) IS REQUIRED TO PERMIT SWITCH-ON OF THE UPS SYSTEM BORER Ge BOSON ECO TESTING ENG BEER EXAM ROOM 7’-10 1/2” MINIMUM - - SYSTEMS NETWORK (VERIFY WITH SMS PROGRAM MANAGER). WITHOUT SPURIOUS TRIPPING. CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH AN ADJUSTABLE , THAT THE EQUIPMENT POWER SUPPLY COMPLIES WITH THE _ J SON CO U CHOS A 110 VOLT, 20 AMP, HOSPITAL GRADE DUPLEX OUTLET MAGNETIC TRIP (SIEMENS FD6 SERIES OR SIMILAR) ARE HIGHLY BSE? apaar Gueone CONTROL ROOM 6. 1 1 MINIMUM EFFFER N UNTY > BLI| H PIT L 6 LOCATED NEAR THE RDIAG PHONE LINE. RECOMMENDED. EQUIPMENT ROOM 7-3 MINIMUM 834 SHERIDAN AVENUE, PORT TOWNSEND, WA 98368 EXAM ROOM — MAGNETOM ESSENZA 1.5T THE USE OR REPRODUCTION OF : : 7s BLOCH WHOUT PROJECT #: SHEET: A | SSM | QO01788 08/04/09 | appRovED BY CUSTOMER FOR FNS =FYLL EXTENT OF THE LAW. —THIS DRAWING IS DESIGNED TO CONFORM TO FEATURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS PRESENTED — iT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS BE INCORPORATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION —ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. SHEET OF DRAWN BY: = A TT - N T [ ‘@) N - AT THE TIME OF THEIR PREPARATION. SINCE BOTH THESE FACTORS ARE SUBJECT TO DESIGN DOCUMENTS FOR REFERENCE. —THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROVIDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X-RAY AND ASSOCIATED ing (nina — PE tll ne RESEINED 6 10 F_ CARUSO MODIFICATION, THEY ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. EQUIPMENT. THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION "e . = —THIS SET OF PLANS REPRESENTS A COMPLETE SET OF DETAILS AND SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED. PHYSICIST TO SPECIFY RADIATION PROTECTION. —ISSUE BLOCK— ade NOTED ad &, 33638 DATE: 08/04/09 SEse Mm I CO T FC O F r F R CC O C O M S s TF R R U J I C C TI C O F r M € E— FR E— - Mc C RE Co d o c o c e t l J s R 1 A E - M ™ M TO FR E I AR C H I T E C T U R E SU S T A I N A B I L I T Y n - wrto i) = § Oo 888 Pa Cc ~ oT 0 — OR Je) ££ oO 5 GQ 205 — o£8 S FD 238 = fe) c O oS 0) - ) - = \e) Cc 5 & D :O cCN ® . 2 iO @® W & Lu [ oe) (<e) 9) (oe) ©) <l = : oO 3 Cc ® — (7p) Cc Ye > O =e xt _ Qos cma OF e 0 <o > Ws o t< ozs Oo cE Os ~ Yo Cue 0 yn ois (oe) FEF so bi 2 8 ” Aq MRI REFERENCE DRAWING E-101 E1001 p: \ 3 5 1 - 0 9 0 2 je f f e r s o n mr i \ D W G \ E 1 0 0 2 . d w g 12 / 1 8 / 2 0 0 9 PLOTTED BY: Dan Puravet ELECTRICAL DIMENSION PLAN ‘ 9'—0” | 2’-8 ry | Td 4 CONTROL 3 a | ‘ ROOM A nue (a) | : LL ISOCENTER / iz - = OF MAGNET { rt ] | gal.) Co EH , Sf | Cm ii RE IIL Seer ate ale om ae, | “pa | Poy hye | 10” EQUIPMENT ROOM SCALE: 1/4” = 1'—0” CEILING HEIGHTS EXAM ROOM 7'—10 1/2” MINIMUM CONTROL ROOM 6’—11 MINIMUM EQUIPMENT ROOM 7’—3” MINIMUM PROJECT MANAGER: WAYNE WALKER TEL: 253) 209-8189 VMAIL: (800) 888-6611 EXT: 621 FAX: (253) 559-5504 EMAIL: WAYNE.WALKER@SIEMENS.COM MAGNETOM ESSENZA 07/17/09 SIEMENS JEFFERSON COUNTY PUBLIC HOSPITAL SHERIDAN AVENUE, PORT TOWNSEND, WA 98368 EXAM ROOM — MAGNETOM ESSENZA 1.5T 834 PROJECT #: SHEET: A\| ca/o4/os | Sen RiotmA DED 07/23/08] esuLT w ProsecIN Ww | QOQNOTZ SS /04/08 | APPROVED BY CUSTOMER FOR FINS FULL EXTENT OF THE LAW. —THIS DRAWING IS DESIGNED TO CONFORM TO FEATURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS PRESENTED —IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS BE INCORPORATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION — ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. syu DATE DESCRIPTION ALL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED. SHEET OF DRAWN BY: = A i I ; N | ; ‘@) N B AT THE TIME OF THEIR PREPARATION. SINCE BOTH THESE FACTORS ARE SUBJECT TO DESIGN DOCUMENTS FOR REFERENCE. —THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROVIDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X—RAY ANO ASSOCIATED 7 10 F. CARUSO MODIFICATION, THEY ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION . REF. . CHECKED: * —THIS SET OF PLANS REPRESENTS A COMPLETE SET OF DETAILS AND SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED. PHYSICIST TO SPECIFY RADIATION PROTECTION. —ISSUE BLOCK— Fe NOTED , fo, 33638 OME 08/04/09 . Mm I C O Y T FC O F R CC O O N n M S TF r R R U I C O C TI C O F P , E— FR E- M m M c C l o E e Do c o c c t t w t J A 1 E - M T FR EF AR C H I T E C T U R E SU S T A I N A B I L I T Y En g i n e e r i n g an d Co n s t r u c t i o n Se r v i c e s = wo ™— © GO ges f£ attr ~ soa nN ee _ O 523 =) sam O ¢s © Re 5 5 B N 1@) (Se) SC A L E ©O Lo) on) ©O fop <x = > c () _ 7) Cc Sue fe) , Fr << _ Hos 5 -% ce < > WS Oo t< G6 z2° cE OD Y Yo Ciuc 0 yon 5 is Llu « FEF sa MRI REFERENCE DRAWING E-102 GENERAL NOTES UNDER SIEMENS SUPERVISION. PHASE CONDUCTORS. 1) IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF THE RF—SHIELDED EXAM ROOM, THE GROUND MUST ORIGINATE AT THE SIEMENS ELECTRONICS 2) THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR IS TO FURNISH A FLEXIBLE DEDICATED AND ISOLATED GROUND (GRD) CONDUCTOR FROM THE MAIN FACILITY DISTRIBUTION SOURCE TO THE SIEMENS ELECTRONICS CABINET (ACC). THE GROUND CONDUCTOR MUST BE SIZE AND TYPE TO MATCH THE 3) THE INTERNAL LINE IMPEDANCE IS 100mOHMS MEASURED AT THE SIEMENS ELECTRNICS CABINET (ACC). ALL WIRING AND CONDUITS CABINET GROUND BUS, AND SHOULD BE CONNECTED AT BOTH ENDS ARE TO BE SIZED ACCORDINGLY TO MEET THIS SPECIFICATION. ALL CONDUCTORS ARE TO BE THE SAME SIZE. 4) THE EPO (EMERGENCY POWER OFF) MUST PROVIDE REMOTE "EMERGENCY OFF” CONTROL OF SYSTEM POWER. THE EPO’S MUST BE INSTALLED BY A QUALIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ACCORDING TO NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, STATE AND LOCAL REGULATIONS. MEASURES SHOULD BE TAKEN TO DESIGN THE CIRCUIT IN SUCH A WAY THAT IT WILL ALWAYS WORK WHEN THE MEDICAL EQUIPMENT IS POWERED. IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT EPO CIRCUIT BE A NORMALLY CLOSED ENERGIZED CIRCUIT DESIGN AND THAT IT DERIVES ITS SOURCE FROM THE EQUIPMENT INCOMING FEEDER OR IS A DEDICATED BRANCH CIRCUIT, PREFERABLY FROM AN EVERGENCY POWER SOURCE WITH CIRCUIT BREAKER LABELED AND "LOCKED—ON’. THE EPO CONFIGURATION DEPICTED IN THIS DRAWING IS ONE EXAMPLE OF A POSSIBLE EPO CONFIGURATION THAT SATISFIES THESE REQUIREMENTS, HOWEVER, THE FACILITY/CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE EPO AND MUST MAKE THE FINAL DETERMINATION CONSIDERING ALL SITE CONDITIONS AND REGULATORY FACTORS. THE SECOND SET OF NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACTS ARE TO BE DRY TYPE AND CONNECTED IN SERIES FOR THE UPS. (THEORY OF CIRCUIT) WHEN ANY EPO IS PUSHED, THE NORMALLY CLOSED UPS CONTACT WILL OPEN SENDING A SIGNAL TO THE UPS SHUTTING THE UPS DOWN. SIEMENS REMOTE SERVICES (SRS) TO ENSURE THE UPTIME OF YOUR SYSTEM DURING THE WARRANTY PERIOD (AND BEYOND WITH A SERVICE AGREEMENT), SIEMENS REMOTE SERVICES (SRS) REQUIRES REMOTE LOCAL AREA NETWORK ACCESS TO SIEMENS SYSTEMS. SRS REQUIRES ONE OF THE FOLLOWING CONNECTION METHODS: (PREFERRED) VPN CONNECTION THE PREFERRED CONNECTION METHOD IS (VPN) VIRTUAL PRIVATE NETWORK (WHERE THE CUSTOMER HAS AVAILABLE A VPN CAPABLE FIREWALL OR OTHER VPN APPLIANCE). THIS METHOD PROVIDES THE POSSIBILITY FOR REMOTE SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS WITHOUT ADDITIONAL HARDWARE. PLEASE CONTACT SIEMENS REMOTE SERVICES (800—888-—SIEM) TO DETERMINE IF THIS METHOD IS SUITABLE FOR YOUR SITE. POWER QUALITY NOTES 1) IT IS THE CUSTOMER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO COMPLY WITH THE POWER QUALITY REQUIREMENTS FOR SIEMENS MEDICAL SYSTEMS EQUIPMENT. 2) THE ELECTRICAL FEEDER TO THE SIEMENS MEDICAL SYSTEM EQUIPMENT MUST FEED ONLY THE IMAGING SYSTEM AND BE KEPT SEPARATE FROM ELECTRICAL FEEDERS TO HVAC, MOTORS, PUMPS, COMPRESSORS, ELEVATORS, AND OTHER POTENTIAL SOURCES OF ELECTRICAL INTERFERENCE. 3) THE ELECTRICAL FEEDER TO THE IMAGING SYSTEM MUST BE RUN DIRECTLY TO A MAIN FACILITY DISTRIBUTION PANEL OR TO THE FACILITY SERVICE ENTRANCE, WITH NO OTHER LOADS POWERED FROM THIS FEEDER. 4) IN ORDER TO COMPLY WITH IMAGING SYSTEM POWER QUALITY REQUIREMENTS, ADDITIONAL POWER CONDITIONING DEVICES MAY BE REQUIRED. EXAMPLES INCLUDE VOLTAGE REGULATORS, TRANSFORMERS, SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES, FILTERS, AND/OR UNINTERRUPTIBLE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION NOTES IS UP TO SmT. PERMITTED IN THE EXAM ROOM. 1) INSTALL THE MR SYSTEM CIRCUIT BREAKER NEAR OR IN THE EQUIPMENT ROOM. THE PERMITTED FRINGE IF THE FRINGE FIELDS HAVE HIGHER VALUES, MAGNETIC SHIELDING MUST BE PROVIDED OR THE DISTANCE FROM THE MAGNET MUST BE INCREASED. 2) A UNDERVOLTAGE TRIP CIRCUIT BREAKER FOR SWITCHING MAIN POWER AND OFF SHOULD BE INSTALLED IN THE MAIN BREAKER PANEL. INSTALL EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN BUTTONS IN INDIVIDUAL ROOMS ACCORDING TO THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PLAN. INTEGRATED IN THE ALARM BOX (AB) IN THE CONTROL ROOM SHOULD BE USED FOR SWITCHING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF. 3) WALL RECEPTACLES MADE OF FERROMAGNETIC MATERIALS ARE NOT PERIPHERAL UNITS (SUCH AS SERVO— VENTILATORS) NOT APPROVED FOR USE IN A HIGH MAGNETIC FIELD ENVIRONMENT CAN INFLUENCE THE MAGNETIC FIELD, COMPROMISING FIELD FOR THE PANEL THE BUTTONS AR C H I T E C T U R E SU S T A I N A B I L I T Y p: \ 3 5 1 - 0 9 0 2 je f f e r s o n mr i \ D W G \ E 1 0 0 3 . d w g 12 / 1 8 / 2 0 0 9 = POWER SUPPLIES (UPS). RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE INSTALLATION IMAGE QUALITY. THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLATION if : _ EXAM €°9) San TsO ‘eel (OPTIONAL) SRS ROUTER CONNECTION OF ELECTRONIC SEMEN CAN BE FOUND IN IEEE STANDARD AND USE OF RECEPTACLES IN THE EXAM ROOM. INSTALLATION OF 8 12 5 8 ROOM RF FILTERS TO BE ROOM ROOM — THE SRS ROUTER IS SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS AND INSTALLED AT THE 1100-1999 "POWERING AND GROUNDING ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT.” RECEPTACLES AND THE FILTERS REQUIRED ARE TO BE COORDINATED O O oor, FURNISHED AND EMERGENCY UPS/EPO CONTROL BOX ’ WTIH THE RF SHIELDING SUPPLIER. S — © — EMERGENCY INSTALLED BY RF BOWER ier EMERGENCY SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS CUSTOMER'S SITE, WHILE STILL REMAINING THE PROPERTY OF SIEMENS. 5) POWER CONDITIONING DEVICES NOT APPROVED BY SIEMENS Pa Cc ay SE eS OEE eee | ee SHIELDING CONTRACTOR SIEMENS POWER OFF THE CUSTOMER’S NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR AND SIEMENS REMOTE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MAY NOT BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE MAGNETOM 4) THE EMERGENCY POWER OFF BUTTONS (EPO) ARE TO BE O) —_— OER 100 AMP, 3—PHASE, 60 Hz SIEMENS aA SIEMENS INSTALLED BY SERVICES SHALL DETERMINE THE TYPE AND LOCATION OF THE SRS SYSTEM. “FERRORESONANT” POWER CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT SIEMENS 52PA2W2A OR EQUIVALENT "EMERGENCY STOP” MUSHROOM ” 5 0 pe) LEGEND EsSipeiee iNalel Sella aneaee 2) FoR = Rane 52PAW2A OR CONTRACTOR ROUTER REQUIRED. RE-APPLIED FROM PREVIOUS GENERATION SYSTEMS IS ALSO BUTTONS WITH PUSH LOCK AND PULL TO RELEASE. es ~ ae = LEGEND EQUIVALENT (2) FOR UPS EQUIVALENT EQUIVALENT GENERALLY EXCLUDED DUE TO HIGHTER POWER REQUIREMENTS OF Oo OQ. . Oe the Ceeiy CROURE Wes & — THE SRS ROUTER IS CONNECTED TO AN ANALOG MODEM THAT IS THE NEWER SYSTEMS. 5) | THE RF SHIELD MUST BE FITTED WITH A GROUND STUD OR BUS 5) o£6 A &1SED43B100 — BREAKER AND ENCLOSURE AND SAFETY GROUND—WIRES AND 3/4"@ FLEX CONDUIT BAR, LOCATED WITHIN 24” OF THE AUXILIARY FILTERS FOR ROOM LIGHTS 0 ~~ > oe CONDUIT TO BE SIZED BY ELECTRICAL =| | 4'-0" MAXIMUM LENGTH ce ae ee Gee ta ce oie Ge Gee, eae AND’ OUTLETS, SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY THE RF SHIELD SUPPLIER. 2 a B OU1FD60 — 120VAC UNDERVOLTAGE TRIP CONTRACTOR (SEE NOTE 3). | ANALOG PHONE LINE THAT IS SUPPLIED BY THE CUSTOMER. ONE SRS +s O oO DS ROUTER ALLOWS REMOTE DIAGNOSTICS TO MULTIPLE MEDICAL SYSTEMS. 6) ALL CUSTOMER OR CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR SUPPLIED AC POWER Cc w os KTBOSOP — 480 VOLTS TO 120 VOLTS | i) ENTERING THE EXAMINATION ROOM (LE. OUTLETS, EPO, ETC.) SHOULD fe eS D STEP DOWN TRANSFORMER FOR re lam WIRES TO BE IDENTIFIED BY EC. 6" x 6" x 4” — THE SRS ROUTER SHOULD BE INSTALLED IN A SECURE LOCATION BE SUPPLIED VIA AN ISOLATION TRANSFORMER. THE ISOLATION O (©) ~m @® UNDERVOLTAGE. TRIP — PULLBOX (CUSTOMER’S NETWORK COMPUTER ROOM) THAT HAS LIMITED ACCESS. TRANSFORMER SECONDARY WINDING GROUND CONDUCTOR. SHOULD _BE G = PROVIDED BY IT CAN BE LOCATED ON A SHELF, TABLE, OR IN A CABINET. THE CONNECTED TO THE RF SHIELD GROUND STUD OR : G ISOLATED AND NON-ISOLATED GROUND BAR ao SABLE SUPPLIED CONTRACTOR CONNECTION CABLES (WITH INDICATED LENGTHS BELOW) ARE INCLUDED CONDUITS AND RACEWAYS NOTES S ABOVE AND THE AUXILARY AC POWER FOR EXAMINATION 5 Cc & EMT CONDUIT (ue) WIRE AND CONDUIT SIZES AS PER NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE Sy SIEMENS MITE DELIVERY. MAMINETION ROOM DEIAIL. D :O) 1) ALL POWER CONDUCTORS SUPPLIED BY THE CUSTOMER/ e are ALUMINUM CONDUIT TA BI MAXIMUM_ LENGTH SRS ROUTER CONNECTION DIAGRAM CONTRACTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED IN METAL RACEWAY, 600 VOLT = N CONDUIT SIZE AS PER NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE 4 Ee or CLASS, STRANDED TYPE THHN-THWN, RATED FOR 75°C (165°F) O) O aoe FLEXIBLE CONDUIT WITH (REFER TO NOTE 3) BY CONTRACTOR peebeetrepten| OPERATION. RECOMMEND MINIMUM 5 FEET WIRE TAILS AT ALL ® . DIELECTRIC AT ACC ) CUSTOMER OUTLET POINTS WITH WIRE IDENTIFCATION TAGGED AT BOTH ENDS FOR = WY +——__|D] NETWORK | 33° ae 2-7" 3-3" FINAL CONNECTION BY SIEMENS MEDICAL SYSTEMS. ss 2 cd on ROUTER = 2) THE CABLE GROUPS INCLUDED WITH THE MAGNETOM SYSTEM uo [LG] MAY BE ROUTED IN THE SAME CABLE TRAY IF PROVIDED WITH AN RECOMMENDED PART NUMBERS SHOWN ARE SIEMENS 2 Loose ~ switcH* | re ENERGY AND AUTOMATION (PURCHASED FROM YOU LOCAL (3) #2/0 PHASE CONDUCTORS RF DOOR heapaliconl @ SEPARATION BETWEEN SMALL SIGNAL LINES, GRADIENT CABLES, GROUNDING NOTES 1), jo/a ISOLATED ROUND SIEMENS AND THE RF TRANSMIT CABLE. A 24” WIDE LADDER TYPE CABLE DISTRIBUTOR) OR EQUIVALENT. TO LOCATE A DISTRIBUTOR, BREAKER AND ENCLOSURE TO (1) #2/ ELECTRONICS| DOOR SWITCH CABLE SWITCH “ 2) & TRAY IS RECOMMENDED. CABLES SHOULD NOT BE BUNDLED VISIT THIS WEBSITE—HTTP://WWW.SEASIEMENS.COM). ALL BF LOCATED IN EQUIPMENT ROOM SaNEr SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS [SUPPLIED AND i 7 $76 TOGETHER. 1) SIEMENS HEALTHCARE EQUIPMENT IS SOPHISTICATED ELECTRONIC PARTS TO BE PROVIDED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR. 1/2"6 CONDUIT INSTACLED el ae ss 3) NOTE THE CABLE CONNECTOR SIZES (LARGEST CONNECTOR SIZE SYSTEMS THAT REQUIRE ATTENTION TO GROUNDING TO ENSURE BY CONTRACTOR ELECTRICAL. iS 2 1/2" x 2 1/2") FOR CABLE FEED—THROUGHS AND CABLE OPTIMAL EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE AND RELIABILITY. CONTRACTOR 110 Vv 110 ¥ DUCTS. 2) THE EQUIPMENT GROUND TO THE SIEMENS EQUIPMENT IS 4) THE CABLE LENGTHS SPECIFIED ARE THE STANDARD LENGTHS. SPECIFIED Te BE “ISOtATEO” TYPE AS PERMMRED |N NEG 250=96(8) NOTE: ALL POWER OUTLETS ARE SUPPLIED/INSTALLED BY CUSTOMER. FOR THE REDUCTION OF ELECTRICAL NOISE. TWO (2) SEPARATE . 5) THE SIEMENS SYSTEM CABLES ARE NOT PLENUM RATED AND GROUND CONDUCTORS ARE REQUIRED. SCALE: SHOULD NOT BE RUN UNPROTECTED IN AN AIR PLENUM UNLESS 0 A. "SAPERY GROUND’ 7@ BE SIZED IN ACGORUANOE Wie TRE 1 POWER AND GROU NDING REQU | REMENTS NONE G) ETHERNET SWITCH OR HUB, SUPPLIED BY CUSTOMER ENCLOSED IN A SEALED CABLE TRAY OR CONDUIT. Le REQUIREMENTS (517.73), AND BONDED NORMALLY TO ELECTRICAL BOXES, CONDUITS, AND NON-SIEMENS EQUIPMENT. SRS ROUTER, SUPPRE? BY SIEMENS our B) AN "ISOLATED EQUIPMENT GROUND” TO BE THE SAME SIZE AS (SIZE: 11.2°W X 8.7°D X 5.5°H, WEIGHT: 2 LBS.) EQUIPMENT PHASE CONDUCTORS, AND INSULTATED FROM - DELIBERATE OR ACCIDENTAL CONNECTION TO THE “SAFETY GROUND, G) ANALOG MGREM, SUPPLIER GY’ SIEMENS BUILDING STEEL OR OTHER UNKNOWN POTENTIALS” EXCEPT AT THE POINT OF GROUNDING ORIGIN. (4) ANALOG PHONE LINE, SUPPLIED BY CUSTOMER C) THE "ISOLATED EQUIPMENT GROUND” ORIGINATES AT THE THE PROPER ROUTING OF CABLES IS ESSENTIAL TO ACHIEVE GOOD GROUND BUS OF THE DISTRIBUTION PANEL OR SUB—PANEL, AND i reve) ALARM BOX (cs) COOLING CABINET IMAGE QUALITY. RF CABLES MUST BE SEPARATED FROM FIBER OPTIC TERMINATES AT THE MAIN GROUNDING CONNECTION WITHIN THE 75 \ BE ORDERED FROM SIEMENS NT NOT NCEMDED, BUT CAN BY AT LEAST 12° AND FROM THE GRADIENT CABLES BY AT LEAST 12". SIEMENS EQUIPMENT. THE "ISOLATED EQUIPMENT GROUND” MUST co ‘ FIBER OPTIC CABLES MUST ALSO BE SEPARATED FROM THE GRADIENT RUN IN THE SAME CONDUIT, TROUGH, OR RACEWAY AS THE PHASE | 75’ ELECTRONICS CABINET Ged HOST PC CABLES BY AT LEAST 12”, THIS SHOWS RACEWAY/CABLE ROUTING. CONDUCTIORS oo) ( SCALE: Appia ” i . RF SHIELDED ROOM (3) varuer (ie UinN GoKaee GaeeeIE SIEMENS REMOTE SERVICE| Rone D) THE "SAFETY GROUND” AND THE "ISOLATED EQUIPMENT GROUND © SHALL BE BONDED AT THE FACILITY SERVICE ENTRANCE, ee \ es | RF _— TRANSMIT/RECEIVE CABLES - DISTRIBUTION PANEL, OR SEPARATELY DERIVED SOURCE. op) r y| RF DOOR SWITCH (ws) MAGNET STOP coi My 3) LOCAL REQUIREMENTS MAY REQUIRE THAT NON—CURRENT Ou | WATER HOSES, PRESSURIZED HOSES _| ia CARRYING CONDUCTIVE SURFACES (TROUGHS, CONDUITS, BOXES) BE | SST BEBLES a 30) ! (Ft) FILTER PANEL [FIBER OPTIC— /SIGNAL— /POWER CABLES |). BONDEDBY A COPPER CONDUCTOR. THIS REQUIREMENT, IF < — 4’ —— ag SYSTEM CABLES y NECESSARY, IS THE RESPONSIBLITY FO THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR. GRADIENT CABLES 14 5 LIGHTING GUIDELINES = 4) A NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR, IF PRESENT, IS NOT USED FOR THE = _— [a re 29’ GRADIENT CABLES GRADIENT CABLES LINE VOLTAGE CONNECTION TO THE SIEMENS EQUIPMENT. IF THE 2 a) 65’ | NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR IS PROVIDED IT SHOULD NOT BE ELECTRICALLY y, . CONNECTED AT ANY POINT IN THE POWER DISTRIBUTION TO THE - EXAM, CONTROL, AND EVALUATION ROOMS: 7 7 SIEMENS EQUIPMENT UNLESS SPECIFICALLY REQUIRED. UNINTENTIONAL EXAMINATION ROOM ! 1) THE ROOM LIGHTING MUST REMAIN FUNCTIONAL WHEN THE MR THIS CABLE TRAY MAY BE 6” OR 12” WIDE, SEE ELECTRICAL LEGEND. NEUTRAL TO GROUND BONDS MAY VIOLATE LOCAL AND NATIONAL ty O SYSTEM IS SWITCHED OFF AND/OR WHEN EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN ELECTRICAL CODES AS WELL AS CREATE GROUNDING PROBLEMS. =x c | 6s) BUTTONS ARE ACTIVATED. S | 0 ES CONTROL ROOM 2) IT MUST BE POSSIBLE TO CONTROL THE INTENSITY OF rab) | ILLUMINATION OF APPROXIMATELY 46 FOOT—CANDLES THROUGH GROUP CABLE DESIGNATIONS ARE SHOWN AS AN EXAMPLE, ANY CATEGORY | SEMI RIGID Om (8) CONNECTION. ALL LIGHTS IN THE EXAMINATION ROOM ARE CABLE CAN BE LOCATED IN ANY OF THE COMPARTMENTS OF THE w” | PRESSURE LINES Rd CONNECTED TO A COMMON SWITCH IN THE CONTROL ROOM. THERE RACEWAY AS LONG AS CORRECT SEPARATIONS ARE MAINTAINED. ON-SITE POWER a | (COLD HEAD) [e] SHOULD BE SEPARATE SWITCHES IN THE EXAMINATION ROOM FOR DISTRIBUTION PANEL EXTERNAL Y Cc | of = ] THE GROUPS OF LIGHTS ABOVE AND NEAR THE PATIENT TABLE, AS WHEN ROUTING RACEWAYS, DO NOT EXCEED THE MAXIMUM LENGTHS MAIN GROUND BUS UPS b CHILLER (cs) ! WELL AS FOR THE GROUP OF LIGHTS ABOVE THE MAGNET. THE LISTED IN DETAIL E-501/2. EXCESS CABLE SHOULD BE ROUTED IN il (OPTIONAL) | | (OPTIONAL) = ! ! = LOCATION OF THESE SWITCHES IS AT THE OWNER’S DISCRETION. THE RACEWAY IN A MEANDERING METHOD, NEVER ROLLED IN LOOPS. = > LL O | | no 7? - ° EXAMINATION ROOM: THE BENDING RADIUS FOR THE CABLES MUST BE MAINTAINED. ad -_ 1) THE MAGNETIC FIELD ADVERSELY AFFECTS THE OPERATING LIFE TRANSMITTER CABLE — 5” WHEN BENT ONCE. i EQUIPMENT ROOM OF LIGHT BULBS LOCATED IN THE IMMEDIATE VICINITY OF THE TRANSMITTER CABLE — 14.25 WHEN BENT SEVERAL TIMES. SIEMENS ELECTRONIC < MAGNET, THE FILAMENT IN THE BULB OSCILLATES WITH THE FIBER OPTIC CABLE ~ 6" __ CABINET (ACC/CCA/ECA) qe ‘ FREQUENCY OF THE POWER SUPPLY. DURING SCANNING, IT IS GRADIENT CABLE = — 5.5” (ONLY WITH EXTENDED CABLE SET) MAIN GROUND CONNECTION /) 7 ; 295 RECOMMENDED THAT LIGHT FIXTURES IN THE VICINITY OF THE MAGNET FIBER OPTIC CABLE FOR PATIENT OBSERVATION — 2 FOR ALL SYSTEM O —— 49 ETHERNET Qg g (IN EXAMINATION ROOM) BE CONNECTED TO A DC VOLTAGE SUPPLY. COMPONENTS c I [e) THE RESIDUAL RIPPLE OF THE DIRECT VOLTAGE SHOULD BE +5%. Sk ’ ; 75 WHEN INSTALLING THE LIGHT SOCKET, ENSURE THAT THE POLARITY IS 4 CABLE SEPARATION sea OW CORRECT. [MRC CONSOLE 0) -_ [175-230 V 10% 2) FLUORESCENT LIGHTS, ENERGY-SAVING LIGHTS, AND DIMMERS = 1 BKVA ARE NOT PERMITTED. ‘i COOLING EQUIPMENT S —! CONTROL AND EVALUATION ROOM: (SEP/ROA/EFU) © < % FOLLOW THE APPROPRIATE GUIDELINES FOR LIGHTING IN ROOMS WITH RF PENETRATION 1.5M/10M CABLE SET — (GRADIENT CABLES INSIDE THE RF ROOM ARE 6 FEET SHORTER THAN SYSTEM CABLES) MONITOR WORKSTATIONS. Ly PANEL A ‘> LL > EQUIPMENT ROOM: O L < 2 SIEMENS SYSTEM CABLING -— FREE CABLE LENGTHS ee ILLUMINATION INTENSITY SHOULD BE APPROXIMATELY 46 FOOT—CANDLES. — wscner LJ hal ‘ Qq2zsc 1g) i FE Os = n- ISOLATION FILTER | ROOM and TRANSFORMER — LIGHTS =~ Y o THE ELECTRICAL GROUND FOR ANY AUXILARY 120 VAC DISTRIBUTION Cc EQUIPMENT USED BY THE OWNER MUST BE ISOLATED AND FILTER ¢—= WALL uj < FROM THE ELECTRICAL GROUND FOR THE SIEMENS OVERCURRENT RECEPTACLES oO EQUIPMENT. CONNECTION OF THE GROUND TO PROTECTION uo BUILDING STEEL, FOR EXAMPLE, TO THE SIEMENS FILTER ¢#—= SU OTPMERT Cc EQUIPMENT GROUND IS NOT PERMITTED AND WILL LL CAUSE A GROUND LOOP. IF A GROUND LOOP DOES = EXIST THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR WILL HAVE TO . MAGNETOM ESSENZA o) LU INSTALL AN ISOLATION TRANSFORMER AS DESCRIBED <24 07/17/09 30) HERE. | EEE San mania ep I © @) PROJECT MANAGER: WAYNE WALKER TEL: (253) 209-818 OWE RF BAR VMAIL: 339) 688-6611 EXT: 621 S| E M E N S BUS BAR FAX: (253) 559-5504 EMAIL: WAYNE.WALKER@SIEMENS.COM GROUND STUD iol Ww JEFFERSON COUNTY PUBLIC HOSPITAL ll uy 3 AUXILARY AC POWER FOR EXAMINATION ROOM NONE. 834 SHERIDAN AVENUE, PORT TOWNSEND, WA 98368 a EXAM ROOM — MAGNETOM ESSENZA 1.5T r=) THE USE OR REPRODUCTION OF | PR: : SHEET: THIS BLOCK OQUECT # _ AY 08/04/09 VERSION RIDER DRIED 7 /25708 RESULT 1N PROSECUTION. UNDER O90 1 , 88 APPROVED BY CUSTOMER FOR FINALS FULL EXTENT OF THE LAW. —THIS DRAWING IS DESIGNED TO CONFORM TO FEATURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS PRESENTED —IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS BE INCORPORATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION — ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. SYM DATE DESCRIPTION ALL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED. SHEET OF DRAWN BY: = A I : ; N | ; ‘@) N . AT THE TIME OF THEIR PREPARATION. | SINCE BOTH THESE FACTORS ARE SUBJECT TO DESIGN DOCUMENTS FOR REFERENCE. —THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROVIDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X—RAY AND ASSOCIATED 8 10 F, CARUSO - MODIFICATION, THEY ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. EQUIPMENT. THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION . REF. DATE: CHECKED: = —THIS SET OF PLANS REPRESENTS A COMPLETE SET OF DETAILS AND SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED. PHYSICIST TO SPECIFY RADIATION PROTECTION. —ISSUE BLOCK— NOTED &,, 33638 08/04/09 5 < o —_ peer > oo qaaqac MRI REFERENCE DRAWING E-501 E1003 PLOTTED BY: Dan Puravet p: \ 3 5 1 - 0 9 0 2 je f f e r s o n mr i \ D W G \ E 1 0 0 4 . d w g 12 / 1 8 / 2 0 0 9 pread — = oO <r pad SIEMENS CABLE INSTALLED BY M ECHANICAL NOTES =< g’-0”" SIEMENS IN (1) 1 1/2" CONDUIT bw BY CONTRACTOR, SEE SHEET — belle E-101. a 1) THE AIR H.V.A.C. SYSTEM MUST OPERATE FOR A MINIMUM OF 48 a FOR TUTE FIFE ENETE EXGEERNE i CONSECUTIVE HOURS PRIOR TO THE DELIVERY OF THE EQUIPMENT. - 65'—6" THERE SHALL BE A PULLBOX TO tad maiee eae Sas i eee eee DS, a a ee CHANGED IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO THE —- IN A LOCATION COORDINATED WITH THE _ Q = SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER. r fl + — ; ai 7 _ 3) SMS REQUIRES THE USE OF A DEDICATED H.V.A.C. SYSTEM FOR we 1'-6 7/8 DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR TO | ] THE EQUIPMENT ROOM TO BE LOCATED, SIZED AND SPECIFIED BY a EXTERNAL FAN UNIT, SEE PROVIDE WALL PENETRATION FOR THE MECHANICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD AND TO BE SUPPLIED AND — DETAIL M—101/3. ELECTRICAL CONDUIT. WATER SIEMENS COOLING WATER INSTALLED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. = CONTROL = Teme eee oa = ROOM — © ae eC 4) SMS RECOMMENDS THAT THE CUSTOMER PROVIDE AND INSTALL ox 3 ne CONTRACTOR. HOSE LENGTH ICS AN OXYGEN MONITORING SYSTEM WITH VISUAL AND AUDIBLE ALARMS = LL ISOCENTER | if RtB* AN RSOITONAL ECA ACTIVE TO INDICATE WHEN THE OXYGEN CONTAINED IN AMBIENT AIR FALLS E> OF MAGNET / 1 yes a 65'-6" CAN BE PURCHASED BELOW PRE-PROGRAMMED SAFETY LEVELS WITH THE SENSOR TO BE i | Mo a BY THE CUSTOMER IF NEEDED LOCATED IN THE SCAN ROOM IN THE AREA DESIGNATED FOR 1 f ) || FOR A MAXIMUM 1317-0” ONE CRYOGEN FILLING. n = Oo 5 2 — i -—1- _ _ _ = Ir _)| WAY LENGTH. iS O a Oo P| & \ Hy Lt ad 5) THE SIEMENS ACTIVE SHIELDED MAGNET RECIRCULATES LIQUID S Cc ~~ © i > HELIUM, ELIMINATING THE NEED FOR A DEDICATED CRYOGEN STORAGE 5 orn ee f t ss E AREA. THE RECIRCULATING SYSTEM SIGNIFICANTLY REDUCES THE , = S Oo Hit] \ HELIUM "BOIL OFF”. THE MAGNET WILL REQUIRE OCCASIONAL FILLING, 5 b———4 1 Saw \ j - CaN Ee erate a 65-6" ABOVE MR SYSTEM SIEMENS SUPPLIED AND A DELIVERY ROUTE FOR CRYOGEN DEWARS MUST BE ESTABLISHED. 5 OQ AD ~ ae A : INSTALLED CABINETS A MINIMUM 36” CLEARANCE IS REQUIRED. 5 o£ 8 > OPTIONAL ICS ACTIVE WITH EXTERNAL FAN UNIT = 5 5 ee tL —_— w ie = a o = 2 it O rot] 6 : | — | ———n NOTES: oO ® 8 se) e) 80 ONT IF A CHILLED WATER SOURCE IS NOT AVAILABLE, THE OPTIONAL ICS ACTIVE SYSTEM SHOULD BE USED. IN THIS CASE COOLING IS ACHIEVED BY Cc o ii tf MEANS OF AN EXTERNAL FAN UNIT THAT WILL BE OPTIONALLY PROVIDED BY SIEMENS. THE ICS ACTIVE CABINET WILL BE CONNECTED TO THE FIRE CONTROL NOTES ( e) C & eT EXTERNAL FAN WITH THE SIEMENS SUPPLIED 65'-6" HOSE, AN ADDITIONAL 65'—6” LENGTH CAN BE ORDERED SEPARATELY IF REQUIRED. THE o) 1@) } LOCATION OF THE EXTERNAL FAN CAN HAVE A MAXIMUM OF 65'-6" ELEVATION DIFFERENCE ABOVE THE ICS ACITVE CABINET. THE ON-SITE PIPES 1) SIEMENS HAS NO SPECIFIC REQUIREMENT FOR FIRE PROTECTION. (= | THAT CONTAIN THE SIEMENS WATER HOSES ARE NOT REQUIRED TO BE INSULATED. THEY MAY BE INSULATED AT THE OWNER'S DISCRETION FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH hy N EQUIPMENT | GEPENDING ‘GM GUaME CONRUIDNS: LOCAL CODES AND CUSTOMER'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS. ALL ® :O 1 | FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS SHALL BE DEFINED BY THE ARCHITECT OF Cc ROOM | THE GLYCOL/WATER MIXTURE FOR THE ICS ACTIVE SYSTEM IS SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS. RECORD WITH DESIGN, SPECIFICATION AND DETAILING OF THE FIRE fo WY elec ee a ee eee = || THERE SHALL BE A TAP WATER SUPPLY WITHIN 60 FEET OF THE ICS CABINET FOR FILLING THE SECONDARY SYSTEM. PROTECTION SYSTEM BY THE MECHANICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD IN c | ACCORDANCE WITH SIEMENS GUIDELINES AS STATED HEREIN. Lu l THE ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT OF THE MR SYSTEMS WILL BE DAMAGED if BY WATER, REDUCTION OR ELIMINATION OF WATER USED FOR FIRE eerie Rte enone ae feo erence er rereaeeees - SCALE: SUPPRESSION WILL REDUCE POTENTIAL WATER DAMAGE. PRE—ACTION 1 PIPING SCHEMATIC FOR CHILLED WATER NONE INERT GAS, OR HALOCARBONS OR OTHER METHODS CAN REDUCE OR ELIMINATE WATER. REFER TO YOUR FIRE PROTECTION PROFESSIONAL. SELENE. MEDD Af GermRarere Ga Ge 2) THE USE OF SMOKE DETECTORS INSIDE OF THE MR EXAMINATION SIEMENS, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. TO Be ROOM IS NOT RECOMMENDED. SMOKE DETECTORS, BY DESIGN, CAN RUN IN PVC PIPE WITH SWEEPING ELBOWS, PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. GENERATE NOISE THAT MAY INTERFERE WITH THE MRI EXAMINATION AND CAUSE IMAGE ARTIFACTS. IF THE USE OF A SMOKE DETECTOR ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS IN THE EXAMINATION ROOM IS MANDATED BY LOCAL REQUIREMENTS, EXTERNAL FAN UNIT TO BE SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS, SPECIAL NOISE TESTS MUST BE PERFORMED BY SIEMENS SERVICE \ INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. NOTE: FOR THE HEAT OUTPUT (BTU/HR) OF ALL SIEMENS AFTER THE MRI IS OPERATIONAL. MRI EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE ely CETU/HRY OF » 1) AIR CONDITIONING IS TO PROVIDE A TEMPERATURE OF 59°F—86°F PROBLEMS DUE TO SMOKE DETECTORS ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THIS PLAN, SEE THE “EQUIPMENT LEGEND IN CONTROL & EQUIPMENT ROOM, 65°F-71°F IN EXAM ROOM. RELATIVE THE CUSTOMER AND ARE NOT COVERED UNDER WARRANTY OR ON SHEET A~101. HUMIDITY OF 40-60% Ce aa IS see IN. THE SERVICE AGREEMENT. EXAMINATION ROOM AND 40-80% (NON—CONDENSING) IN ALL OTHER AREAS WHERE SIEMENS EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED. THESE CONDITIONS Bh Gop ha, USED INSIGE THE: MAGHET ROOM SHALL. BE ARE TO BE MET AT ALL TIMES; 24 HOURS A DAY, 7 DAYS A WEEK. : 4) ALL PENETRATIONS IN THE RF CABIN/SHIELD SHALL BE THROUGH 1 CO 2) A DEDICATED AIR CONDITIONING AND HUMIDIFICATION SYSTEM |S A WAVEGUIDE TO BE EQUIPPED WITH A SIEMENS APPROVED DIELECTRIC 1 Boao epee Fee Ge Ree Se eae COUPLER ON BOTH ENDS OF THE WAVEGUIDE. ALL WAVEGUIDES | co REQUIRED. AIR SUPPLY AND RETURN ABOVE THE FINISHED CEILING ta ee tec AD PRED oY ee Sey 39) IN THE EXAM ROOM IS RECOMMENDED. EACH ROOM SHOULD HAVE A CO MECHANICAL PLAN DEDICATED CONTROL AND SENSOR TO MONITOR AND ADJUST THE AIR TEE Ano wees ASG MECCA ENGMey OF BSCR iD ee ; ESTABLISHED IN A PRE-PLANNING MEETING PRIOR TO THE DESIGN, oO SCALE: 1/4” = 1°—0" 3) THE HEAT INTO THE EQUIPMENT ROOM AIR IS LESS THAN SPECIFICATION, AND FABRICATION OF THE RF CABIN/SHIELD. 10,236 BTU/HR. THIS HEAT DISSIPATION IS FROM THE SIEMENS 5) EACH ELECTRICAL PENETRATION OF THE RF CABIN/SHIELD FOR COMPONENTS ONLY. AUXILIARY SUPPORT EQUIPMENT MUST BE ELECTRICAL SERVICING OF THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM SHALL BE | < CONSIDERED FOR TOTAL HEAT LOADS. THROUGH AN RFI FILTER TO BE SUPPLIED BY THE RF SHIELD 4) IT IS IMPORTANT FOR FRESH AIR INTAKE SYSTEMS TO EXHAUST CONTRACTOR WITH FILTER LOCATIONS TO BE DETERMINED BY THE = acim . AIR DIRECTLY OUT OF THE BUILDING. THE EXHAUST AIR MUST NOT OREHTECT OND Wik ELEORIAL ENGRESs OF Beco (2 Ge | 6 1/4 | BE DEFLECTED INTO ANOTHER ROOM. THE MAGNET ROOM EXHAUST ESTABLISHED IN A PRE—PLANNING MEETING PRIOR TO THE DESIGN, if AIR SHOULD BE INSTALLED AT LEAST 6’-6" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. SPECIFICATION AND FABRICATION OF THE RF CABIN/SHIELD. " 5) THE AIR INTAKE OF THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM MUST NOT 8) IT IS PERMISSIBLE TO RUN “BLACK PIPE” UP TO THE DIELECTRIC ly Oo | | BE LOCATED IN THE VICINITY OF THE QUENCH VENT EXHAUST. COUPLER ON THE OUTSIDE OF THE RF SHIELD. s c 1/2"6 DRILL 4-8 1/8” ; 6) IF THE INPUT DRAWS UPON AIR FROM OUTSIDE THE BUILDING, IT 7) THERE MUST BE NO GROUND CONNECTIONS MADE DURING THE 75) THE OUTDOOR UNIT MUST BE LOCATED AND INSTALLED BY MOLES 4-1 3/16" , IS RECOMMENDED TO INSTALL AN ON-SITE FILTER TO REMOVE DUST DE eee Be H8 The PIPING OR ELECIRIGA. FOR THE ® THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR. THIS UNIT IS DELIVERED il at | Sr PARTICLES GREATER THAN 10 MICRONS. ‘ dp) WITH THE MR SYSTEM. IT MAY BE LOCATED OUTSIDE ON __] —=s =F NOTE: SPACE FOR ® @ 8) THE USE OF HALON IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. — c THE ROOF OR GROUND, OR IN AN AIR CONDITIONED ROOM WATER al SERVICE MUST ALSO —- 9) THE LOCATION OF FIRE CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS SHALL (Y IF AN OUTSIDE INSTALLATION IS NOT POSSIBLE. THE INLET = BE MAINTAINED WEATHER BE COORDINATED THROUGH THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD WITH ALL = MOUNTING SURFACE MUST BE LEVEL. THE HEIGHT sl, LOCATIONS TO BE COORDINATED WITH SIEMENS EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS LU DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE MR SYSTEM AND THE OUTDOOR =I <|& PROTECTION ; AS SHOWN ON THE 1/4” SCALE EQUIPMENT LOCATION PLAN. fo) UNIT MUST NOT EXCEED +65'—7". IT IS RECOMMENDED = ©) o| = (RECOMMENDED) © 10) THE FIRE CONTROL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EQUIPMENT eer THAT THE UNIT BE PROTECTED AGAINST RAIN, SNOW, ETC.. o| 7 9 MOUNTING PROCEDURES AND LOCATIONS ON ANY WALLS CONTAINING " = | Ga 2 RF SHIELDING WITH THE SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO THE < THE OUTDOOR UNIT MUST ALWAYS BE BOLTED TO THE || ” COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. _ FLOOR THROUGH THE ATTACHMENT POINTS IN THE FRAME. WATER iio | /) © i MATERIALS FOR BOLTING MUST BE SUPPLIED BY THE RETURN 1 what fo) CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR. MOUNTING TO A WALL IS ALSO Hb SEE Se 4 —— te . cL POSSIBLE. MATERIALS FOR MOUNTING AND STRUCTURAL \ _f _ C6) Q. SUPPORT MUST BE DESIGNED, SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED TOP VIEW CABLE 2a i | 0) te BY THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR. CONNECTION BOX TO EXTERNAL FAN UNIT POWER SUPPLY FROM —! \ 7 ICS CABINET x he WEATHER < (0) rab) Alia PROTECTION = DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR EXTERNAL FAN UNIT, SUPPLIED AND Lu 22 a INSTALLED BY SIEMENS OR BY ELECTRICIAN UNDER SIEMENS > > alt oe SUPERVISION. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR Pin} o TO LOCATE AND MOUNT THE SWITCH ON A SUITABLE SURFACE I <x . IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES. MOUNTING HARDWARE O ra Mle ay asyter 4-4 3/16" 1 15/16" = PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. _ WATER WATER fo fe 7 SCALE on Cc CE RETURN ie OUTDOOR 3 DISCONNECT SWITCH NO SCALE 2 TEMPERATURE /HUMIDITY NONE O 9) —h ie) ul \ » UNIT ON-SITE Ss 3 } ah] SUPPORT =— Ws . a WATER | \ _ (ve) > | INET — to COOLING FAN ~ Y - Ht tn WATER L} (EXHAUST) Cc ‘, ! g RETURN Lj | | | 0 0 u *” {li AIR | ul _ ul He Cc LL ; wT INTAKE \ a 1 l WALL a) 5 sx MAGNETOM ESSENZA LU 3/4” | 3/4" > 07/17/09 hat Ae ae 2 B/i6" 4 rise f i pa ae _ P PROJECT MANAGER: WAYNE WALKER - 2 * » = , ” 4 ’ ” i _ : , 3°=7 1/2 ‘ = B-11 3/4 4-4 3/16 WALL MOUNTING — NO SCALE CEILING HEIGHTS SEO eck ah ae 2-2" 3-9" 2-2" VMAIL: (B00) 888-6611 EXT: 621 MIN. SERVICE CLEARANCE FAX: (253) 559-5504 MIN. SERVICE MIN. SERVICE F ‘ EMAIL: WAYNE.WALKER@SIEMENS.COM CLEARANCE FRONT VIEW CLEARANCE SIDE VIEW EXAM ROOM 7-10 if2 MINIMUM - CONTROL ROOM 6’—11 MINIMUM JEFFERSON COUNTY PUBLIC HOSPITAL ll a . ? ” s) ICS ACTIVE EXTERNAL FAN UNIT Toro" EQUIPMENT ROOM 7-3 MINIMUM 834 SHERIDAN AVENUE, PORT TOWNSEND, WA 98368 a EXAM ROOM — MAGNETOM ESSENZA 1.5T a THIS TILE BLOCK WITHOUT OvECT t — Alec Se) sree | O9O1788 APPROVED BY CUSTOMER FOR FINALS FULL EXTENT OF THE LAW. —THIS DRAWING IS DESIGNED TO CONFORM TO FEATURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS PRESENTED —IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS BE INCORPORATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION — ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. SYM DATE DESCRIPTION ALL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED. SHEET OF DRAWN BY: = A I [ ; N | | OC) N = AT THE TIME OF THEIR PREPARATION. SINCE BOTH THESE FACTORS ARE SUBJECT TO DESIGN DOCUMENTS FOR REFERENCE. —THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROVIDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X—RAY AND ASSOCIATED 9 10 F. CARUSO c MODIFICATION, THEY ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. EQUIPMENT. THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION ’e . DATE: CHECKED: = —THIS SET OF PLANS REPRESENTS A COMPLETE SET OF DETAILS AND SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED. PHYSICIST TO SPECIFY RADIATION PROTECTION. —ISSUE BLOCK— NOTED ne &, 33638 08/04/09 c 3 o3s- ow > So qaqga MRI REFERENCE DRAWING M-101 E1004 PLOTTED BY: Dan Puravet JEFFERSON COUNTY PUBLIC HOSPITAL 834 Sheridan Avenue Port Townsend, WA 98368 MAGNETOM ESSENZA 1.5T Contents: Sheet No. Description A-101 EQUIPMENT PLAN-DETAILS, LEGEND, AND NOTES A-102 SAFETY/SERVICE CLEARANCE PLAN A-501 DETAILS AND NOTES A-502 DETAILS AND NOTES S-101 STRUCTURAL PLAN-DETAILS AND NOTES E-101 ELECTRICAL PLAN(S)-LEGEND AND NOTES E-102 ELECTRICAL PLAN-LEGEND AND NOTES E-501 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS AND NOTES M-101 MECHANICAL PLAN-CHILLED WATER DETAILS AND NOTES M-501 QUENCH VENT SPECIFICATIONS Project Contacts: Siemens Jefferson County Public Hospital Project Manager Customer Contact Wayne Walker Phone: (253) 209-8189 Phone: Voice Mail: (800) 888-6611 Ext: 621 Voice Mail: Ext.: WAYNE.WALKER@SIEMENS.COM E-mail: Planner Frank Caruso Project #: 0901788 SIEMENS MEDICAL SOLUTIONS 51 Valley Stream Parkway Malvern, PA 19355 Www.usa.siemens.com/medical @ JE F F E R S O N CO U N T Y PU B L I C HO S P I T A L MA G N E T O M ES S E N Z A 1. 5 T EX A M RO O M Da t e : 08 / 0 4 / 0 9 Is s u e #: O EN S 7 21-7 1/2” COUNTERS AND CABINETS MUST BE -—— RF SHIELDING TO BE PROVIDED QUENCH VENT SPECIFICATIONS THE QUENCH VENT REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATION DETAILED DESIGNED, SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY RF SHIELDING VENDOR. 9'-0" ON SHEET M—501 MUST BE MET. BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR. nd ee Ss ao | oS . Se _— N\ go \S _—_ —_— i, —- eee _ — 7 _b a aa er Se al pe ee — Z - | 4 \ 4 a — : are ; —~ s =a N17 ~ . J Za 7 Uae 16 oe ~N 1 \\ \ . Jy / oo wae NY, oN oN] ae \ “ CONTROL / a Ae — \ a \ | / ROOM / / / 7 8 | \ / / \ i ; \ t ' / OF MAGNET ROOM \ . o! al C) (+) 14 ' - 3 5/ 8 " EE ARCHITECTURAL EQUIPMENT PLAN I | Pa lm EXAM ~ | ISOCENTER O \\ || | | | | | — — ROOM 24"x 24” SHELF TO SUPPORT 200 POUNDS WITH TWO STANDARDS TO BE SUPPLIED BY THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR. 13-0 1/4” fe IT IS THE OWNER’S RESPONSIBLITY TO RESTRICT THIS AREA (0.5mT FIELD) FROM INDIVIDUALS WITH PACEMAKERS. ee ae / / . Pa / © possi 24 Va \~ . yar ; / SS yo \% . TP LOE / es —4t—4== EH 17, | | OO @ . (2) ° va eee F * | ‘ EQUIPMENT een 5 oe eee IF A CLOSET IS DESIRED TO CONCEAL THE FILTER PLATE AND CABLE CONNECTIONS, IT IS TO BE DESIGNED AND SPECIFIED AND PROVIDED BY THE CUSTOMER OR THEIR REPRESENTATIVE. A 19 3/4” CLEARANCE IS REQUIRED FOR SERVICE AND CABLING. EQUIPMENT LEGEND NO DESCRIPTION SMS | WEIGHT | BTU/HR DIMENSIONS (INCHES) REMARKS SYM (LBS) TO AIR W D H (1) | MRC OPERATING CONSOLE AND KEYBOARD & 132 --- |45 11/16] 35 1/4 | 28 3/8 (2) | COLOR MONITOR FOR MRC & 22 239 17 g 18 1/4 | ON CONSOLE (3) | HOST PC MRC a 49 2389 11 27 18 1/8 (4) | CONTAINER FOR HOST 500 (5) 238 --- 19 5/8 | 31 1/2 | 28 3/8 (5) | ALARM BOX 48) 3 — 9 4 ) (6) | 1.5T MAGNET WITH COVERS AND PATIENT TABLE 9590 --- | 89 1/16 | 161 3/4 | 85 1/8 (@) | RF-FILTER PLATE €) 287 853 46 1/2 | 32 1/8 | 21 5/8 (8) | MAGNET STOP ss) 1 — 3 5 3 (Q) | ELECTRONICS CABINET &) 1653 5118 37 3/4 | 25 3/4 78 CHILLED WATER CABINET (ACTIVE) 3S) 959 5118 40 1/8 | 23 7/8 | 75 5/8 (it) EXTERNAL FAN UNIT & 573 51182 62 45 33 7/8 | 102,364 BTU/HR MAXIMUM (12) | POWERWARE 9130 UPS WITH EBM 3 186 1,257* | 16 7/8 | 12 7/8 | 16 1/4 | #1,755 ON BATTERIES PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTING THE IMMEDIATE ENVIRONMENT FROM THE EFFECT OF THE MAGNETIC FIELD REQUIRES CONSIDERATION. INFORMATION STORED ON MAGNETIC DATA CARRIERS SUCH AS DISKS, TAPES, AND CREDIT CARDS MAY BE ERASED IF IN CLOSE PROXIMITY. CAUTION WITH REGARD TO HEART PACEMAKERS MUST BE EXERCISED. MOST PACEMAKER UNITS EMPLOY A REED RELAY WHICH MAY CHANGE OPERATING MODE WHEN EXPOSED TO AN EXTERNAL MAGNETIC FIELD. THEREFORE, PACEMAKER USERS MUST BE KEPT AT A SPECIFIED DISTANCE FROM THE MAGNET WHICH IS DETERMINED BY THE MAGNETIC FIELD STRENGTH. PROTECTING THE MAGNETIC FIELD THE SIEMENS MAGNETOM UTILIZES A SUPERCONDUCTIVE MAGNET WITH AN EXTREMELY HOMOGENEOUS FIELD WITHIN THE MAGNET TO PROVIDE DISTORTION—FREE IMAGING. THE PRESENCE OF FERROMAGNETIC MATERIAL WITHIN THE VICINITY OF THE MAGNET CAN ADVERSELY AFFECT THE UNIFORMITY OF THE USEFUL MAGNETIC FIELD. THIS APPLIES TO STATIONARY FERROUS MATERIAL (STRUCTURAL STEEL) WHICH IS TO BE MINIMIZED. STATIONARY STEEL COMPENSATION MAY BE ACHIEVED BY MAGNET POSITIONING AND SELECTIVE USE OF SHIMS. FIELD DISTORTION ENCOUNTERED BY MOVING FERROMAGNETIC OBJECTS IS MORE DIFFICULT TO COMPENSATE AND MAY REQUIRE THE USE OF MAGNETIC SHIELDING. MAGNETIC FRINGE FIELDS MAGNETIC FIELDS MAY AFFECT THE FUNCTION OF DEVICES IN THE VICINITY OF THE MAGNET. THESE DEVICES MUST BE OUTSIDE CERTAIN MAGNETIC FIELDS. THE DISTANCES LISTED ARE FROM THE MAGNET ISOCENTER AND DO NOT CONSIDER ANY MAGNETIC ROOM SHIELDING. SCALE: 1/4” = 17-0” X/Y AND Z AXIS | DEVICES 5-11" 7 B11" | SMALL MOTORS, WATCHES, CAMERAS, CREDIT 3. Omt CARDS, MAGNETIC DATA CARRIERS (SHORT— UM TERM EXPOSURE) 7-3" / 11-2" | COMPUTERS, MAGNETIC DISK DRIVES, 1.0mT OSCILLOSCOPES, PROCESSORS g’—3" / 13'-2" | CARDIAC PACEMAKERS, X—RAY TUBES, 0.5mT INSULIN PUMPS, B/W MONITORS, MAGNETIC am DATA CARRIERS (LONG-TERM STORAGE) Soi LTE | SleMENS CT SCANNERS 0.2mT 10’-3" / 17-1" | COLOR MONITORS, SIEMENS LINEAR 0.15mT ACCELERATORS 13'-6” / 22'-7" | X-RAY IMAGE INTENSIFIERS, GAMMA CAMERAS, 0.05mT PET/CYCLOTRON, ELECTRON MICROSCOPES, ‘Qom LINEAR ACCELERATORS THE OWNER/USER IS TO VERIFY THE LOCATION OF THE 0.5mT FIELD AND ENSURE THAT IT !S MAINTAINED AS A RESTRICTED AREA. MAGNET SITING REQUIREMENTS IT MUST BE ENSURED THAT THE MAGNET IS LOCATED SO THAT THE STABILITY AND HOMOGENEITY OF THE MAGNETIC FIELD ARE NOT ADVERSELY AFFECTED BY EXTRANEOUS FIELDS AND STATIC OR DYNAMIC FERROMAGNETIC OBJECTS. X/Y AND Z AXIS SOURCE OF INTERFERENCE FLOOR STEEL REINFORCEMENT<20 LBS./ FT? 3-6 IRON BEAMS < 66 LBS./FT. 16’-0" / 19’-0” STRETCHERS UP TO 110 LBS. ARCHITECTURAL NOTES 1) ALL PRELIMINARY EQUIPMENT LAYOUTS SUBMITTED BY SIEMENS MEDICAL SOLUTIONS, INC. (SMS HEREAFTER) ARE BASED ON THE RECOMMENDED SPACE NECESSARY FOR THE OPERATION AND SERVICEABILITY OF THE EQUIPMENT BEING PROPOSED. SMS WILL NOT SUBMIT AN EQUIPMENT LAYOUT THAT IS NOT IN THE BEST INTEREST OF BOTH THE CUSTOMER AND SMS. ALL EQUIPMENT LAYOUTS ARE BASED EITHER ON AN ACTUAL SITE LOCATION SURVEY OR ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS SUPPLIED TO SMS. SMS WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ALTERATIONS THAT ENCROACH WITHIN DESIGNATED SAFETY AND SERVICE CLEARANCE ZONES AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS (IE. PIPE CHASES, VENTILATION DUCTS, CASEWORK, AND SOFFITS, ETC.) MADE BY THE CUSTOMER OR REQUIRED BY A CUSTOMER'S ARCHITECTURAL FIRM ONCE PRELIMINARY DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN SUBMITTED AND APPROVED. DO NOT ALTER ANY SPECIFICATIONS AND/OR DIMENSIONS WITHOUT CONTACTING AND RECEIVING WRITTEN CONFIRMATION FROM SMS PROJECT MANAGER. 2) SMS IS NOT AN ARCHITECTURAL OR ENGINEERING FIRM. DRAWINGS SUPPLIED BY SMS ARE NOT CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS. THEREFORE, THESE DRAWINGS ARE TO BE USED ONLY FOR INFORMATION TO COMPLEMENT ACTUAL CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS AVAILABLE FROM A CUSTOMER APPOINTED ARCHITECTURAL REPRESENTATIVE OR A CUSTOMER'S ENGINEERING DESIGN GROUP. SMS REQUIRES THAT ONCE THE FINAL CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN PREPARED, THEY SHALL BE MADE AVAILABLE TO SMS PROJECT MANAGER TO VERIFY THAT ALL SMS REQUIREMENTS HAVE BEEN ADHERED TO. THE CUSTOMER'S ARCHITECT AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE ULTIMATELY RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND PROFESSIONAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. 3) THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL ROOM AND AREA PREPARATION COSTS, PROFESSIONAL FEES, PERMITS, REPORTS, AND INSPECTION FEES. 4) EQUIPMENT WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED ON THE PART OF SMS SHALL BE CONTINGENT UPON STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL AND RECOMMENDATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS CONTAINED IN THESE DRAWINGS, UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. 5) ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE TAKEN FROM FINISHED SURFACES UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. 6) THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROVIDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X—RAY AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION PHYSICIST. ACTUAL PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE SPECIFIED BY A REGISTERED RADIATION PHYSICIST AT CUSTOMER’S ENGAGEMENT AND EXPENSE. RESPONSIBILITY FOR ALL INFORMATION AS TO THE ROOM LOCATION, USE, AND NUMBER OF ANTICIPATED EXAMINATIONS TO BE PERFORMED PER TIME PERIOD SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE PHYSICIST BY THE CUSTOMER. THE CUSTOMER SHALL FURTHER TAKE ALL RESPONSIBILITY IN THE COMMUNICATION AND COORDINATION OF ACTIVITIES OF THE RADIATION PHYSICIST AND THE ARCHITECTURAL REPRESENTATIVE. 7) SMS SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SMS EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION AND CALIBRATION, CONNECTION AND INSTALLATION OF SMS PROVIDED CABLES, AND CONNECTION OF CONTRACTOR PROVIDED WIRES TO SMS EQUIPMENT. IN THE EVENT THAT SPECIFIC TRADE RULES OR LICENSE REQUIREMENTS PROHIBIT THIS, THE CUSTOMER SHALL INITIATE THE SERVICES OF APPROVED OTHER CONTRACTORS AND PAY FOR SELECTED, APPROVED PARTIES TO PERFORM THIS WORK WITH JOB SUPERVISION TO BE PROVIDED BY SMS. CALIBRATION WHEN ACCOMPLISHED OUTSIDE OF NORMAL INSTALLATION SEQUENCES DUE TO CONTRACTOR OR TRADE RULE ACTIONS OR REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY, CHARGED TO, AND ACCEPTED BY THE CUSTOMER AS AN ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION EXPENSE. 8) THE CUSTOMER SHALL VERIFY WITH SMS PROJECT MANAGER FINAL INSTALLATION DRAWINGS THE LOCATIONS AND TRAVEL OF ALL ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT TO BE CEILING OR WALL MOUNTED (IE: O.R. LIGHTS, MEDICAL GAS COLUMNS, PHYSIOLOGICAL MONITORING INJECTORS, CRT PLATFORMS, SPRINKLER HEADS, SMOKE DETECTORS, ELECTRICAL OUTLETS, HVAC GRILLES, SPEAKERS, AND GENERAL ROOM LIGHTING, ETC.). 9) THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR/CUSTOMER SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL FINAL PAINT, TOUCH—UP AND ANY COSMETIC OR TRIM WORK WHICH NEEDS TO BE OR IS REQUIRED TO BE COMPLETED AFTER THE INSTALLATION OF THE SMS EQUIPMENT AND ANY ASSOCIATED SUPPORT APPARATUS. 13’-1" A/C CHILLERS 17°-4" / 21'-3" TRANSPORT DEVICES UP TO 440 LBS. 18-0 / 24'—7" VEHICLES UP TO 2,000 LBS. 20'-4" / 29’-6" ELEVATORS, TRUCKS UP TO 10,000 LBS. 39'—4"/26'—2" AC TRANSFORMERS LESS THAN 100 KVA 41°-0"/32'-9” AC TRANSFORMERS LESS THAN 250 KVA 42'-7°/39'—4” AC TRANSFORMERS LESS THAN 650 KVA 45'-11"/49’-3” AC TRANSFORMERS LESS THAN 1600 KVA 9’—10"/6'-6” AC CABLES, MOTORS LESS THAN 100 AMPS 22'—11"/9'—10" AC CABLES, MOTORS LESS THAN 250 AMPS 131’—2” ELECTRIC RAILWAY SYSTEMS FOR IRON OBJECTS LOCATED UP TO 45° FROM THE Z AXIS, THE DISTANCES FOR THE Z AXIS MUST BE USED. REDUCTION IS POSSIBLE WITH STEEL SHIELDING. NOISE LEVELS SYSTEM ROOM NOISE LEVEL / dB(A) CONTROL ROOM </= 55 EXAMINATION ROOM </= 75 EQUIPMENT ROOM </= 65 THE PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE MR SYSTEM GENERATE A CERTAIN AMOUNT OF NOISE. THIS TABLE HAS INFORMATION TO INSTALL NOISE ATTENUATION TO MEET ANY STATE/LOCAL/OSHA CODES. TRANSPORTING REQUIREMENTS MAGNET TRANSPORT: MINIMUM OPENING 5’—5” WIDE x 8’—5” LONG x 8’—5” HIGH. MAGNET WEIGHT: 9,590 POUNDS NET WEIGHT 11,795 POUNDS WITH TRANSPORT FRAME TRANSPORT_DATA: ECA AND ICS ACTIVE 3,483 POUNDS 7’—4” L ECA AND ICS PASSIVE 3,175 POUNDS 6’-8" L x 3-0" W ‘—5" H x 3 WwW 5° H CABINETS ARE ONE PIECE AND CANNOT BE SEPARATI SITE READINESS GUIDELINES THE FOLLOWING GENERAL CONDITIONS ARE NECESSARY TO HAVE THE STATUS OF "READY SITE”: 1) PROPER POWER AVAILABLE AT SIEMENS EQUIPMENT POWER CABINET LOCATION AND ALL POWER OUTLETS FUNCTIONING. 2) AIR CONDITIONING/HUMIDIFICATION SYSTEMS COMPLETE, TESTED, AND FUNCTIONING PROPERLY ACCORDING TO SIEMENS SPECIFICATIONS. 3) PROPER LIGHTING INSTALLED AND FUNCTIONING. 4) PLUMBING COMPLETE EXCEPT FOR ANY FINAL CONNECTIONS TO SIEMENS EQUIPMENT. 5) ALL CABLE TRAYS/DUCTS/CONDUITS CORRECTLY SIZED, LOCATED, AND INSTALLED ACCORDING TO THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS. 6) ALL REINFORCEMENT PLATES/UNISTRUT INSTALLED AS REQUIRED. 7) ROOM FOR EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION AND IMMEDIATE VICINITY IS DUST—FREE AND IS TO REMAIN SO FOR THE DURATION OF THE INSTALLATION. 8) A SECURE AREA (APPROXIMATELY 10° x 10°) IS AVAILABLE AT EQUIPMENT DELIVERY FOR PARTS AND INSTALLATION TOOLS. 9) CUSTOMER SUPPLIED CAMERAS AND PROCESSORS INSTALLED. 10) CUSTOMER APPROVAL FOR SIEMENS REMOTE SERVICES (SRS) CONNECTION, AND CUSTOMER'S I.T. CONTACT INFORMATION AND IP ADDRESSES ESTABLISHED. 11) WALLS TO BE PRIMED AND PAINTED, FLOORS TO BE TILED EXCEPT IN AREAS OF THE EQUIPMENT BASE PLATES. IF THESE CONDITIONS ARE NOT MET, THE SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER AND THE DESIGNATED SIEMENS INSTALLATION SUPERVISOR SHALL RESCHEDULE THE INSTALLATION START DATE. NOTE: ADDITIONAL COST MAY BE INCURRED BY THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR AND DELIVERY DATES MAY NEED TO BE RESCHEDULED, WHEN THE SIEMENS SITE READINESS GUIDELINES ARE NOT MET. CASEWORK & ACCESSORY NOTES STATIC DISSIPATIVE FLOORING SIEMENS RECOMMENDS “STATIC DISSIPATIVE” FLOOR COVERING WITH AN ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE OF <10® OHMS IN ALL AREAS WHERE SIEMENS EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED. A STATIC DISSPITAVE FLOOR REDUCES THE RISK OF STATIC ELECTRIC DISCHARGES THAT MAY DAMAMGE SENSITVE EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SUPPLYING AND INSTALLING ALL CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS INCLUDING ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL DEVICES REQUIRED BY SIEMENS SPECIFICATIONS AND TO ENSURE THAT THE MATERIAL USED INSIDE THE RF—SHIELDING IS AS FREE OF FERROMAGNETIC PROPERTIES AS POSSIBLE. STATE AGENCY REVIEW PRIOR TO SIEMENS EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION, APPROVAL OF CONSTRUCTION OR STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS UTILIZING X-RAY FOR DIAGNOSTIC OR THERAPEUTIC PURPOSES, MUST BE OBTAINED BY THE CUSTOMER FROM THE APPROPRIATE STATE AGENCY, IF APPLICABLE. ROOM MEASUREMENTS ALL ROOM MEASUREMENTS AND ROOM DETAIL SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE VERIFIED ON SITE PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY CONSTRUCTION WORK. ENVIRONMENTAL/POWER AUDIT AS AN INDICATION OF OUR COMMITMENT TO QUALITY, SIEMENS MAY, AT NO COST TO YOUR FACILITY, CHECK THE OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AFTER SYSTEM TURNOVER TO DETERMINE IF THE REQUIREMENTS FOR TEMPERATURE, HUMIDITY, POWER, AND GROUNDING ARE MET AS PER SIEMENS’ PUBLISHED SPECIFICATIONS. SIEMENS WILL GENERATE A WRITTEN REPORT DETAILING THE ENVIRONMENTAL AND ELECTRICAL CONDITION OF THE SITE AFTER TURNOVER AND WILL SHARE THE REPORT WITH YOU. IN THE EVENT WE IDENTIFY ANY ENVIRONMENTAL/POWER DEFICIENCIES AT THE SITE, YOUR FACILITY WILL BE REQUESTED TO CORRECT DEFICIENCIES WITHIN THIRTY (30) DAYS. SHOULD ANY CORRECTIVE ACTIONS BE NECESSARY, AND UPON REQUEST, SIEMENS WILL PROVIDE GUIDANCE IN AN EFFORT TO FACILITATE RESOLUTION. PLEASE BE ADVISED THAT AFTER 30 DAYS NOTICE ANY REPAIR OR MAINTENANCE SERVICES NECESSITATED BY SEVERE DEFICIENCIES WILL FALL OUTSIDE YOUR WARRANTY COVERAGE. 1. ALL CASEWORK IS EITHER EXISTING OR IS TO BE DESIGNED, DETAILED, FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE CUSTOMER AND/OR CONTRACTOR. FOLLOW DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS INCLUDED HEREWITH, AS THEY ARE ESSENTIAL FOR THE SUCCESSFUL INSTALLATION & OPERATION OF THE SIEMENS EQUIPMENT. 2. ALL FURNITURE (CHAIRS, ETC.) FOR THE CONTROL ROOM ARE TO BE PROVIDED BY THE CUSTOMER. DC LIGHTING THE MAGNETIC FIELD ADVERSELY AFFECTS THE OPERATING LIFE OF LIGHT BULBS LOCATED IN THE IMMEDIATE VICINITY OF THE MAGNET. THE FILAMENT IN THE BULB OSCILLATES WITH THE FREQUENCY OF THE POWER SUPPLY. DURING SCANNING, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT LIGHT FIXTURES IN THE VICINITY OF THE MAGNET BE CONNECTED TO A DC VOLTAGE SUPPLY. RESOURCE LIST (SMS USE ONLY) DESIGNATION MAGNETOM ESSENZA PG NUMBER M6—060.891.01.05.02 DATE 03.09 MAGNETOM ESSENZA 07/17/09 CEILING HEIGHTS EXAM ROOM 7’—10 1/2” MINIMUM CONTROL ROOM 6’—11 MINIMUM EQUIPMENT ROOM) 7’—3” MINIMUM VMAIL: (800) 888-6611 TEL: (253) 209-8189 FAX: (253) 559-5504 PROJECT MANAGER: WAYNE WALKER EXT: 621 EMAIL: WAYNE.WALKER@SIEMENS.COM SIEMENS JEFFERSON COUNTY PUBLIC HOSPITAL 834 SHERIDAN AVENUE, PORT TOWNSEND, WA 98368 EXAM ROOM — MAGNETOM ESSENZA 1.5T THE USE OR REPRODUCTION OF : ‘ THIS TITLE BLOCK WITHOUT PROJECT it: SHEET: SIEMENS AUTHORIZATION WILL J\| 08/04/09 | VERSION R1OTRA DATED 07/23/0941 = RESULT IN PROSECUTION UNDER O Le) O 4 1 8S 8S APPROVED BY CUSTOWER FOR FINALS f= FULL «EXTENT OF THE LAW. —THIS DRAWING IS DESIGNED TO CONFORM TO FEATURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS PRESENTED —IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS BE INCORPORATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION — ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. SHEET OF DRAWN BY: = TT _ N TT | © N . AT THE TIME OF THEIR PREPARATION. SINCE BOTH THESE FACTORS ARE SUBJECT TO DESIGN DOCUMENTS FOR REFERENCE. —THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROVIDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X-RAY AND ASSOCIATED SYM oe picaliacii ALL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED. 1 10 F. CARUSO A MODIFICATION, THEY ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. EQUIPMENT. THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION : ‘ ; : ™ —THIS SET OF PLANS REPRESENTS A COMPLETE SET OF DETAILS AND SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED. PHYSICIST TO SPECIFY RADIATION PROTECTION. —-ISSUE BLOCK— SCALE Notep | REF: Boy 33638 FO" og /04/09 PRECKED: MI C O TT FC O F R CC o O C O M m M m s TT FF R U I C C T IC O o O r F r M m o E— FR E= Mc r l Ee DC o c o c i c v u U JA ” E- MN T FR E— I THERE SHALL BE NO CABLE DUCTS, LIGHT FITTINGS, HVAC DUCTS, OR OTHER FIXED SIEMENS FILTER PANEL \ 4 NON MAGNETIC CABLE TRAYS ) | . _/A : FI —_—— _ 0.05mT QUENCH TUBE “, RF SHIELDING SUSPENDED CEILING IX] A | 7' = 1 0 1/ 2 ” D RO O M HE I G H T MI N . FI N I S H Fe ~S L p e ~ ot MAGNETOM ESSENZA 1.5T TYPICAL FRONT ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" — —. | 7 an CABLE TRAYS” ae 4 RF SHIELDING —|p QUENCH NN SUSPENDED CEILING TUBE ra a en en i Sa | ee \ ae 7 see @ at? oe ae \ 0.05 y, : 4 Ceo _/T~ s* | %, ; . Wa > = \ \ . O.15mT, y= a“ e-~. / [bE ~~ No, / foam 4 ~ a A Sie ine ___ ss If N ‘ \ \ “~~ = . / 4 7 — Zz \ ; é ; osmi/ | a “ | : \ ' \ \ \ pio ye ey WE 1 : B| ! Z : - | : [ | ; ; - - - - 2|° 7 \ _| 7 l | - - _ - | = Lay TT 4 || | \ THA \ | a AAW / | | : \ V\ AW 1 | \ : —— \ \\ , SN | Z i / . \ ~ ~ - Migs LoTR Se wt 7 / ‘ NX ; NL Oi Le Zz ef / . % a ar ee oe TS he ps aie Uo ; \ Se eee Ohl wae / ™. _ i _ —_— ‘ / \ oo Sgt a , N\ a sg en ZA ) . 1 /4°=1'—0" 3 MAGNETOM ESSENZA 1.5T TYPICAL SIDE ELEVATION Van COMPONENTS INSTALLED IN THIS AREA ABOVE fe g'=0" THE COLDHEAD AND HELIUM SIPHON PORT. | 2'-0" —. — “ 7 ™| 1 / , 1'-0 1/8” . N. CONTROL | S XO, ROOM / es rs - &9 i . Ht eH {= \ IN y | es} | }-——-11 IS THE OWNER’S RESPONSIBLITY TO | RESTRICT THIS AREA (0.5mT FIELD) a ( \ EXAM pf FROM INDIVIDUALS WITH PACEMAKERS. , ROOM [tei / \ —— V \ .0.5mT fA ia | YH A f ~— — ——— 4-- FA [a . SERVICE CLEARANCE } EQUIPMENT | | = | ROOM __ — “A SERVICE WY WW) CLEARANCE ; mr | | =) es0y ee SAFETY/SERVICE CLEARANCE PLAN SCALE: 1/4” = 17-0” po ee | SERVICE END MAGNET REAR 9 1/4” an _| MAGNET | ISOCENTER 2| <= a __ pe 2 =| 9 | } ©, ae for) " S | 83/4" | | t 1 10 3/8” 17 1/8" l . PATIENT END 18 1/4 | sa er 57" MOUNTING POINTS FOR CURTAIN FRAME M5X30 SCREW -, WASHER : a © < 44 1/2" S i | + oO]. == : . | WIS] Z5 os ¥ % S TZILLILLIL LLLP LD VLPTPLLL LIX 1h = _ \ 49" 59 3/4” 12 1/2” CEILING BOARD [| 46 13/16" 1 aie CURTAIN BRACKET go 1/16" tet 3/# SECTION THRU BOLT HOLE MING" NOT SIEMENS WILL PROVIDE A CURTAIN TO CONCEAL THE CABLES FROM FRONT ELEVATION SIDE ELEVATION THE MAGNET COVER TO THE FINISHED CEILING. THE CONTRACTOR MUST PROVIDE A FRAME ABOVE THE FINISHED CEILING AS SHOWN. 4 | TURRET COVER FRAME | no scae 1 MAGNETOM ESSENZA 1.5T MAGNET NONE CEILING HEIGHTS EXAM ROOM 7’—10 1/2” MINIMUM CONTROL ROOM 6’—11 MINIMUM EQUIPMENT ROOM 7’—3” MINIMUM MAGNETOM ESSENZA 07/17/09 FAX: EMAIL: 888-6611 253) 559-5504 AYNE.WALKER@SIEMENS.COM PROJECT MANAGER: WAYNE WALKER TEL: (253) 209-8189 VMAIL: (800 EXT: 621 SIEMENS JEFFERSON COUNTY PUBLIC HOSPITAL 834 SHERIDAN AVENUE, PORT TOWNSEND, WA 98368 EXAM ROOM — MAGNETOM ESSENZA 1.5T VERSION R1O1RA DATED 07/23/09 THE USE OR REPRODUCTION OF THIS TITLE BLOCK WITHOUT SIEMENS AUTHORIZATION WILL PROJECT #: 0901788 SHEET: RESULT IN PROSECUTION UNDER aN 08/04/09 APPROVED BY CUSTOMER FOR FINALS FULL EXTENT OF THE LAW. —THIS DRAWING IS DESIGNED TO CONFORM TO FEATURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS PRESENTED —{T 1S RECOMMENDED THAT THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS BE INCORPORATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION —ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. ev DATE DESERIETION ALL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED SHEET OF DRAWN BY: = = AT THE TIME OF THEIR PREPARATION. SINCE BOTH THESE FACTORS ARE SUBJECT TO DESIGN DOCUMENTS FOR REFERENCE. —THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROVIDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X-RAY AND ASSOCIATED . 2 10 F. CARUSO MODIFICATION, THEY ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. EQUIPMENT. THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION SCALE: REF. # DATE: CHECKED: a —THIS SET OF PLANS REPRESENTS A COMPLETE SET OF DETAILS AND SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED. PHYSICIST TO SPECIFY RADIATION PROTECTION. —-ISSUE BLOCK— AS NOTED : in 33638 "98/04/09 : Mm I c y o TT FC O r R CC l C O C O M N M N S s T FR U I C C T IC O M E— FR E= ~ M N I c C C Ee DC o c o c c t l t J R K R / 4 E - M C N T FE - F 23 3/8" 8 7/8” 23 3/8” 8 7/8" 23 3/8" 8 7/8” p—+--RF SHIELD r-RF SHIELD 7 iy N = 2 YY ly Z N = = Z N 2 an z N RF SL ———, al : N - J SIEMENS JUL a [4 Y N RF FILTER PLATE 4 & SIEMENS 23 5/8” iY Oo RF FILTER PLATE ( MINIMUM Y Vy) 1 oI YY) 2 rAN qa AINA = . Cae le N to 2 VAN 7 2 : ANY — IF ® N ° SIEMENS N S SIEMENS Z \ V7 SIEMENS H = EQUIPMENT i EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT a) CABINET Y CABINET Y N Y CABINET SIEMENS il 2 Y N RF FILTER PLATE . 7] N A N 3 a r s VAN Z : a —_ ; ANY 3) ANY ; N e] 8 YAN Z NiZ x ZANT a N : N YY, i] | N | WAN VAN if “| LAN -| YW ly tT] MANY 3) VAN “| VAN AGING N 4) 2) (IN Y) N 4) V7 S ia N ANY "| ANY VAAN VAN “| [4 Vy VAN YAN o ZN 0 f VAN |_T 0 VAN EQUIPMENT EXAM EQUIPMENT i ee EXAM EQUIPMENT 3-10" MINIMUM | EXAM ROOM ROOM ROOM ae BAG ROOM ROOM ROOM RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION ALTERNATE. INSTALLATION MINIMUM ROOM HEIGHT INSTALLATION 1 EQUIPMENT CABINET AND RF FILTER PLATE SIDE VIEW 3/4nc 1-0" > ‘o | [ve] : | NJ > ! 65 1/2” ry Ln 5'-5" > i's) J! (+a) > Ag FOR TRANSPORT DOWN A HALLWAY THE MINIMUM DIMENSIONS ARE 5’~—5” LENGTH x 8'-5” WIDE x 8’—5” HIGH. MAGNET THROUGH A 8’—0” HALLWAY WITH A 90° TURN. IT IS POSSIBLE TO TRANSPORT THE IT WILL NOT BE POSSIBLE TO TRANSPORT THE MAGNET THROUGH 5’—5” HALLWAYS WITH A ae EN CONSULT WITH THE SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER WHEN PLANNING TO TRANSPORT THE MAGNETOM ESSENZA MAGNET THROUGH MAGNET TRANSPORTING DETAIL Ro ac NO SCALE MAGNETOM ESSENZA 07/17/09 PROJECT MANAGER: WAYNE WALKER TEL: 253) 209-8189 VMAIL: (800) 888-6611 EXT: 621 FAX: 253) 559-5504 EMAIL: WAYNE.WALKER@SIEMENS.COM 834 SHERIDAN AVENUE, PORT TOWNSEND, WA 98368 EXAM ROOM ~— MAGNETOM ESSENZA 1.5T THE USE OR REPRODUCTION OF . : THIS TITLE BLOCK WITHOUT PROJECT if: SHEET: SIEMENS AUTHORIZATION WILL VERSION R101RA DATED 07/23/09 08/04/09 RESULT IN PROSECUTION UNDER / 8S | 08/04/09 | rer a CUSTOMER FOR FINALS FULL EXTENT OF THE LAW. O 9 O L 3 —THIS DRAWING IS DESIGNED TO CONFORM TO FEATURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS PRESENTED —IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS BE INCORPORATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION —ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. SHEET OF DRAWN BY: = = AT THE TIME OF THEIR PREPARATION. | SINCE BOTH THESE FACTORS ARE SUBJECT TO DESIGN DOCUMENTS FOR REFERENCE. —THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROVIDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X-RAY AND ASSOCIATED ld DATE DESeRIPTION ALL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED. 3 10 F. CARUSO MODIFICATION, THEY ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. EQUIPMENT. | THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION SCALE: REF. #: DATE: CHECKED: a —THIS SET OF PLANS REPRESENTS A COMPLETE SET OF DETAILS AND SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED. PHYSICIST TO SPECIFY RADIATION PROTECTION. —ISSUE BLOCK— WS NOTED , fin 33638 "98/04/09 ‘ MI C O TT FC O F R CC o O C O M m M N S s TT FR U J I C T C T IC O M E— FR E~ - M m N c C l ke bD C o c o c c l w JK E- Mm TS FR E - F RF_ DOOR OPENING IN THE EVENT OF A CATASTOPHIC FAILURE OF THE QUENCH VENT DURING A QUENCH, PRESSURE BUILT UP MAY PREVENT OPENING A DOOR THAT OPENS INTO THE RF ROOM, PREVENTING EVACUATION FROM LIFE THREATENING CONDITIONS. FOR THIS REASON THE RF DOOR SHOULD OPEN TO THE OUTSIDE OF THE RF ROOM. IF THE DOOR CANNOT OPEN OUT FROM THE RF ROOM, OTHER APPROPRIATE MEANS HAVE TO BE PROVIDED SO THAT THE RF ROOM DOOR IS NOT PREVENTED FROM OPENING DUE TO PRESSURE. IF THE DOOR OPENS INTO THE RF ROOM, A 24"x24” OPENING FOR PRESSURE EQUALIZATION INTO THE RF ROOM MUST BE INSTALLED. THIS IS MANDATORY. THIS IS NOT AN ESCAPE HATCH. THE PURPOSE OF THE OPENING IS TO RELIEVE PRESSURE AND ALLOW THE MAIN DOOR TO BE OPENED SO THAT OCCUPANTS CAN BE EVACUATED. THE OPENINGS WILL HAVE PANELS INSTALLED IN THE RF ROOM OR THE DOOR THAT CAN BE UNLOCKED AND OPENED TO THE OUTSIDE IN CASE OF EMERGENCY. THESE PANELS REQUIRE AN RF SEALED INSTALLATION. AFTER OPENING THE PANEL, THE OUTLET SHOULD MEASURE AT LEAST 24°x24”. WHEN USING RECTANGULAR PANELS, THE SHORTER SIDE SHOULD MEASURE OF MINIMUM OF 24”. TO ENSURE UNOBSTRUCTED VENTING, THIS OPENING CANNOT BE SUBDIVIDED. THIS MEANS THAT, FOR EXAMPLE, RF SEALED HONEYCOMB GRIDS ARE NOT PERMITTED. EASY REMOVAL OF THE PANEL BY A PERSON HAS TO BE ENSURED AND A MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 40” TO A FIXED OBJECT MUST BE MAINTAINED. THE PANEL SHOULD BE INSTALLED IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION AND ALLOW ESCAPE OF THE LOW DENSITY HELIUM. AS AN ALTERNATIVE TO AN OUTSWING DOOR, THE STATIONARY OBSERVATION WINDOW IS REPLACED BY A WINDOW OPENING INTO THE CONTROL AREA OR THE DOOR IS REPLACED WITH AN RF SEALED SLIDING DOOR. {!T SHOULD BE ENSURED THAT THE DOOR CLOSES IN A WAY THAT ALLOWS IT TO MOVE AWAY FROM THE FRAME IN CASE OF OVERPRESSURE. F THE DOOR OPENS TO THE OUTSIDE, THE OPENING IN THE RF ROOM IS STILL RECOMMENDED. EXHAUST AND INTAKE FOR AIR CONDITIONING FR FILTER PLATE OPENING QUENCH TUBE EXIT RF VIEWING WINDOW RF SHIELDING OPENING FOR PRESSURE RF ROOM EQUALIZATION DOOR OPENING DIRECTION TO THE OUTSIDE THE RF ROOM MANUFACTURER CAN PROVIDE YOU WITH ADDITIONAL RF SEALED ROOM OPENINGS THAT LEAD DIRECTLY TO THE OUTSIDE. HOWEVER, THESE OPENINGS ARE ALSO CONDUITS FOR NOISE GENERATED OUTSIDE THE RF ROOM. UNOBSTRUCTED FLOW THROUGH THIS PIPE MUST BE GUARANTEED. NOTE: FOR DOORS MOVED BY AN AUXILLARY DRIVES (ELECTRICAL OR PNEUMATIC), MANUAL OPERATION HAS TO BE ENSURED. AN OUTSIDE WINDOW SHOULD BE IN THE VICINITY TO ALLOW VENTING EXHAUSTED GAS TO THE OUTSIDE. THE INTEGRITY OF THE RF SHIELD MUST BE TESTED AFTER REMODELLING. STAINLESS STEEL DIELECTRIC BUSHING SPRING WASHER GASKET SPRING “_—\ poe STEEL STAINLESS STEEL LOCKING NUT i 4 a STAINLESS STEEL SCREW 3/16” MINIMUM = STAINLESS STEEL mance T5738" wn ——= DIELECTRIC ISOLATION HAS TO BE INSTALLED TO AVOID ELECTRICAL NOISE BEING PICKED UP BY LOOPS BETWEEN THE MAGNET, THE QUENCH TUBE, THE RF ROOM, AND THE BUILDING. IT IS NECESSARY TO HAVE ONE DIELECTRIC ISOLATION OF THE QUENCH TUBE INSIDE THE RF ROOM (PROVIDED BY SIEMENS AT THE MAGNET) AND ONE OUTSIDE THE RF ROOM (PROVIDED BY THE QUENCH TUBE MANUFACTURER). DIELECTRIC ISOLATION NO SCALE 1 SAFETY INFORMATION — PRESSURE EQUALIZATION NONE QUENCH TUBE CONNECTION FLANGES BOTH ENDS CONNECTION PLATE TO RF ROOM ee —A a AS REQUIRED Lmin.= 4 x D 1 1/8” MAXIMUM TYPICAL von oO 00 0 0 oOo 0 90 VIEW_A D = INTERNAL WAVE GUIDE DIAMETER (D </= 11 13/16”) L = WAVE GUIDE LENGTH DIAMETER TO SUIT THE RF CABIN FEED THROUGH NEEDS TO CONFORM TO CERTAIN GEOMETRIC CONTSTRAINTS IN ORDER TO GUARANTEE THE RF INTEGRITY OF THE RF CABIN. AS A FUNCTION OF INTERNAL PIPE DIAMETER, THE FOLLOWING APPLIES TO MINIMUM PIPE LENGTH FOR FREQUENCIES UP TO 128 MHz AND 110 dB ATTENUATION. DEPENDING ON RF CABIN DESIGNS, RF SEALS CAN BE REQUIRED BETWEEN THE MOUNTING FLANGE AND THE RF CABIN. QUENCH TUBE RF CABIN FEED THROUGH 4-7 1/8" FINISHED WALL OPENING 3-10 7/16" 3-6 3/4” RF SHIELD OPENING LINE OF FINISHED ccune—| = i Soe : GRADIENT aN = i) eee ee Ce + | ae | Aptos n e t THE FINISHED WALL DIMENSION [4 | : 3 jlo) |] Ooood . : APPLIES TO THE EQUIPMENT « z io a, | | I\EE=rs a8 ae ooood I") | ‘0 | ROOM AND THE EXAM ROOM. QIi*F2c] . [aS | || = ‘en <a “lez =] FS | I+ LI "| | hel wo | Gi oa . A lp NOS oe) “LS | 1) eg ~N ZO l Lo ° . = | x _ ak emf |_9 Oh PL] SSS S/O "Je T weeee ee is ce. Te ° v LZ —____— ey A LINE OF rr —/| PENETRATIONS SHIELDING FOR CRYOGEN ~ SUPPLY LINES - RF CABLE COOLING WATER 1 1/16" SUPPLY AND RETURN LINES 2 15/16” 3'-2 7/16" 15 x 2 9/16” TYP. FOR THE MINIMUM EQUIPMENT ROOM HEIGHT OF 7’—2 5/8”, THE FILTER PLATE MUST BE MOUNTED AT 4°-3 1/4” — 5’—3”. THE CABINETS MUST BE LOCATED SEPARATELY FROM THE FILTER PLATE AND A LONGER CABLE SET MUST BE ORDERED TO ACCOMPLISH THIS. IF A COVER IS DESIRED FOR THE FILTER PLATE, IT SHOULD BE EASILY REMOVEABLE FOR INSTALLATION AND SERVICE. A CLOSET WITH A DOOR IS ALSO ACCEPTABLE. IN EITHER CASE A 19” CLEARANCE MUST BE MAINTAINED FOR CABLING AND SERVICE. 6’ - 9 1/ 2 ” MI N I M U M (M O U N T E D AB O V E CA B I N E T S ) 4’ - 3 1/ 4 ” MI N I M U M (M O U N T E D SE P A R A T E L Y FR O M CA B I N E T S ) LINE OF FINISHED nook 3 EQUIPMENT ROOM SIDE FILTER PLATE ELEVATION SCALE: 3/4"=1'-0" 2 WAVE GUIDE NO SCALE 23 3/8” 8 7/8" | AIR a = OUTLET SIEMENS. RF FILTER PLATE AIR | INLET 19 3/4” EQUIPMENT ROOM EXAM ROOM IF A COVER IS DESIRED TO CONCEAL THE FILTER PANEL INSIDE THE EXAM ROOM (NOT INCLUDED IN DELIVERY), IT IS NECESSARY TO HAVE VENTILAITON AND PROPER CLEARANCE FOR CABLING AND SERVICE. RECOMMENDED SIZE IS 4’—4”" WIDE x 2’-0” DEEP. 4) FILTER PANEL COVERS NO SCALE FILTER PLATE GENERAL NOTES 1) STRUCTURAL SUPPORT AND INTEGRATION OF THE SIEMENS SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED FILTER PLATE WITH MAGNETIC AND RF SHIELDING SHALL BE SPECIFIED, DETAILED AND NOTED BY THE RF AND MAGNETIC SHIELDING MANUFACTURER(S) WITH OVERALL COORDINATION WITH SIEMENS SITE SPECIFIC RECOMMENDATIONS TO BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD. 2) THE FILTER PLATE FRAME, RF FILTER PLATE BLANK, RF GASKET AND MOUNTING HARDWARE FOR THE PURPOSES OF TESTING THE INTEGRITY OF THE RF ENCLOSURE PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF THE SIEMENS SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED RF FILTER PLATE SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE SHIELDING CONTRACTOR(S) UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. OEM OPTIONS FILTER PANEL NON—SIEMENS EQUIPMENT REQUIRING RF ROOM PENETRATION REQUIRES A SEPARATE PENETRATION PANEL BE PROVIDED BY THE CUSTOMER AND INSTALLED BY THE RF ROOM MANUFACTURER. THE OUTSIDE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER WILL SPECIFY ANY AND ALL FILTER AND PENETRATION PANEL REQUIREMENTS. THE PENETRATION PANEL WILL BE LOCATED IN CLOSE PROXIMITY TO THE SIEMENS FILTER PANEL AND BE COMPLIANT WITH ALL SIEMENS RF ROOM REQUIREMENTS. SIEMENS FILTER PANEL IS RESERVED FOR SIEMENS PRODUCTS AND FUTURE UPGRADES ONLY. SHIELDING GENERAL NOTES 1) SIEMENS REQUESTS THAT THE SHIELDING MANUFACTURER(S) SUBMIT FINAL SHOP DRAWINGS TO SIEMENS FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO THEIR INCLUSION IN CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. SIEMENS SHALL BE COPIED ON ALL FIELD ORDER CHANGES CONCERNING CHANGES IN RF AND MAGNETIC SHIELDING CONDITIONS, CONFIGURATION AND SPECIFICATION. THE RF AND MAGNETIC SHIELDING CONTRACTOR(S) SHALL FURNISH "AS BUILT” SCALED AND DIMENSIONED PLANS REFLECTING ANY AND ALL FIELD ORDER CHANGES PRIOR TO THE COMPLETION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. 2) ALL CHANGES TO SIEMENS RECOMMENDED OPENINGS AND PENETRATIONS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO THE COMPLETION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. 3) THE SIZE, LOCATION, AND DIMENSIONS OF ANY MAGNETIC SHIELDING REQUIRED HAS BEEN DETERMINED BY SIEMENS. THIS INFORMATION HAS BEEN SUPPLIED TO THE MAGNETIC SHIELDING FABRICATOR TO DESIGN THE STRUCTURAL SUPPORT SYSTEM REQUIRED FOR THE MAGNETIC SHIELDING MATERIAL. RF SHIELDING THE EXAMINATION AREA MUST BE SHIELDED TO PROVIDE A REDUCTION OF RADIO FREQUENCY WAVES EMANATING FROM EXTERNAL TRANSMITTERS. THE REQUIRED ATTENUATION IS 90dB IN THE FREQUENCY RANGE OF 15-128 MHz. IF CO-—SITING TWO SYSTEMS EACH ROOM SHOULD BE 100 dB. THE RF SHIELD MUST BE TESTED BEFORE AND AFTER MAGNET PLACEMENT IN THE RF ROOM AND AFTER THE SIEMENS RF FILTER PANEL IS INSTALLED. THE RF—SHIELDING MUST BE INSULATED FROM ALL GROUNDS SUCH THAT THE ONLY GROUND IS THE SINGLE POINT GROUND ON THE OUTSIDE OF THE RF—ROOM WALL. ALL ELECTRICAL LINES INTO THE RF ROOM MUST BE ROUTED THROUGH RF FILTERS (PROVIDED BY RF SHIELDING SUPPLIER). ALL ELECTRICALLY NON—CONDUCTIVE SUPPLY LINES (E.G. OXYGEN) INTO THE RF ROOM MUST BE ROUTED THROUGH RF SEALED WAVE GUIDES (PROVIDED BY RF SHIELDING SUPPLIER). FOR PRESSURE EQUALIZATION PURPOSES THE RF DOOR SHOULD OPEN TO THE OUTSIDE OF THE RF ROOM. AS AN ALTERNATIVE A 24”X24” OPENING IN THE RF ROOM FOR PRESSURE EQUALIZATION IS REQUIRED. WAGNETOM ESSENZA 07/17/09 PROJECT MANAGER: WAYNE WALKER TEL: (253) 209-8189 VMAIL: (800) 888-6611 EXT: 621 FAX: (253) 559-5504 EMAIL: WAYNE.WALKER@SIEMENS.COM SIEMENS JEFFERSON COUNTY PUBLIC HOSPITAL 834 SHERIDAN AVENUE, PORT TOWNSEND, WA 98368 EXAM ROOM — MAGNETOM ESSENZA 1.5T VERSION R101RA DATED 07/23/09 J\|} 08/04/09 APPROVED BY CUSTOMER FOR FINALS —THIS DRAWING IS DESIGNED TO CONFORM TO FEATURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS PRESENTED —fT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS BE INCORPORATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION — ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. SYM DATE DESCRIPTION ALL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED SHEET OF DRAWN BY: A : | [ N [ | © N 2 AT THE TIME OF THEIR PREPARATION. SINCE BOTH THESE FACTORS ARE SUBJECT TO DESIGN DOCUMENTS FOR REFERENCE. —THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROVIDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X-RAY AND ASSOCIATED , 4 10 F, CARUSO MODIFICATION, THEY ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. EQUIPMENT. THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION SCALE: REF. #: ? HECKED: = —THIS SET OF PLANS REPRESENTS A COMPLETE SET OF DETAILS AND SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED. PHYSICIST TO SPECIFY RADIATION PROTECTION. —ISSUE BLOCK— AS NOTED . i 133638 DATE: 08/04/09 CHECKED: THE USE OR REPRODUCTION OF THIS TITLE BLOCK WITHOUT SIEMENS AUTHORIZATION WILL RESULT IN PROSECUTION UNDER FULL EXTENT OF THE LAW. PROJECT #: SHEET: 0901788 A-90)2 MI C O T FC O F R CC O C O M N M N S T FR U J I C O T IC O F M , E— FR E~ M N I C c c Ee DL o c o c e l t J M/ 1 E - MN T FR E _ F 1513/16" 43/16") | [27 11/16" +3/16" “LOR LEVELNESS IS STRUCTURAL NOTES ae 7 7 CRITICAL IN THIS AREA 9'-0 | 1 DOCKING 21 1/8" . OUTLINE OF MAGNET COVERS = Oe Fan TE ORIN 1) THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL [ 24 3/8 AND PATIENT TABLE STRUCTURAL SUPPORT MEMBERS AND NEEDED HARDWARE FOR THE z j TRANSPORT TROLLEY. to | ole 2,920 | | 4 REFER To NOTE 1 INSTALLATION OF THE SIEMENS EQUIPMENT. a8 Zig 2 POUNES | 1 SEISMIC ANCHOR Ll2 : 2) THE OVERHEAD STRUCTURAL SUPPORT SYSTEM SHALL BE FIXED, are are in |S LOCATION n| 2 © E RIGID AND BRACED FOR SWAY. - ale ia | & <] 6 Fy we ee See | @15 wn /9 SG > ,-/8, Ble 3) ALL STRUCTURAL SUPPORT MEMBERS SHALL BE TRUE, SQUARE, | >(5 Ni | 228 . le LEVEL, PARALLEL AND COPLANAR WITH RESPECT TO EACH OTHER, mila |< 2,098 POUNDS ms2 wlSs WITH A HORIZONTAL STRUCTURAL SUPPORT MEMBER TO BE LOCATED ONTROL Q re CL. | gfS= EE AND SET WITH A TRANSIT. i 3 - - | > 5 ee awa : I 6 = as = = = LF 9 n — = o == 9 4) ALL STRUCTURAL SUPPORT DETAILS SHOWN ARE SAMPLE ROOM ? \ EXAM ne — | H+ — ™ = = = -tu_ 7 DETAILS BASED UPON TYPICAL AND STANDARD BUILDING PRACTICES ISOCENTER ANCHOR | J | AND ARE NOT INTENDED AS ACTUAL CONSTRUCTION DETAILS. J LOCATION 7 \ wail OF MAGNET fa | ROOM IN | ; ORIENTATION POINT ALL CONSTRUCTION DETAILS AND SUPPORT CALCULATIONS SHALL rm f _ 4 _ _ 4 _ _ _ _ a a — sab BE PREPARED BY A PROFESSIONAL STRUCTURAL ENGINEER 3 \ | - AT THE CUSTOMER'S EXPENSE. IN THE EVENT AN EXISTING SUPPORT | f Ss p= _ } SYSTEM IS TO BE USED, IT WILL BE THE CUSTOMER'S RESPONSIBILITY a be “T° - - - | 7 s| TO VERIFY THE INTEGRITY OF THAT SYSTEM. CJ aa ~-|<k : ie ‘ | | fo | S/S S 5) WHERE SHOWN ON THE 1/4” STRUCTURAL FLOOR PLAN, THERE ———a 12 re wo | = eo, & ARE ON OCCASION MOUNTING FRAMES FURNISHED BY SMS. | THESE rf 4 5 oO | oO | if \ S101 S=101 wo | Sl. ale 2,098 POUNDS re 3 FRAMES ARE TO BE SET BY THE CONTRACTOR, UNDER THE SUPER— HK One ey = cla | é —— 4 i \ 18 a|o | ol= If | VISION OF SMS PERSONNEL. THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR IS ae | tlhe 2 d SEISMIC ANCHOR RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL FRAMES INSTALLED BY HIM TO BE WATER B S 1. \ | LOCATION i LEVEL AND ANCHORED PROPERLY cy w & . Olo Ni ieee S| | OO CC err er ere re rr re er errr err er a fs ae 6) ALL CEILING FIXTURES (i.e. AIR SUPPLY GRILLES, AIR RETURN = = IL " GRILLES, EXHAUST GRILLES, SPRINKLER HEADS, INCANDESCENT m1 ra 2,920 5 7/8 1 [| nN ate POUNDS AND FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES, INTERCOM SPEAKERS, MEDICAL by I Ses < TYPICAL GAS COLUMNS, ETC.) SHALL BE INSTALLED FLUSH MOUNTED no [ j [ = WITH THE FINISHED CEILING TO PROVIDE FREE AND UNRESTRICTED TRAVEL OF THE SMS CEILING MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. PT] NOTES: Lt 7) THE BOTTOM SIDE OF THE UNISTRUT CEILING GRID AND ANY 1. THE FLOOR MUST BE LEVEL IN THE AREA OF THE MAGNET AND AROUND AND UNDER THE ACCORDING TO OUR EXPERIENCE, THE MASS OF THE CEILING MOUNTED SUPPORT PLATES ARE TO BE INSTALLED FLUSH PATIENT TABLE (7'-3”" x 14’—10"). THE ACCEPTABLE TOLERANCE IS MAXIMUM +1/16”. FLOOR SHOULD BE 123 POUNDS/SQUARE FOOT WITH THE FINISHED CEILING. THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR SHALL (CORRESPONDING TO A THICKNESS OF 8” MINIMUM) ALSO PROVIDE COVERSTRIPS FOR THE UNISTRUT. 2. THE LOADS SPECIFIED DO NOT CONTAIN SAFETY OR FATIGUE FACTORS. We ACHIEVE EOD: VIGRATION ENG STRUCTURE-BOENE . 3. THE MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE PATIENT WEIGHT IS 550 POUNDS. SOUND ISOLATION. THIS IS A RECOMMENDATION. Bd Eur tee cee ee Ee ee EA MENR oeotion AS SHOWN ON THE 1/4” EQUIPMENT LAYOUT PLAN. FOR THIS SCALE: REASON, ANY DEVIATIONS FROM THE STRUCTURAL PLANNING AS EQUIPMENT 1 MAGNETOM ESSENZA BASE DETAIL 3/8"=1'-0" SHOWN MUST BE APPROVED BY SMS PLANNING DEPARTMENT. ROOM 9) THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DESIGN AND DETAIL OF FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING STRUC— TURES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE WEIGHTS, MOMENTS AND FORCES AS SHOWN ON OUR STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS, OR INFORMATION, IN CONSIDERATION OF FORCES AS DETERMINED PER LOCAL GOVERNING BUILDING CODES. 0.1000 NOTE: FOR THE WEIGHTS OF ALL SIEMENS EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THIS PLAN, SEE THE "EQUIPMENT LEGEND” ON SHEET A101. VIBRATION OF THE SITE HAS THE ABILITY TO AFFECT THE a, STABILITY AND HOMOGENEITY OF THE MAGNETIC FIELD. L THEREFORE EXTERNAL VIBRATIONS OR SHOCKS AFFECTING THE =f MAGNET MAY DEGRADE IMAGE QUALITY. IN THE THREE Fe SPATIAL ORIENTATIONS THE BUILDING MUST NOT EXCEED i a+ jit ACCELERATION OF 0.001 m/s? OR —80 dB(G) G=9.81 m/s? \ 7 THE REQUIREMENT FOR Omax IS MEASURED AS MAXIMUM Rms L VALUE PER FREQUENCY COMPONENT <O.5Hz IN THE FOURIER / TRANSFORMATION OF THE RECORDED SIGNAL (SPECTRUM), Zz y STRUCTURAL FLOOR PLAN THE VIBRATION LEVEL OF CONTINUOUS VIBRATIONS (CAUSED = / = —— BY AIR CONDITIONER, COMPRESSOR, ETC.) AT THE LOCATION 0.0100 / SCALE: 1/4” = 1’-0 OF THE MAGNET MUST NOT EXCEED THE SPECIFIED VALUES. ff ” FOR ALL NON—CONTINUOUS TRANSIENT VIBRATIONS THE tu T FIGURES SHOULD BE MULITIPLIED BY 4 (OR 12 dB). = 7 CONTACT SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER FOR MORE DETAILS. Q if / ALL SITES MUST BE TESTED BY AN ACOUSTICAL/VIBRATION 7 ENGINEER. 2 N D aN vl N = ts, j = = = _ / 0.0010 1.0 10.0 100.0 ——— MAGNET ON ISOLATORS | FREQUENCY (Hz) SCALE: 2 PERMISSIBLE ACCELERATION NONE Mm I c o T FC O F R CC o C O M m M N M m s S s TT rR U I C O C T IC O M ! MAGNETOM ESSENZA E— - FR E— - Mm M c C c ke bD o c o c d c e c t w t JM E- Mm T 07/17/09 PROJECT MANAGER: WAYNE WALKER CEILING HEIGHTS VAL: i BBB-6617 EXT: 621 Ss] EM ENS -XAM ROOM 7'=10 1/2" MINMUN Eh: VANE AR KERBSIENENS.COM CONTROL ROOM 6’—11 MINIMUM JEFFERSON COUNTY PUBLIC HOSPITAL EQUIPMENT ROOM 7-3 MINIMUM 834 SHERIDAN AVENUE, PORT TOWNSEND, WA 98368 EXAM ROOM — MAGNETOM ESSENZA 1.5T Ps “Siok Ease loge [PROJECT i SHEET SIEMENS AUTHORIZATION WILL VERSION R1O1RA DATED 07/23/09 / /\| 08/04/09 APPROVED BY CUSTOMER Fog FRACS RESULT _IN PROSECUTION UNDER O90 1 8S 8s FULL EXTENT OF THE LAW. —THIS DRAWING IS DESIGNED TO CONFORM TO FEATURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS PRESENTED —IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS BE INCORPORATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION —ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. SYM DATE DESCRIPTION ALL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED SHEET OF DRAWN BY: = - AT THE TIME OF THEIR PREPARATION. SINCE BOTH THESE FACTORS ARE SUBJECT TO DESIGN DOCUMENTS FOR REFERENCE. —THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROVIDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X—RAY AND ASSOCIATED 7 5 10 F. CARUSO MODIFICATION, THEY ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. EQUIPMENT. | THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION SCALE: REF. #: DATE: CHECKED: . —THIS SET OF PLANS REPRESENTS A COMPLETE SET OF DETAILS AND SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED. PHYSICIST TO SPECIFY RADIATION PROTECTION. —ISSUE BLOCK— AS NOTED a 33638 08/04/09 FR E— I EXAM CONTROL ROOM ROOM aa ISOCENTER a . OF MAGNET f iN G) 9 eY/ | (10) 480 VOLT, 100 AMP 3—PHASE POWER FROM FACILITY. SEE DETAIL E-501/1. (1) EQUIPMENT - | ROOM y, L (> J YZ) © ELECTRICAL RACEWAY PLAN TWO DUPLEX OUTLETS MUST BE PROVIDED IN THE EQUIPMENT ROOM FOR SERVICE PURPOSES. Qs SYMBOLS ALL MAY NOT APPLY UN CAUTION OR WARNING (7) CRITICAL NOTE(S) 2ZZI CIRCUIT BREAKER BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR | OPENING IN RACEWAY OR TRENCHDUCT ld PULLBOX IN (FLOOR/WALL/CEILING) iP] OPENING IN ACCESS FLOORING és) RF ROOM DOOR SWITCH 0 (EPO) EMERGENCY POWER OFF BUTTON CEILING DUCT POWER REQUIREMENTS DEMAND AND CAPACITY REQUIREMENTS NOTES 1) IF EQUIPMENT UPGRADE IS ANTICIPATED, INSTALLING ELECTRICAL POWER TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE HIGHER POWER GRADIENT PACKAGE AT THE TIME OF INITIAL INSTALLATION WILL REDUCE THE COST TO UPGRADE THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM LATER. 2) RECOMMENDED TRANSFORMER SIZE (SYSTEM WITHOUT UPS) IS BASED ON INDUSTRY STANDARD ISOLATION TRANSFORMER KVA RATINGS. SOURCE IMPEDANCE FEEDING THE MAGNETOM SYSTEM, INCLUDING ANY ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS, MUST MEET EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS AS LISTED HERE. SIEMENS RECOMMENDS A TRANSFORMER WITH COPPER WINDINGS, AN ELECTRO-—STATIC SHIELD, AND A LOW IMPEDANCE (<3%) TO ENSURE THAT SOURCE IMPEDANCE REQUIREMENTS ARE MET. 3) OVERCURRENT PROTECTION IS SPECIFIED FOR SYSTEMS WITHOUT AN UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS). ADDITION OF A UPS REQUIRES A HIGHER CAPACITY MAINS CONNECTION (DEPENDENT UPON UPS MODEL AND SIZE). MAXIMUM FAULT CURRENT IS DEPENDENT UPON THE IMPEDANCE OF THE FACILITY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. CUSTOMER'S ARCHITECT OR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO SPECIFY AIC RATING OF OVERCURRENT PROTECTION BASED ON FACILTY IMPEDANCE CHARACTERISTICS. 4) MOMENTARY POWER IS BASED ON A MAXIMUM RMS VALUE FOR A PERIOD NOT TO EXCEED FIVE (5) SECONDS, AS DEFINED IN NEC 517.3. STAND-BY AND AVERAGE CURRENT ARE SUBSTANTIALLY LOWER. 5) THE CONDUCTOR SIZE SHOULD BE SELECTED TO MEET THE VOLTAGE DROP REQUIREMENTS, TAKING INTO CONSIDERATION THE MAINS CAPACITY, RUN LENGTH, AND ANY ADDITIONAL TRANSFORMERS USED TO OBTAIN THE PROPER EQUIPMENT VOLTAGE LEVEL. NEMA STANDARD XR-9-—1989 (R1994,R2000) PROVIDES GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR SIZING CONDUCTORS, TRANSFORMERS, AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS FOR MEDICAL IMAGING SYSTEMS. 6) LONG-TIME POWER IS BASED ON THE HIGHEST AVERAGE RMS SCALE: 1/4” = 1°-0” ELECTRICAL LEGEND ELECTRICAL NOTES 1) COMPLIANCE: ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NFPA—70), O.S.H.A. REGULATIONS, AS WELL AS APPLICABLE REGULATIONS OF CITY, COUNTY, STATE AND FEDERAL AGENCIES. PROVIDE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT THAT COMPLY TO ANSI, IEEE AND NEMA STANDARDS. WHERE APPLICABLE, PROVIDE ONLY MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS THAT ARE U.L. LISTED AND LABELED. CUSTOMER’S/CONTRACTOR’S WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF NECA STANDARD OF INSTALLATION. 2) QUALITY ASSURANCE: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS IN THE FIELD TO INSURE THAT THE NEW WORK WILL FIT TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. SHOULD ANY CONDITIONS EXIST OR BE DISCOVERED THAT PREVENT THE INSTALLATION OF WORK AS SHOWN, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF EQUIPMENT, OR THE PERFORMANCE OF ANY WORK THAT MAY BE AFFECTED. DO NOT ALTER DRAWINGS, DIMENSIONS, OR SPECIFICATIONS IN ANY WAY WITHOUT CONTACTING AND RECEIVING WRITTEN CONFIRMATION FROM SMS PROJECT MANAGER. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. CONDUIT AND PULL BOXES TO BE INSTALLED BY THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR WITH LOCATIONS BEING FIELD VERIFIED BY SMS PROJECT MANAGER. 3) WORK FURNISHED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR: WORK NOT PROVIDED BY SIEMENS MEDICAL SYSTEMS BUT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE: ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND DUCTS, WIRING TROUGHS, PULL BOXES, CONDUITS, CIRCUIT BREAKERS, EMERGENCY OFF BUTTONS, DOOR SWITCHES, WARNING LIGHTS, WIRING, WIRING DEVICES, CONNECTORS, LIGHTING EQUIPMENT AND GROUNDING. 4) RACEWAY AND CONDUIT NOTES: RACEWAY SHALL BE ELECTRIC METALLIC TUBING (EMT) FOR RIGID CONDUIT WORK, OR WHERE SHORT OFF—SET CONNECTIONS ARE REQUIRED LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT SHALL BE USED. FIELD BENDS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN AS SHOWN IN TABLE 346-10 OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. PROVIDE A JETLINE "SUPER TRUE TAPE”, OR EQUIVALENT CONDUIT MEASURING TAPE FISH LINE IN ALL RACEWAYS AND CONDUITS. CONDUIT BODIES SHALL NOT BE USED. WHERE A CONDUIT ENTERS A BOX, FITTING, OR OTHER ENCLOSURE, AN INSULATED THROAT CONNECTOR SHALL BE PROVIDED TO PROTECT THE WIRE FROM ABRASION. CONNECTORS SHALL BE DOUBLE SET SCREW TYPE, STEEL CONCRETE TIGHT. KEEP RACEWAYS AT LEAST 6 INCHES AWAY FROM PARALLEL RUNS OF FLUES OR STEAM AND HOT WATER PIPES. INSTALL RACEWAY RUNS ABOVE WATER AND STEAM PIPES PROVIDED THAT CABLE RUN DISTANCES ARE MAINTAINED. USE TEMPORARY CLOSURES TO PREVENT FOREIGN MATTER FROM ENTERING RACEWAY. CONDUIT RUNS ARE SHOWN SCHEMATICALLY. INSTALL CONDUIT WITH A MINIMUM OF BENDS IN THE SHORTEST PRACTICAL DISTANCE CONSIDERING THE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND OBSTRUCTIONS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE CERTAIN THAT ANY CONDUIT/RACEWAY RUNS CONTAINING SIEMENS MEDICAL SYSTEMS CABLES DO NOT EXCEED THE SPECIFIED MAXIMUM DISTANCES AS SHOWN ON THE ELECTRICAL DETAILS. PROVIDE ENCLOSED METAL RACEWAY SYSTEM (WIRE DUCT) WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS WITH DIVIDERS TO SEPARATE THE DUCT (FOR POWER AND SIEMENS MEDICAL SYSTEMS CABLING). DIVIDERS AND CROSSOVER PIECES TO BE PROVIDED AS NECESSARY. FOR UL CERTIFIED SYSTEMS, THE CABLE TO CABLE AS WELL AS THE CIRCUIT TO CIRCUIT SEPARATION REQUIREMENT WAS EVALUATED DURING THE UL SYSTEM INVESTIGATION OF THIS EQUIPMENT. ADDITIONAL SEPARATION OF THE SYSTEM CABLE ASSEMBLIES INTO SEPARATE OR PARTITIONED RACEWAYS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, IS NOT NECESSARY TO INSURE SEPARATION OF CIRCUITS, AS THEY CAN BE IN THE SAME RACEWAY. PROVIDE WIRE DUCT/RACEWAY WITH ACCESSIBLE REMOVABLE COVERS. LOCATIONS OF OPENINGS TO BE CUT IN FIELD ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER. ELECTRICAL PULL BOXES AND RACEWAY COVERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A MANNER TO ALLOW ACCESSIBILITY FOR INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE. — IN— FLOOR TRENCH DUCT AND FLUSH FLOOR BOXES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH FULLY GASKETED REMOVABLE COVERS. 5) IN ADDITION TO THE CIRCUIT BREAKER LOAD CURRENT RATING, CONSIDERATION MUST ALSO BE GIVEN TO SELECTING CIRCUIT BREAKERS THAT HAVE A HIGH ENOUGH SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT WITHSTAND RATING TO SAFELY COORDINATE WITH THE POWER SYSTEM AVAILABLE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT. GENERALLY, WHEN THE 480 VOLT, 3 PHASE, X-RAY EQUIPMENT IS SERVED FROM A POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM THAT IS PROVIDED WITH A 500 KVA OR SMALLER TRANSFORMER, A STANDARD 14,000 RMS AMPERE WITHSTAND RATED CIRCUIT BREAKER WILL BE ADEQUATE. HOWEVER, IF THE POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM TRANSFORMER IS LARGER THAN 500 KVA, THEN THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS HAVING A SHORT CIRCUIT WITHSTAND RATING GREATER THAN 14,000 RMS AMPERES MAY BE REQUIRED. CABLE LENGTH RESTRICTIONS POWER REQUIREMENTS VOLTAGE RANGE: 480 VAC +10% FOR ALL LINE AND LOAD CONDITIONS. VOLTAGE BALANCE: 2% MAXIMUM DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PHASES FREQUENCY: 60 Hz + 1.0 Hz LINE IMPEDENCE: < 200 mOhms STAND BY POWER (ICS ACTIVE/ICS PASSIVE): 20.3 KW/8.8 KW HIGHEST AVERAGE POWER (ICS ACTIVE/ICS PASSIVE): | 35.5 KW/23.7 KW SYM SIZE DESCRIPTION REMARKS SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR (3) 3"6 OPENING IN FACE OF VERTICAL DUCT 5'—0” ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR IN LOCATION TO BE ALARM BOX COORDINATED WITH THE ARCHITECT. AS REQUIRED LOCATION FOR CABLES TO DROP OUT OF BOTTOM OF RACEWAY. MAGNET CABLE ACCESS Ci) --- DISCONNECT SWITCH MOUNTED NEAR EXTERNAL FAN UNIT TO DISCONNECT POWER SUPPLY FROM | EXTERNAL FAN UNIT INDOOR UNIT. SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS, INSTALLED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR IN ACCORDANCE DISCONNECT WITH LOCAL CODES. i) AS REQUIRED RF DOOR SWITCH WITH PULL BOX MOUNTED ABOVE DOOR FRAME AS DIRECTED BY SIEMENS DOOR SWITCH PROJECT MANAGER. McMASTER—CARR SUPPLY ROLLER LIMIT SWITCH 7076k14. oes) 18” x 18” LOCATION FOR CABLES TO DROP OUT OF BOTTOM OF RACEWAY. ELECTRONICS CABINETS &) --- LOCATION FOR EXTERNAL FAN UNIT & SSeS EMERGENCY POWER OFF BUTTONS TO PREVENT RESETTING OF ”CB” WHEN IN “OFF” POSITION, UNDERVOLTAGE TRIP MOUNTED WITH CENTERLINE AT 5'—0” ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. ALL PARTS ARE TO BE SEE DETAIL E-501/1 NONFERROUS INSIDE THE RF ROOM. EXACT LOCATIONS ARE TO BE VERIFIED WITH THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD. @) aa SIEMENS RF FILTER PANEL TO BE MOUNTED ON RF SHIELDED WALL FILTER PANEL ep == FIXPOINT DESIGNATION, SAME PULLBOX/OPENING AS MRC. HOST COMPUTER ae) 3—PHASE MAIN ENCLOSURE TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR FLUSH OR SEE SHEET E—501 SURFACE MOUNTED 5’—0" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR, EXACT LOCATION TO BE DETERMINED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR. THE ENCLOSURE SHALL CONTAIN (1) 120VAC UNDERVOLTAGE TRIP, (1) KT8050P 480-120 VOLT STEP DOWN TRANSFORMER FOR UNDERVOLTAGE TRIP, (1) NON-ISOLATED GROUND BAR AND (1) ISOLATED GROUND BAR. & 4” x 4" OPENING IN FACE OF RACEWAY IN SHOWN LOCATION. MAIN CONSOLE rs) AS REQUIRED SINGLE GANG BOX MOUNTED FLUSH WITH FINISHED WALL MOUNTED 6'—0" ABOVE FINISHED MAGNET STOP FLOOR. PROVIDE NEATLY FINISHED AND REMOVABLE COVER WITH CABLE EXIT. LOCATION TO BE WITHIN 30 FEET CABLE LENGTH TO THE BACK OF THE MAGNET. ALL ITEMS INSIDE THE RF ROOM MUST BE NON-FERROUS. & AS REQUIRED PULL BOX MOUNTED FLUSH WITH FINISHED WALL AT FLOORLINE IN SHOWN LOCATION PROVIDED |POWERWARE 9130 WITH 2”% OPENING IN FINISHED COVER. 24"%4" ALUMINUM LADDER TRAY, MOUNTED AT HEIGHT COORDINATED WITH SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER, | CABLE TRAY SEE DETAIL IN THE EXAM ROOM, MAINTAINING 12” CLEARANCE ABOVE THE TRAY FOR ACCESS. CABLE E~-501/4 LADDER IS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT INTERCONNECTING CABLES BETWEEN THE FILTER PANEL AND THE MAGNET. A 15” MINIMUM CLEARANCE IS REQUIRED BETWEEN THE LADDER TRAY AND THE RF FILTER PANEL (F1). WHEN ROUTING ALL RACEWAYS REFER TO DETAIL E-501/2 TAKING CARE SO THAT MAXIMUM CABLE LENGTHS ARE NOT EXCEEDED. DO NOT LOCATE THIS CABLE TRAY ABOVE THE MAGNET. 12"x4" ALUMINUM LADDER TRAY MOUNTED AT HEIGHT COORDINATED WITH SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER IN| CABLE TRAY SEE DETAIL THE EXAM ROOM. A 12” SEPARATION BETWEEN CD1 AND CD2 MUST BE MAINTAINED. DO NOT | E—501/4 LOCATE THIS CABLE TRAY ABOVE THE MAGNET. 24"x4" ALUMINUM LADDER TRAY, MOUNTED AT HEIGHT COORDINATED WITH SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER | CABLE TRAY SEE DETAIL IN EQUIPMENT ROOM MAINTAINING 12” CLEARANCE ABOVE THE TRAY FOR ACCESS. CABLE E-501/4 LADDER IS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT INTERCONNECTING CABLES BETWEEN THE EQUIPMENT ROOM AND THE RF FILTER PANEL (F1). AN 18” MINIMUM CLEARANCE IS REQUIRED BETWEEN THE LADDER TRAY AND THE FILTER PANEL. 10” x 3-1/2” | VERTICAL DUCT MOUNTED FLUSH WITH FINISHED WALL IN CONTROL AREA FROM FINISH FLOOR | RACEWAY UP TO ABOVE FINISH CEILING PROVIDED WITH REMOVABLE FINISHED COVERS. (1) AS PER NEC CONDUIT FROM FACILITY POWER TO ME SEE SHEET E—501 (2) AS PER NEC CONDUIT FROM ME TO EPO. SEE DETAIL E-501/1 GB) AS PER NEC CONDUIT FROM EPO TO EPO TO BE NON-FERROUS WHEN INSIDE THE RF ROOM. SEE DETAIL E—-501/1 CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR IS TO PROVIDE WAVEGUIDES FOR ALL NON-—SIEMENS WIRING. (4) (1) 3/4"6 CONDUIT FROM EPO TO UPS. SEE DETAIL E-501/1 6) (1) 3/4"0 SURFACE MOUNTED FLEX CONDUIT FROM UPS TO SIEMENS PROVIDED UPS/EPO CONTROL BOX, |NOT TO EXCEED 4 FEET (6) (1) 1% CONDUIT FROM UPS TO RACEWAY AT ECA. NOT TO EXCEED 29 FEET Q (1) 2" CONDUIT FROM ME TO END AT ECA VIA FLEX CONDUIT. THERE MUST BE A DIELECTRIC SEPARATION BETWEEN THE CONDUIT AND THE CONNECTION AT ECA. (2) 2 1/2"8 CONDUIT FROM MRC TO RACEWAY AT ECA. g) (1) 1 1/2" CONDUIT FROM AB TO RACEWAY AT ECA. (1) 1/2"8 CONDUIT FROM DS TO RACEWAY (WIRES TO ECA). (1) (1) 3/4" CONDUIT FROM MS TO RACEWAY (WIRES TO MAGNET) TO BE NON—FERROUS WHEN INSIDE THE RF ROOM. (12) (2) 2 1/2"6 PVC PIPE FOR CARRYING SIEMENS COOLILNG WATER HOSES FROM ICS TO EFU. NOT TO EXCEED 65 FEET ADDITIONAL 65 FEET OPTIONAL (13) (1) 1 1/2" CONDUIT FROM CABLE TRAY ABOVE ICS TO DC. (1) 1 1/2" CONDUIT FROM DC TO EFU. FROM VIA TO DESCRIPTION REMARKS SOURCE 1 ME (3) PHASE CONDUCTORS, (1) FULL SIZE EQUIPMENT GROUND WIRE AND (1) NEC SIZED SAFETY GROUND WIRE TO BE SIZED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR/ENGINEER. ME 2 EPO DETERMINED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. EPO 3 EPO DETERMINED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. EPO 4 UPS DETERMINED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ME 7 ECA (3) #2 AND (1) #2 EQUIPMENT GROUND. SHIELDED POWER CABLES 1) THE CABLE SET LENGTH IDENTIFIES THE "FREE CABLE LENGTH”. THIS IS THE LENGTH FROM CONNECTION POINT TO CONNECTION POINT. THE CABLE LENGTH IS NOT THE DISTANCE BETWEEN COMPONENTS. 2) THE GRADIENT CABLES INSIDE THE RF SHIELDED ROOM ARE 6’—0” SHORTER THAN THE OTHER SYSTEM CABLES. THIS MEANS THAT IF THE 22’ CABLE SET IS SELECTED, THE GRADIENT CABLES WILL BE 16° IN LENGTH. THE GRADIENT CABLES NEED TO GO UP INTO THE CABLE TRAY IN THE CEILING AT THE FILTER PLATE AND DOWN AT THE MAGNET. THESE VERTICAL RUNS MUST BE DEDUCTED FROM THE TOTAL CABLE LENGTH OF 16’. CONNECTION VALUES (ICS ACTIVE/ICS PASSIVE) 45/40 KVA MOMENTARY POWER (LESS THAN 5 SEC.) 65 KVA MR SYSTEM FUSE RATING 100 A RECOMMENDED UPS TBD UPS FUSE RATING TBD MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE VOLTAGE DROP AT MAXIMUM 4.0% POWER, INCLUDING SOURCE IMPEDANCE, FEEDERS AND ANY TRANSFORMERS. POWER QUALITY WAGNETOM ESSENZA 07/17/09 PROJECT MANAGER: WAYNE WALKER [] | SURFACE MOUNTED DUCT VALUES FOR A PERIOD EXCEEDING 5 MINUTES DURING CLINICAL POOR POWER WILL A | TEL: (253) 209-8189 =<) VERTICAL DUCT SYSTEM OPERATION, AS DEFINED IN NEC 517.3. LTER EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE CEILING HEIGHTS VMAIL: (800) 888-6611 EXT: 621 Ss] E M E N Ss 7) A CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH A HIGH INRUSH RATING (>8x RATED ; SRA SERGE RE RESO CIEMENS. COM > ETHERNET CONNECTION TO CUSTOMER'S INFORMATION CURRENT) IS REQUIRED TO PERMIT SWITCH-ON OF THE UPS SYSTEM IT ISIN THE CUSTOMER'S INTEREST THAT THE ELECTRICAL EXAM ROOM 7’—10 1/2” MINIMUM CONTRACTOR BE RESPONSIBLE FOR TESTING AND VERIFYING SYSTEMS NETWORK (VERIFY WITH SMS PROGRAM MANAGER). WITHOUT SPURIOUS TRIPPING. CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH AN ADJUSTABLE : MAGNETIC TRIP (SIEMENS FD6 SERIES OR SIMILAR) ARE HIGHLY THAT THE EQUIPMENT POWER SUPPLY COMPLIES WITH THE CONTROL ROOM 6’—11 MINIMUM JEFFERSON COU NTY PU BLIC HOSPITAL 110 VOLT, 20 AMP, HOSPITAL GRADE DUPLEX OUTLET SOO MUENBED SIEMENS SPECIFICATIONS. a Se LOCATED NEAR THE RDIAG PHONE LINE. EQUIPMENT ROOM 7-3 MINIMUM 834 SHERIDAN AVENUE, PORT TOWNSEND, WA 98368 EXAM ROOM — MAGNETOM ESSENZA 1.5T THE USE OR REPRODUCTION OF , ‘ THIS TITLE BLOCK WITHOUT PROJECT if: SHEET: SIEMENS AUTHORIZATION WILL VERSION R101RA DATED 07/23/09 RESULT IN PROSECUTION UNDER 9QO V, 8S AX 08/04/09 | sppROVED BY CUSTOMER FOR FAAS) FULL EXTENT OF THE LAW. O L S —THIS DRAWING IS DESIGNED TO CONFORM TO FEATURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS PRESENTED —IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS BE INCORPORATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION —ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. SHEET OF DRAWN BY: = AT | [ N l | ‘@) N - AT THE TIME OF THEIR PREPARATION. SINCE BOTH THESE FACTORS ARE SUBJECT TO DESIGN DOCUMENTS FOR REFERENCE. —THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROVIDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X-RAY AND ASSOCIATED mn DATE DESERIPTON ALL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED. 6 10 F. CARUSO MODIFICATION, THEY ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. EQUIPMENT. THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION le . A . . —THIS SET OF PLANS REPRESENTS A COMPLETE SET OF DETAILS AND SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED. PHYSICIST TO SPECIFY RADIATION PROTECTION. —ISSUE BLOCK— SCALES notep — | R* fin 33638 DATE: 08/04/09 CHECKED: Mm I c o Tr FC O F R CC o O C O m T M m s T RU I C O C TI I1 C o r M m M d E- FR E- ~ - M m N c l o ke DC o c o c c e w t J K A 1 E- Mm T FR E— I - Tal © ELECTRICAL DIMENSION PLAN ISOCENTER a, OF eo. 9’-0 2'-8" at CONTROL _ _| ROOM a EQUIPMENT ROOM SCALE: 1/4” = 1°-0" MI C O T FC O F R CC l o O C O M m n N s T FR U I C C T IC o O F r F r _ , MAGNETOM ESSENZA 07/17/09 CEILING HEIGHTS FAX: EMAIL: PROJECT MANAGER: WAYNE WALKER TEL: (253) 209-8189 VMAIL: (800) 888-6611 EXT: 621 253) 559-5504 AYNE.WALKER@SIEMENS.COM SIEMENS EXAM ROOM 7’—10 1/2” MINIMUM CONTROL ROOM 6’—11 MINIMUM EQUIPMENT ROOM 7’—3” MINIMUM JEFFERSON COUNTY PUBLIC HOSPITAL 834 SHERIDAN AVENUE, PORT TOWNSEND, WA 98368 EXAM ROOM — MAGNETOM ESSENZA 1.5T VERSION R101RA DATED 07/23/09 APPROVED BY CUSTOMER FOR FINALS ATTENTION: AT THE TIME OF THEIR PREPARATION. MODIFICATION, THEY ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. — THIS SET OF PLANS REPRESENTS A COMPLETE SET OF DETAILS AND SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED. —THIS DRAWING IS DESIGNED TO CONFORM TO FEATURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS PRESENTED SINCE BOTH THESE FACTORS ARE SUBJECT TO DESIGN —{T IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS BE INCORPORATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS FOR REFERENCE. — ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. —THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROVIDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X-RAY AND ASSOCIATED THE USE OR REPRODUCTION OF THIS TITLE BLOCK WITHOUT SIEMENS AUTHORIZATION WILL RESULT IN PROSECUTION UNDER FULL EXTENT OF THE LAW. PROJECT #: 0901788 THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION PHYSICIST TO SPECIFY RADIATION PROTECTION. ALL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED. [SMT OF 1, —ISSUE BLOCK— SCARE Noten |R* 80133638 |= ~— 08/04/09 SHEET: “102 FR : E— F- E— FR E- MN CC E DO C O C e ? L J M/ 1 E- MN I GENERAL NOTES 1) IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF THE RF—SHIELDED EXAM ROOM, THE GROUND MUST ORIGINATE AT THE SIEMENS ELECTRONICS CABINET GROUND BUS, AND SHOULD BE CONNECTED AT BOTH ENDS UNDER SIEMENS SUPERVISION. 4) 2) THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR IS TO FURNISH A FLEXIBLE DEDICATED AND ISOLATED GROUND (GRD) CONDUCTOR FROM THE MAIN FACILITY DISTRIBUTION SOURCE TO THE SIEMENS ELECTRONICS CABINET (ACC). THE GROUND CONDUCTOR MUST BE SIZE AND TYPE TO MATCH THE PHASE CONDUCTORS. 3) THE INTERNAL LINE IMPEDANCE IS 100mOHMS MEASURED AT THE SIEMENS ELECTRNICS CABINET (ACC). ALL WIRING AND CONDUITS ARE TO BE SIZED ACCORDINGLY TO MEET THIS SPECIFICATION. ALL CONDUCTORS ARE TO BE THE SAME SIZE. THE EPO (EMERGENCY POWER OFF) MUST PROVIDE REMOTE "EMERGENCY OFF” CONTROL OF SYSTEM POWER. MUST BE INSTALLED BY A QUALIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ACCORDING TO NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, STATE AND LOCAL REGULATIONS. MEASURES SHOULD BE TAKEN TO DESIGN THE CIRCUIT IN SUCH A WAY THAT IT WILL ALWAYS WORK WHEN THE MEDICAL EQUIPMENT IS POWERED. IT 1S RECOMMENDED THAT EPO CIRCUIT BE A NORMALLY CLOSED ENERGIZED CIRCUIT DESIGN AND THAT IT DERIVES ITS SOURCE FROM THE EQUIPMENT INCOMING FEEDER OR IS A DEDICATED BRANCH CIRCUIT, PREFERABLY FROM THE EPO'S AN EVERGENCY POWER SOURCE WITH CIRCUIT BREAKER LABELED AND "LOCKED—ON’. THE EPO CONFIGURATION DEPICTED IN THIS DRAWING IS ONE EXAMPLE OF A POSSIBLE EPO CONFIGURATION THAT SATISFIES THESE REQUIREMENTS, HOWEVER, THE FACILITY/CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE EPO AND MUST MAKE THE FINAL DETERMINATION CONSIDERING ALL SITE CONDITIONS AND REGULATORY FACTORS. THE SECOND SET OF NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACTS ARE TO BE DRY TYPE AND CONNECTED IN SERIES FOR THE UPS. (THEORY OF CIRCUIT) WHEN ANY EPO IS PUSHED, THE NORMALLY CLOSED UPS CONTACT WILL OPEN SENDING A SIGNAL TO THE UPS SHUTTING THE UPS DOWN. EXAM €P0) CONTROL EQUIPMENT ROOM RF FILTERS TO BE ROOM ROOM EMERGENCY FURNISHED AND EMERGENCY UPS/EPO CONTROL BOX DEDICATED AND ISOLATED 480 VOLT, | POWER OFF INSTALLED BY RF POWER OFF EMERGENCY SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS 100 AMP, 3-PHASE, 60 Hz SIEMENS SHIELDING CONTRACTOR | SIEMENS Donen OFF INSTALLED BY LEGEND INCOMING POWER SOURCE 52PAW2A OR (2) FOR ’'D SZPAWZA OR eal oR CoEReIeR LEVEN EQUIVALENT 2) FOR UPS 3-—PHASE, EQUIPMENT GROUND a (2) EQUIVALENT A. E1SED43B100 — BREAKER AND ENCLOSURE AND SAFETY GROUND—WIRES AND v T 3/4°@ FLEX CONDUIT CONDUIT TO BE SIZED BY ELECTRICAL | 4°—0” MAXIMUM LENGTH B OU1FD6O — 120VAC UNDERVOLTAGE TRIP CONTRACTOR (SEE NOTE 3). | KT8050P — 480 VOLTS TO 120 VOLTS oF GPS [i mice BOWN TRANGEORUER FOR , nN “7N\|L___WIRES TO BE IDENTIFIED BY EC. 6° x 6" x 4” UNDERVOLTAGE TRIP eo PULLBOX 7 OVIDED BY G ISOLATED AND NON-ISOLATED GROUND BAR f+ cnet suppLIED GONTRICTOR EMT CONDUIT (WE) WIRE AND CONDUIT SIZES AS PER NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE BY SIEMENS MAXIMUM. LENGTH a ALUMINUM CONDUIT [A B Sissi Conair Wan A B CONDUIT SIZE AS PER NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE @ EEE on ee en REFER TO NOTE 3 DIELECTRIC AT ACC ( ) BY CONTRACTOR RECOMMENDED PART NUMBERS SHOWN ARE SIEMENS ree 4 ENERGY AND AUTOMATION (PURCHASED FROM YOU LOCAL S 2/0 PHASE CONDUCTORS SIEMENS RF DOOR DISTRIBUTOR) OR EQUIVALENT. TO LOCATE A DISTRIBUTOR, BREAKER AND ENCLOSURE TO (1) #2/0 ISOLATED GROUND | Pee Nics| DOOR SWITCH CABLE SWITCH VISIT THIS WEBSITE—HTTP://WWW.SEA.SIEMENS.COM). ALL BF LOCATED IN EQUIPMENT ROOM CABINET SU PRNED BY SIEMENS Reraten orl PARTS TO BE PROVIDED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR. 1/2°6 CONDUIT BY CONTRACTOR cer SCALE: 1 POWER AND GROUNDING REQUIREMENTS sau SYSTEM CABLES 30’ SYSTEM CABLES - | I 7 4 , 7—— 4° —4 4 26 GRADIENT CABLES a I | | | | GRADIENT CABLES ' EXAMINATION ROOM | ALARM BOX COOLING CABINET ELECTRONICS CABINET HOST PC MAGNET MAIN CONTROL CONSOLE @O O O ® RF DOOR SWITCH MAGNET STOP FILTER PANEL Q@ O O ® ( | | | —_ | | CONTROL ROOM | SEMI RIGID Om @s) | PRESSURE. LINES (1RG | (COLD HEAD) | Le | ol (ml @ | cn = | ! | 7? ry e EQUIPMENT ROOM 295’ \V— 49’ ETHERNET g 9g’ \ 75° 1.5M/10M CABLE SET (GRADIENT CABLES INSIDE THE RF ROOM ARE 6 FEET SHORTER THAN SYSTEM CABLES) [Meee IDR SIEMENS REMOTE SERVICES (SRS) TO ENSURE THE UPTIME OF YOUR SYSTEM DURING THE WARRANTY PERIOD (AND BEYOND WITH A SERVICE AGREEMENT), SIEMENS REMOTE SERVICES (SRS) REQUIRES REMOTE LOCAL AREA NETWORK ACCESS TO SIEMENS SYSTEMS. SRS_ REQUIRES ONE OF THE FOLLOWING CONNECTION METHODS: (PREFERRED) VPN CONNECTION THE PREFERRED CONNECTION METHOD IS (VPN) VIRTUAL PRIVATE NETWORK (WHERE THE CUSTOMER HAS AVAILABLE A VPN CAPABLE FIREWALL OR OTHER VPN APPLIANCE). THIS METHOD PROVIDES THE POSSIBILITY FOR REMOTE SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS WITHOUT ADDITIONAL HARDWARE. PLEASE CONTACT SIEMENS REMOTE SERVICES (800—888-SIEM) TO DETERMINE IF THIS METHOD IS SUITABLE FOR YOUR SITE. (OPTIONAL) SRS ROUTER CONNECTION — THE SRS ROUTER IS SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS AND INSTALLED AT THE CUSTOMER'S SITE, WHILE STILL REMAINING THE PROPERTY OF SIEMENS. THE CUSTOMER’S NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR AND SIEMENS REMOTE SERVICES SHALL DETERMINE THE TYPE AND LOCATION OF THE SRS ROUTER REQUIRED. — THE SRS ROUTER IS CONNECTED TO AN ANALOG MODEM THAT IS SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS, WHICH THEN IN TURN IS CONNECTED TO AN ANALOG PHONE LINE THAT IS SUPPLIED BY THE CUSTOMER. ONE SRS ROUTER ALLOWS REMOTE DIAGNOSTICS TO MULTIPLE MEDICAL SYSTEMS. — THE SRS ROUTER SHOULD BE INSTALLED IN A SECURE LOCATION (CUSTOMER’S NETWORK COMPUTER ROOM) THAT HAS LIMITED ACCESS. IT CAN BE LOCATED ON A SHELF, TABLE, OR IN A CABINET. THE CONNECTION CABLES (WITH INDICATED LENGTHS BELOW) ARE INCLUDED WITH DELIVERY. SRS ROUTER CONNECTION DIAGRAM | CUSTOMER) NETWORK gag” a ee jOR . | iwi" 110 V 4° - 1 1 " 110 V 110 V NOTE: ALL POWER OUTLETS ARE SUPPLIED/INSTALLED BY CUSTOMER. Q) ETHERNET SWITCH OR HUB, SUPPLIED BY CUSTOMER SRS ROUTER, SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS (SIZE: 11.2"W X 8.7"D X 5.5"H, WEIGHT: 2 LBS.) (G3) ANALOG MODEM, SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS (4) ANALOG PHONE LINE, SUPPLIED BY CUSTOMER * OPTIONAL SWITCH AND CABLES ARE NOT INCLUDED, BUT CAN BE ORDERED FROM SIEMENS. POWER QUALITY NOTES 1) IT IS THE CUSTOMER’S RESPONSIBILITY TO COMPLY WITH THE POWER QUALITY REQUIREMENTS FOR SIEMENS MEDICAL SYSTEMS EQUIPMENT. 2) THE ELECTRICAL FEEDER TO THE SIEMENS MEDICAL SYSTEM EQUIPMENT MUST FEED ONLY THE IMAGING SYSTEM AND BE KEPT SEPARATE FROM ELECTRICAL FEEDERS TO HVAC, MOTORS, PUMPS, COMPRESSORS, ELEVATORS, AND OTHER POTENTIAL SOURCES OF ELECTRICAL INTERFERENCE. 3) THE ELECTRICAL FEEDER TO THE IMAGING SYSTEM MUST BE RUN DIRECTLY TO A MAIN FACILITY DISTRIBUTION PANEL OR TO THE FACILITY SERVICE ENTRANCE, WITH NO OTHER LOADS POWERED FROM THIS FEEDER. 4) IN ORDER TO COMPLY WITH IMAGING SYSTEM POWER QUALITY REQUIREMENTS, ADDITIONAL POWER CONDITIONING DEVICES MAY BE REQUIRED. EXAMPLES INCLUDE VOLTAGE REGULATORS, TRANSFORMERS, SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES, FILTERS, AND/OR UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLIES (UPS). RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE INSTALLATION OF ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT CAN BE FOUND IN IEEE STANDARD 1100-1999 "POWERING AND GROUNDING ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT.” 5) POWER CONDITIONING DEVICES NOT APPROVED BY SIEMENS MEDICAL SYSTEMS MAY NOT BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE MAGNETOM SYSTEM. "FERRORESONANT” POWER CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT RE-—APPLIED FROM PREVIOUS GENERATION SYSTEMS IS ALSO GENERALLY EXCLUDED DUE TO HIGHTER POWER REQUIREMENTS OF THE NEWER SYSTEMS. CONDUITS AND RACEWAYS 1) ALL POWER CONDUCTORS SUPPLIED BY THE CUSTOMER/ CONTRACTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED IN METAL RACEWAY, 600 VOLT CLASS, STRANDED TYPE THHN—THWN, RATED FOR 75°C (165°F) OPERATION. RECOMMEND MINIMUM 5 FEET WIRE TAILS AT ALL OUTLET POINTS WITH WIRE IDENTIFCATION TAGGED AT BOTH ENDS FOR FINAL CONNECTION BY SIEMENS MEDICAL SYSTEMS. 2) THE CABLE GROUPS INCLUDED WITH THE MAGNETOM SYSTEM MAY BE ROUTED IN THE SAME CABLE TRAY IF PROVIDED WITH AN 8” SEPARATION BETWEEN SMALL SIGNAL LINES, GRADIENT CABLES, AND THE RF TRANSMIT CABLE. A 24” WIDE LADDER TYPE CABLE TRAY IS RECOMMENDED. CABLES SHOULD NOT BE BUNDLED TOGETHER. 3) NOTE THE CABLE CONNECTOR SIZES (LARGEST CONNECTOR SIZE Bete x 2 1/2”) FOR CABLE FEED—THROUGHS AND CABLE 4) THE CABLE LENGTHS SPECIFIED ARE THE STANDARD LENGTHS. 5) THE SIEMENS SYSTEM CABLES ARE NOT PLENUM RATED AND SHOULD NOT BE RUN UNPROTECTED IN AN AIR PLENUM UNLESS ENCLOSED IN A SEALED CABLE TRAY OR CONDUIT. SCALE: NONE SIEMENS REMOTE SERVICE LIGHTING GUIDELINES 2 SIEMENS SYSTEM CABLING — FREE CABLE LENGTHS SCALE: NONE EXAM, CONTROL, AND EVALUATION ROOMS: 1) THE ROOM LIGHTING MUST REMAIN FUNCTIONAL WHEN THE MR SYSTEM IS SWITCHED OFF AND/OR WHEN EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN BUTTONS ARE ACTIVATED. 2) IT MUST BE POSSIBLE TO CONTROL THE INTENSITY OF ILLUMINATION OF APPROXIMATELY 46 FOOT—CANDLES THROUGH GROUP CONNECTION. ALL LIGHTS IN THE EXAMINATION ROOM ARE CONNECTED TO A COMMON SWITCH IN THE CONTROL ROOM. THERE SHOULD BE SEPARATE SWITCHES IN THE EXAMINATION ROOM FOR THE GROUPS OF LIGHTS ABOVE AND NEAR THE PATIENT TABLE, AS WELL AS FOR THE GROUP OF LIGHTS ABOVE THE MAGNET. = THE LOCATION OF THESE SWITCHES IS AT THE OWNER’S DISCRETION. EXAMINATION ROOM: 1) THE MAGNETIC FIELD ADVERSELY AFFECTS THE OPERATING LIFE OF LIGHT BULBS LOCATED IN THE IMMEDIATE VICINITY OF THE MAGNET, THE FILAMENT IN THE BULB OSCILLATES WITH THE FREQUENCY OF THE POWER SUPPLY. DURING SCANNING, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT LIGHT FIXTURES IN THE VICINITY OF THE MAGNET (IN EXAMINATION ROOM) BE CONNECTED TO A DC VOLTAGE SUPPLY. THE RESIDUAL RIPPLE OF THE DIRECT VOLTAGE SHOULD BE +5%. WHEN INSTALLING THE LIGHT SOCKET, ENSURE THAT THE POLARITY IS CORRECT. 2) FLUORESCENT LIGHTS, ENERGY-SAVING LIGHTS, AND DIMMERS ARE NOT PERMITTED. CONTROL AND EVALUATION ROOM: FOLLOW THE APPROPRIATE GUIDELINES FOR LIGHTING IN ROOMS WITH MONITOR WORKSTATIONS. EQUIPMENT ROOM: ILLUMINATION INTENSITY SHOULD BE APPROXIMATELY 46 FOOT—CANDLES. THE PROPER ROUTING OF CABLES IS ESSENTIAL TO ACHIEVE GOOD IMAGE QUALITY. RF CABLES MUST BE SEPARATED FROM FIBER OPTIC BY AT LEAST 12” AND FROM THE GRADIENT CABLES BY AT LEAST 12”. FIBER OPTIC CABLES MUST ALSO BE SEPARATED FROM THE GRADIENT CABLES BY AT LEAST 12”. THIS SHOWS RACEWAY/CABLE ROUTING. | RF — TRANSMIT/RECEIVE CABLES | 5 N = CD1 24 ” [ WATER HOSES, PRESSURIZED HOSES | [ FIBER OPTIC— /SIGNAL— /POWER CABLES | nN A €0}— GRADIENT CABLES THIS CABLE TRAY MAY BE 6” OR 12” WIDE, SEE ELECTRICAL LEGEND. CABLE DESIGNATIONS ARE SHOWN AS AN EXAMPLE, ANY CATEGORY CABLE CAN BE LOCATED IN ANY OF THE COMPARTMENTS OF THE RACEWAY AS LONG AS CORRECT SEPARATIONS ARE MAINTAINED. WHEN ROUTING RACEWAYS, DO NOT EXCEED THE MAXIMUM LENGTHS LISTED IN DETAIL E-501/2. EXCESS CABLE SHOULD BE ROUTED IN THE RACEWAY IN A MEANDERING METHOD, NEVER ROLLED IN LOOPS. THE BENDING RADIUS FOR THE CABLES MUST BE MAINTAINED. TRANSMITTER CABLE — 5” WHEN BENT ONCE. TRANSMITTER CABLE — 14.25 WHEN BENT SEVERAL TIMES. FIBER OPTIC CABLE — 6” GRADIENT CABLE — 5.5” (ONLY WITH EXTENDED CABLE SET) FIBER OPTIC CABLE FOR PATIENT OBSERVATION — 2” SCALE: NONE 4 CABLE SEPARATION ISOLATION FILTER ¢ ~ ROOM TRANSFORMER POWER LIGHTS THE ELECTRICAL GROUND FOR ANY AUXILARY 120 VAC. | DISTRIBUTION WALL EQUIPMENT USED BY THE OWNER MUST BE ISOLATED AND FILTER {= pe aceaaal es FROM THE ELECTRICAL GROUND FOR THE SIEMENS OVERCURRENT EQUIPMENT. CONNECTION OF THE GROUND TO BUILDING STEEL, FOR EXAMPLE, TO THE SIEMENS FILTER ¢—~— CAUEMENT EQUIPMENT GROUND IS NOT PERMITTED AND WILL CAUSE A GROUND LOOP. IF A GROUND LOOP DOES EXIST THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR WILL HAVE TO Vs INSTALL AN ISOLATION TRANSFORMER AS DESCRIBED < HERE. | FACILITY RF SHIELD POWER BUS BAR/ GROUND STUD SCALE: 3 AUXILARY AC POWER FOR EXAMINATION ROOM NONE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION NOTES EQUIPMENT ROOM. IS UP TO 3mT. IMAGE QUALITY. PERMITTED IN THE EXAM ROOM. 1) INSTALL THE MR SYSTEM CIRCUIT BREAKER NEAR OR IN THE THE PERMITTED FRINGE FIELD FOR THE PANEL IF THE FRINGE FIELDS HAVE HIGHER VALUES, MAGNETIC SHIELDING MUST BE PROVIDED OR THE DISTANCE FROM THE MAGNET MUST BE INCREASED. 2) A UNDERVOLTAGE TRIP CIRCUIT BREAKER FOR SWITCHING MAIN POWER AND OFF SHOULD BE INSTALLED IN THE MAIN BREAKER PANEL. INSTALL EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN BUTTONS IN INDIVIDUAL ROOMS ACCORDING TO THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PLAN. INTEGRATED IN THE ALARM BOX (AB) IN THE CONTROL ROOM SHOULD BE USED FOR SWITCHING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF. 3) WALL RECEPTACLES MADE OF FERROMAGNETIC MATERIALS ARE NOT PERIPHERAL UNITS (SUCH AS SERVO-— VENTILATORS) NOT APPROVED FOR USE IN A HIGH MAGNETIC FIELD ENVIRONMENT CAN INFLUENCE THE MAGNETIC FIELD, COMPROMISING THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLATION AND USE OF RECEPTACLES IN THE EXAM ROOM. RECEPTACLES AND THE FILTERS REQUIRED ARE TO BE COORDINATED WTIH THE RF SHIELDING SUPPLIER. 4) THE EMERGENCY POWER OFF BUTTONS (EPO) ARE TO BE SIEMENS 52PA2W2A OR EQUIVALENT "EMERGENCY STOP” MUSHROOM BUTTONS WITH PUSH LOCK AND PULL TO RELEASE. 5) THE RF SHIELD MUST BE FITTED WITH A GROUND STUD OR BUS BAR, LOCATED WITHIN 24” OF THE AUXILIARY FILTERS FOR ROOM LIGHTS AND OUTLETS, SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY THE RF SHIELD SUPPLIER. 6) ALL CUSTOMER OR CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR SUPPLIED AC POWER ENTERING THE EXAMINATION ROOM (I.E. OUTLETS, EPO, ETC.) SHOULD BE SUPPLIED VIA AN ISOLATION TRANSFORMER. TRANSFORMER SECONDARY WINDING GROUND CONDUCTOR SHOULD BE CONNECTED TO THE RF SHIELD GROUND STUD OR BUS BAR. SEE NOTES 5 ABOVE AND THE AUXILARY AC POWER FOR EXAMINATION EXAMINATION ROOM DETAIL. THE BUTTONS INSTALLATION OF THE ISOLATION GROUNDING NOTES CONDUCTIORS. 1) SIEMENS HEALTHCARE EQUIPMENT IS SOPHISTICATED ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS THAT REQUIRE ATTENTION TO GROUNDING TO ENSURE OPTIMAL EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE AND RELIABILITY. 2) THE EQUIPMENT GROUND TO THE SIEMENS EQUIPMENT |S SPECIFIED TO BE “ISOLATED” TYPE AS PERMITTED IN NEC 250—96(B) FOR THE REDUCTION OF ELECTRICAL NOISE. TWO (2) SEPARATE GROUND CONDUCTORS ARE REQUIRED. A) A "SAFETY GROUND” TO BE SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEC REQUIREMENTS (517.73), AND BONDED NORMALLY TO ELECTRICAL BOXES, CONDUITS, AND NON-SIEMENS EQUIPMENT. B) AN "ISOLATED EQUIPMENT GROUND” TO BE THE SAME SIZE AS EQUIPMENT PHASE CONDUCTORS, AND INSULTATED FROM DELIBERATE OR ACCIDENTAL CONNECTION TO THE "SAFETY GROUND, BUILDING STEEL OR OTHER UNKNOWN POTENTIALS” EXCEPT AT THE POINT OF GROUNDING ORIGIN. C) THE "ISOLATED EQUIPMENT GROUND” ORIGINATES AT THE GROUND BUS OF THE DISTRIBUTION PANEL OR SUB-—PANEL, AND TERMINATES AT THE MAIN GROUNDING CONNECTION WITHIN THE SIEMENS EQUIPMENT. THE "ISOLATED EQUIPMENT GROUND” MUST RUN IN THE SAME CONDUIT, TROUGH, OR RACEWAY AS THE PHASE D) THE "SAFETY GROUND” AND THE "ISOLATED EQUIPMENT GROUND” SHALL BE BONDED AT THE FACILITY SERVICE ENTRANCE, DISTRIBUTION PANEL, OR SEPARATELY DERIVED SOURCE. 3) LOCAL REQUIREMENTS MAY REQUIRE THAT NON—CURRENT CARRYING CONDUCTIVE SURFACES (TROUGHS, CONDUITS, BOXES) BE BONDEDBY A COPPER CONDUCTOR. THIS REQUIREMENT, IF NECESSARY, IS THE RESPONSIBLITY FO THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR. 4) A NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR, IF PRESENT, IS NOT USED FOR THE LINE VOLTAGE CONNECTION TO THE SIEMENS EQUIPMENT. IF THE NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR IS PROVIDED IT SHOULD NOT BE ELECTRICALLY CONNECTED AT ANY POINT IN THE POWER DISTRIBUTION TO THE SIEMENS EQUIPMENT UNLESS SPECIFICALLY REQUIRED. UNINTENTIONAL NEUTRAL TO GROUND BONDS MAY VIOLATE LOCAL AND NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODES AS WELL AS CREATE GROUNDING PROBLEMS. ON-SITE POWER DISTRIBUTION PANEL EXTERNAL UPS CHILLER (OPTIONAL) | |-& (OPTIONAL) MAIN GROUND BUS te SIEMENS ELECTRONIC CABINET (ACC/CCA/ECA) MAIN GROUND CONNECTION FOR ALL SYSTEM COMPONENTS li MRC CONSOLE L COOLING EQUIPMENT (SEP /RCA/EFU) i; RF PENETRATION PANEL RF ROOM + MAGNET MAGNETOM ESSENZA 07/17/09 FAX: (253) 559-5504 TEL: 253) 209-8189 VMAIL: (800) 888-6611 EMAIL: | PROJECT MANAGER: WAYNE WALKER EXT: 621 AYNE.WALKER@SIEMENS.COM SIEMENS JEFFERSON COUNTY PUBLIC HOSPITAL 834 SHERIDAN AVENUE, PORT TOWNSEND, WA 98368 EXAM ROOM — MAGNETOM ESSENZA 1.5T THE USE OR REPRODUCTION OF . H ° THIS) TITLE BLOCK WITHOUT PROJECT i: S EET: SIEMENS AUTHORIZATION WILL A\| 08/04/09 | VERSION RIOTRA DATED 07/23/09 RESULT IN PROSECUTION UNDER O9SO 1 l, 88 APPROVED BY CUSTOMER FOR FINALS = FULL «EXTENT OF THE LAW. - _ . | —THIS DRAWING IS DESIGNED TO CONFORM TO FEATURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS PRESENTED IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS BE INCORPORATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. SYM DATE DESCRIPTION ALL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED. SHEET OF DRAWN BY: . AT THE TIME OF THEIR PREPARATION. | SINCE BOTH THESE FACTORS ARE SUBJECT TO DESIGN DOCUMENTS FOR REFERENCE. —THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROVIDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X-RAY AND ASSOCIATED 8 10 F. CARUSO MODIFICATION, THEY ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. EQUIPMENT. | THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION SCALE: REF. #: DATE: CHECKED: - —THIS SET OF PLANS REPRESENTS A COMPLETE SET OF DETAILS AND SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED. PHYSICIST TO SPECIFY RADIATION PROTECTION. —ISSUE BLOCK— AS NOTED . fio 33638 08/04/09 MI C O T FC O F R CC O C O m M T M m s T FR U I C ? TF IC o r M m € , E— FR E— ~ - M m N I C C Ee DL o c o c e c t JM E- MN T- FR E I CONTROL ROOM Ea __ ] ai l 3 a = bypoeens i ‘a a ! D _— e —— — — — SIEMENS COOLING WATER LINES SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. TO BE RUN IN PVC PIPE WITH SWEEPING ELBOWS, PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. by EXTERNAL FAN UNIT TO BE SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS, INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. MECHANICAL PLAN ISOCENTER OF MAGNET 1 of NN. Wu EXAM ROOM 1 [| — se 3 ef i || EQUIPMENT ' ROOM J NOTE: FOR THE HEAT OUTPUT (BTU/HR) OF ALL SIEMENS EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THIS PLAN, SEE THE "EQUIPMENT LEGEND” ON SHEET A-101. FOR TOTAL PIPE LENGTH EXCEEDING 65'—6" THERE SHALL BE A PULLBOX TO ALLOW FOR EXTENSION HOSE COUPLING IN A LOCATION COORDINATED WITH THE SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER. DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR EXTERNAL FAN UNIT, SEE DETAIL M—101/3. yy SIEMENS CABLE INSTALLED BY SIEMENS IN (1) 1 1/2” CONDUIT BY CONTRACTOR, SEE SHEET E-101. SJ CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE WALL PENETRATION FOR ELECTRICAL CONDUIT. WATER SUPPLY AND RETURN LINES TO EXTERNAL FAN UNIT. (+ LW SIEMENS COOLING WATER HOSES INSTALLED BY SIEMENS IN (2) 2 1/2" PVC PIPE WITH SMOOTH RADIUS ELBOWS BY CONTRACTOR. HOSE LENGTH IS 65'—6", AN ADDITIONAL 65’-6” CAN BE PURCHASED BY THE CUSTOMER IF NEEDED J) || FOR A MAXIMUM 131’-0” ONE es ECA ACTIVE a \\ j_} sa WAY LENGTH. EXTERNAL FAN UNIT CAN BE INSTALLED MAXIMUM 65°-6” ABOVE MR SYSTEM. OPTIONAL ICS ACTIVE WITH EXTERNAL FAN UNIT SIEMENS SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED CABINETS NOTES: DEPENDING ON CLIMATE CONDITIIONS. IF A CHILLED WATER SOURCE IS NOT AVAILABLE, THE OPTIONAL ICS ACTIVE SYSTEM SHOULD BE USED. MEANS OF AN EXTERNAL FAN UNIT THAT WILL BE OPTIONALLY PROVIDED BY SIEMENS. EXTERNAL FAN WITH THE SIEMENS SUPPLIED 65’-6” HOSE, AN ADDITIONAL 65’—6” LENGTH CAN BE ORDERED SEPARATELY IF REQUIRED. THE LOCATION OF THE EXTERNAL FAN CAN HAVE A MAXIMUM OF 65’—6” ELEVATION DIFFERENCE ABOVE THE ICS ACITVE CABINET. THE ON-SITE PIPES THAT CONTAIN THE SIEMENS WATER HOSES ARE NOT REQUIRED TO BE INSULATED. THE GLYCOL/WATER MIXTURE FOR THE ICS ACTIVE SYSTEM IS SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS. THERE SHALL BE A TAP WATER SUPPLY WITHIN 60 FEET OF THE ICS CABINET FOR FILLING THE SECONDARY SYSTEM. IN THIS CASE COOLING IS ACHIEVED BY THE ICS ACTIVE CABINET WILL BE CONNECTED TO THE THEY MAY BE INSULATED AT THE OWNER’S DISCRETION 1 PIPING SCHEMATIC FOR CHILLED WATER SCALE: NONE SCALE: 1/4” = 17-0” 1/2°@ DRILL 4-8 1/8" THE OUTDOOR UNIT MUST BE LOCATED AND INSTALLED BY HOLES Ik e-1 3/16" THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR. THIS UNIT IS DELIVERED ‘a An _ WITH THE MR SYSTEM. IT MAY BE LOCATED OUTSIDE ON | = SeTE: SEAGE FER THE ROOF OR GROUND, OR IN AN AIR CONDITIONED ROOM WATER oc — SERVICE MUST ALSO neste IF AN OUTSIDE INSTALLATION IS NOT POSSIBLE. THE INLET = BE MAINTAINED MOUNTING SURFACE MUST BE LEVEL. THE HEIGHT tol WEATHER DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE MR SYSTEM AND THE OUTDOOR = <| PROTECTION UNIT MUST NOT EXCEED +65’—7”. IT IS RECOMMENDED |_| a} = (RECOMMENDED) THAT THE UNIT BE PROTECTED AGAINST RAIN, SNOW, ETC.. a} — ! ry THE OUTDOOR UNIT MUST ALWAYS BE BOLTED TO THE | m FLOOR THROUGH THE ATTACHMENT POINTS IN THE FRAME. WATER oc —] MATERIALS FOR BOLTING MUST BE SUPPLIED BY THE RETURN i— ; CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR. MOUNTING TO A WALL IS ALSO Er =F = POSSIBLE. MATERIALS FOR MOUNTING AND STRUCTURAL SUPPORT MUST BE DESIGNED, SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED Top view \—caBLe BY THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR. CONNECTION BOX \ b Ae WEATHER 2 Z\n PROTECTION z =ID fy to t [va mis 2 TIE 44 13/16" 4’-4 3/16" 1 15/16" € ~) IL EY [e) Py OUTDOOR m COOLING i al UNIT ON-SITE I s in ° SUPPORT WATER \ INLET — 5 COOLING FAN to WATER [| (EXHAUST) g RETURN ' i | ne | INTAKE ts ; 3/4" 3/4" S | | 5 5/16" | 7 11/16" + 1 1/2" 1 1/2" —_, ] bil S _ 3-7 1/2" - 3-11 3/4" 4'-4 3/16" 7 2'-2" 3-9" 2'-2" MIN. SERVICE CLEARANCE MIN. SERVICE MIN. SERVICE CLEARANCE FRONT VIEW CLEARANCE SIDE VI 8 5/ 8 ” — TO TO EXTERNAL FAN UNIT SUPERVISION. IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES. PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. POWER SUPPLY FROM ICS CABINET DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR EXTERNAL FAN UNIT, SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY SIEMENS OR BY ELECTRICIAN UNDER SIEMENS IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO LOCATE AND MOUNT THE SWITCH ON A SUITABLE SURFACE MOUNTING HARDWARE ® \oJ 3 | DISCONNECT SWITCH NO SCALE ICS ACTIVE EXTERNAL FAN UNIT SCALE: CEILING HEIGHTS CONTROL ROOM 6’-1 EXAM ROOM 7’—10 1/2” MINIMUM EQUIPMENT ROOM) 7’—3” MINIMUM 1 MINIMUM ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 1) AIR CONDITIONING IS TO PROVIDE A TEMPERATURE OF 59°F—86'F IN CONTROL & EQUIPMENT ROOM, 65°F—71°F IN EXAM ROOM. RELATIVE HUMIDITY OF 40—60% (NON—CONDENSING) IS REQUIRED IN THE EXAMINATION ROOM AND 40-80% (NON—CONDENSING) IN ALL OTHER AREAS WHERE SIEMENS EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED. THESE CONDITIONS ARE TO BE MET AT ALL TIMES; 24 HOURS A DAY, 7 DAYS A WEEK. 2) A DEDICATED AIR CONDITIONING AND HUMIDIFICATION SYSTEM IS RECOMMENDED FOR THE EXAM ROOM. A MINIMUM FRESH AIR EX— CHANGE RATE OF 6 TIMES PER HOUR FOR THE EXAM ROOM IS REQUIRED. AIR SUPPLY AND RETURN ABOVE THE FINISHED CEILING IN THE EXAM ROOM IS RECOMMENDED. EACH ROOM SHOULD HAVE A DEDICATED CONTROL AND SENSOR TO MONITOR AND ADJUST THE AIR. 3) THE HEAT INTO THE EQUIPMENT ROOM AIR IS LESS THAN 10,236 BTU/HR. THIS HEAT DISSIPATION IS FROM THE SIEMENS COMPONENTS ONLY. AUXILIARY SUPPORT EQUIPMENT MUST BE CONSIDERED FOR TOTAL HEAT LOADS. 4) IT IS IMPORTANT FOR FRESH AIR INTAKE SYSTEMS TO EXHAUST AIR DIRECTLY OUT OF THE BUILDING. THE EXHAUST AIR MUST NOT BE DEFLECTED INTO ANOTHER ROOM. THE MAGNET ROOM EXHAUST AIR SHOULD BE INSTALLED AT LEAST 6’—6” ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. 5) THE AIR INTAKE OF THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM MUST NOT BE LOCATED IN THE VICINITY OF THE QUENCH VENT EXHAUST. 6) IF THE INPUT DRAWS UPON AIR FROM OUTSIDE THE BUILDING, IT IS RECOMMENDED TO INSTALL AN ON-SITE FILTER TO REMOVE DUST PARTICLES GREATER THAN 10 MICRONS. 2 TEMPERATURE /HUMIDITY| St MECHANICAL NOTES 1) THE AIR H.V.A.C. SYSTEM MUST OPERATE FOR A MINIMUM OF 48 CONSECUTIVE HOURS PRIOR TO THE DELIVERY OF THE EQUIPMENT. 2) THE FILTERS MUST BE CHANGED IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO THE DELIVERY OF THE EQUIPMENT. 3) SMS REQUIRES THE USE OF A DEDICATED H.V.A.C. SYSTEM FOR THE EQUIPMENT ROOM TO BE LOCATED, SIZED AND SPECIFIED BY THE MECHANICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD AND TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. 4) SMS RECOMMENDS THAT THE CUSTOMER PROVIDE AND INSTALL AN OXYGEN MONITORING SYSTEM WITH VISUAL AND AUDIBLE ALARMS TO INDICATE WHEN THE OXYGEN CONTAINED IN AMBIENT AIR FALLS BELOW PRE-PROGRAMMED SAFETY LEVELS WITH THE SENSOR TO BE LOCATED IN THE SCAN ROOM IN’ THE AREA DESIGNATED FOR CRYOGEN FILLING. 5) THE SIEMENS ACTIVE SHIELDED MAGNET RECIRCULATES LIQUID HELIUM, ELIMINATING THE NEED FOR A DEDICATED CRYOGEN STORAGE AREA. THE RECIRCULATING SYSTEM SIGNIFICANTLY REDUCES THE HELIUM "BOIL OFF”. THE MAGNET WILL REQUIRE OCCASIONAL FILLING, A DELIVERY ROUTE FOR CRYOGEN DEWARS MUST BE ESTABLISHED. A MINIMUM 36” CLEARANCE IS REQUIRED. FIRE CONTROL NOTES 1) SIEMENS HAS NO SPECIFIC REQUIREMENT FOR FIRE PROTECTION. FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES AND CUSTOMER’S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS. ALL FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS SHALL BE DEFINED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD WITH DESIGN, SPECIFICATION AND DETAILING OF THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM BY THE MECHANICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD IN ACCORDANCE WITH SIEMENS GUIDELINES AS STATED HEREIN. THE ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT OF THE MR SYSTEMS WILL BE DAMAGED BY WATER, REDUCTION OR ELIMINATION OF WATER USED FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION WILL REDUCE POTENTIAL WATER DAMAGE. PRE—ACTION INERT GAS, OR HALOCARBONS OR OTHER METHODS CAN REDUCE OR ELIMINATE WATER. REFER TO YOUR FIRE PROTECTION PROFESSIONAL. 2) THE USE OF SMOKE DETECTORS INSIDE OF THE MR EXAMINATION ROOM IS NOT RECOMMENDED. SMOKE DETECTORS, BY DESIGN, CAN GENERATE NOISE THAT MAY INTERFERE WITH THE MRI EXAMINATION AND CAUSE IMAGE ARTIFACTS. IF THE USE OF A SMOKE DETECTOR IN THE EXAMINATION ROOM IS MANDATED BY LOCAL REQUIREMENTS, SPECIAL NOISE TESTS MUST BE PERFORMED BY SIEMENS SERVICE AFTER THE MRI IS OPERATIONAL. MRI EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE PROBLEMS DUE TO SMOKE DETECTORS ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CUSTOMER AND ARE NOT COVERED UNDER WARRANTY OR SERVICE AGREEMENT. 3) ALL MATERIAL USED INSIDE THE MAGNET ROOM SHALL BE NON-MAGNETIC. 4) ALL PENETRATIONS IN THE RF CABIN/SHIELD SHALL BE THROUGH A WAVEGUIDE TO BE EQUIPPED WITH A SIEMENS APPROVED DIELECTRIC COUPLER ON BOTH ENDS OF THE WAVEGUIDE. ALL WAVEGUIDES SHALL BE DESIGNED, DETAILED AND SPECIFIED BY THE RF CABIN/ SHIELD CONTRACTOR WITH ALL LOCATIONS TO BE DETERMINED BY THE ARCHITECT AND MECHANICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD TO BE ESTABLISHED IN A PRE-PLANNING MEETING PRIOR TO THE DESIGN, SPECIFICATION, AND FABRICATION OF THE RF CABIN/SHIELD. 5) EACH ELECTRICAL PENETRATION OF THE RF CABIN/SHIELD FOR ELECTRICAL SERVICING OF THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM SHALL BE THROUGH AN RFI FILTER TO BE SUPPLIED BY THE RF SHIELD CONTRACTOR WITH FILTER LOCATIONS TO BE DETERMINED BY THE ARCHITECT AND THE ELECTRICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD TO BE ESTABLISHED IN A PRE-—PLANNING MEETING PRIOR TO THE DESIGN, SPECIFICATION AND FABRICATION OF THE RF CABIN/SHIELD. 6) iT IS PERMISSIBLE TO RUN "BLACK PIPE” UP TO THE DIELECTRIC COUPLER ON THE OUTSIDE OF THE RF SHIELD. 7) THERE MUST BE NO GROUND CONNECTIONS MADE DURING THE THE INSTALLATION OF EITHER THE PIPING OR ELECTRICAL FOR THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM. 8) THE USE OF HALON IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. 9) THE LOCATION OF FIRE CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS SHALL BE COORDINATED THROUGH THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD WITH ALL LOCATIONS TO BE COORDINATED WITH SIEMENS EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS AS SHOWN ON THE 1/4” SCALE EQUIPMENT LOCATION PLAN. 10) THE FIRE CONTROL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EQUIPMENT MOUNTING PROCEDURES AND LOCATIONS ON ANY WALLS CONTAINING RF SHIELDING WITH THE SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. MAGNETOM ESSENZA 07/17/09 PROJECT MANAGER: WAYNE WALKER 253 TEL: (253) 209-8189 EXT: 621 VMAIL: (800) 888-6611 FAX: 5 04 EMAIL: WAYNE.WALKER@SIEMENS.COM SIEMENS JEFFERSON COUNTY PUBLIC HOSPITAL 1/27=1'-0" 834 SHERIDAN AVENUE, PORT TOWNSEND, WA 98368 EXAM ROOM — MAGNETOM ESSENZA 1.5T THE USE OR REPRODUCTION OF . . | THIS THLE BLOCK WITHOUT PROJECT ft: SHEET: SIEMENS AUTHORIZATION WILL VERSION R101RA DATED 07/23/09 Ax) 0/04/09 | even ey kines ce Au RESULT IN PROSECUTION UNDER 0901788 —THIS DRAWING IS DESIGNED TO CONFORM TO FEATURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS PRESENTED —IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS BE INCORPORATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION — ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. SHEET OF DRAWN BY: = = AT THE TIME OF THEIR PREPARATION. SINCE BOTH THESE FACTORS ARE SUBJECT TO DESIGN DOCUMENTS FOR REFERENCE. —THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROVIDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X-RAY AND ASSOCIATED aM DATE DESCRIPTION ALL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED. 9 10 F. CARUSO MODIFICATION, THEY ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. EQUIPMENT. THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION SCALE: REF. #: DATE: CHECKED: ™ —THIS SET OF PLANS REPRESENTS A COMPLETE SET OF DETAILS AND SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED. PHYSICIST TO SPECIFY RADIATION PROTECTION. —ISSUE BLOCK— AS NOTED ‘ in 33638 "98/04/09 ‘ Mm I c C o d TT FP F C a o F R R CC l O C O M m M N T N M m s T FR U J I C O C T IT C o M ! _ E— - FR E- M C c c C c E Do c a o c e t J KA / 4 E- MN T FR E— I QUENCH VENT CAP TO BE DESIGNED (IN ACCORDANCE WITH QUENCH VENT NOTES, THIS SHEET), DETAILED AND SPECIFIED BY THE MECHANICAL ~—a-————— ENGINEER OF RECORD TO PREVENT RAIN FROM ENTERING QUENCH DUCT. SEE QUENCH VENT NOTES. |_| eg LINE OF BUG SCREEN — 3/8” WIRE MESH COVERING AN AREA AT LEAST 2.5 TIMES THE CROSS SECTION OF THE QUENCH VENT EXITING DUCT. DEFLECTOR PLATE, . | — ~~ it SEE QUENCH VENT NOTES. FLASHING TO BE SIZE, DETAILED AND SPECIFIED BY THE MECHANICAL a! ENGINEER OF RECORD. i) ~ fa) CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR FURNISHED AND ae | INSTALLED CRYOGEN EXITING DUCT SYSTEM. ——— a NOTE: THE SIZE OF THE CRYOGEN EXITING DUCT MAY VARY IN SIZE DEPENDING ON THE LENGTH OF A RUN AND THE AMOUNT OF BENDS REQUIRED TO EXIT THE BUILDING. SEE THE QUENCH VENT = ROUTING DETAIL THIS SHEET FOR INFORMATION ON SIZING THE CRYOGEN EXITING DUCT. A N *”- --- 4 Q N QUENCH VENT FLEXIBLE SECTION TO BE DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH QUENCH VENT NOTES, THIS SHEET, BUILT BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY THE CUSTOMER/ CONTRACTOR. FINAL CONNECTION OF THE CRYOGEN EXITING DUCT SYSTEM SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR DURING THE DAY OF MAGNET DELIVERY. i LO DIELECTRIC ISOLATION —————— SEE DETAIL A—502/2. RF SHIELD) ————— 14 5/ 8 " ELEVATION — SEE DETAIL 3. — ~—— SIEMENS SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED ELBOW. —=— LINE OF ROOF. RF WAVEGUIDE MADE WITH FLANGES FOR QUENCH VENT COUPLING TO BE SIZED, FABRICATED AND INSTALLED BY RF SHIELD CONTRACTOR IN COOPERATION WITH QUENCH VENT MANUFACTURER. FLANGE FOR QUENCH VENT COUPLING FLEXIBLE BELLOWS/ACOUSTIC DECOUPLER ~—i—————— SECTION, FLEX COUPLING AT MAGNET PROVIDED BY SIEMENS. MOUNTING HARDWARE TO BE SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS AND INSTALLED BY THE CUSTOMER/ CONTRACTOR. —t—_ TYPICAL OF 12 PLACES. GALVANIC ISOLATION AT THIS LOCATION. CRYOGEN EXITING DUCT SYSTEM NOTES: CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR UNDER SIEMENS’ SUPERVISION. 1) THE MECHANICAL ENGINEER OR RECORD SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DESIGN, DETAIL AND SPECIFICATION OF THE CRYOGEN EXITING DUCT SYSTEM WITH ALL WORK TO PERFORMED BY THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. 2) TAKE PROPER PRECAUTIONS WHEN FIELD WELDING IN THE VICINITY OF LIQUIFIED/FROZEN OXYGEN. 3) UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE ALL MATERIAL AND WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR WITH FINAL CONNECTION OF THE CRYOGEN EXITING DUCT SYSTEM TO THE SIEMENS MAGNET TO BE PERFORMED BY THE 4) THE DIAMETER OF THE CRYOGEN EXITING DUCT MAY VARY WITH ACTUAL ROUTING. a EXHAUST DUCT OF QUENCH TUBE FLEXIBLE SECTION IN ORDER NOT TO EXCEED THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE PRESSURE DROP, THE MAXIMUM LENGTH OF QUENCH VENT TUBING IS DIRECTLY RELATED TO THE INSIDE DIAMETER OF THE QUENCH VENT TUBING (SEE QUENCH VENT NOTES, THIS SHEET). THE METHOD OF DETERMINING ACCEPTABLE LENGTH/DIAMETER OF THE QUENCH VENT IS AS FOLLOWS: DEFINITIONS: L1...Ln STRAIGHT SECTIONS OF THE QUENCH TUBE LB1...LBn EQUIVALENT TUBE LENGTH PER ELBOW LU MEAN LENGTH OF QUENCH TUBE Lmax MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LENGTH (L1+LB12+...+Ln+LBn) ay ; — Ha/_ SECON FOR STRAIGHT TUBE AND ELBOW EFFECTIVE LENGTH. LB2 \" Ti j| am | O89] / et MAGNET | | THE DIAMETER OF THE QUENCH VENT MUST BELLOWS DIFFUSER NOT BE DECREASED FROM THE MAGNET TO | THE QUENCH VENT EXHAUST. | RF ROOM (CABIN) CABIN | | GALVANIC SEPARATION | | | | THE TABLE SHOWN APPLIES TO AN INSIDE TUBE DIAMETER (D) STRAIGHT SECTIONS OF TUBING INSIDE PIPE DIAMETER 4” 5” 6” 7” 8” 9” 10” MAX. LENGTH — SMOOTH TUBE 22' 47’ 92’ 160’ 270’ 446’ 717 MAX. LENGTH — FLEXIBLE TUBE 6° 13’ 26° 49’ 89’ EQUIVALENT TUBE LENGTH (LB) PER ELBOW INSIDE PIPE DIAMETER 4” 5” 6” 7” 8” 9” 10” 90° SEAMLESS ELBOWS 45” 57” 68” 82” 95” 104” 116” 45° SEAMLESS ELBOWS 29” 37” 44" 53” 62° 68” 75” 90° SEGMENTED ELBOWS 79” 98” 118” 142” 165” 181” 201” 45° SEGMENTED ELBOWS 51” 65” 79” 91” 108” 118” 131” 90° MITRED ELBOWS 264” 331” 397” 464" 527” 606” 666” THE SIZING PROCEDURE DESCRIBED BELOW IS ONLY VALID FOR A CONTINUOUS LENGTH OF THE SAME DIAMETER TUBING. IF THE QUENCH VENT REQUIRES TWO OR MORE DIAMETERS OVER THE LENGTH OF THE VENT, CONTACT YOUR SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER FOR SUPPORT. COUNT THE NUMBER OF ELBOWS (LB...)(INCLUDING ANY PROVIDED BY SIEMENS) AND THE LENGTH OF EACH STRAIGHT SECTION (Ltotal = L1+L2+L...). LBtotal + Ltotal = L’ < Lmaz ; FLEXIBLE SECTIONS < 2% Lmax. CONFIRM THE TOTAL LENGTH OF ALL FLEXIBLE SECTIONS (INCLUDING ANY PROVIDED BY SIEMENS) DO NOT EXCEED 2% OF Lmax. IS L’ < THE MAXIMUM ALLOWED LENGTH FOR THE CHOSEN DIAMETER? IF NO, CHOOSE THE NEXT SIZE UP AND RECALCULATE. STEP 1: CREATE A LINE SCHEMATIC OF THE PROPOSED QUENCH VENT ROUTE. STEP 2: ELEMENT (L1...). STEP 3: BASED ON THE TOTAL ESTIMATED STRAIGHT TUBE LENGTH, CHOOSE A DIAMETER FROM THE CHART ABOVE WITH APPROXIMATELY 20% MARGIN TO ALLOW FOR ELBOWS. STEP 4: CALCULATE THE EFFECTIVE LENGTH OF THE ELBOWS, (LBtotal = LB1+LB2+LB...). STEP 5: CALCULATE THE TOTAL LENGTH OF THE STRAIGHT TUBING STEP 6: ADD LBtotal + Ltotal = L’. STEP 7: STEP 8: HELIUM CONTENT LITERS AT 100% 1400 CRYOGEN NOTES TYPICAL BOIL OFF RATE 0.0 L/HR FOR TYPICAL CLINICAL USE, DEPENDING ON SEQUENCES TYPICAL REFILL INTERVAL 10 YEARS AND OPERATING TIME. WITHOUT THE COLDHEAD RUNNING THE LIQUID HELIUM WILL BOIL OFF FROM 70% TO 0% IN APPROX 20 DAYS AT A RATE OF 3.5% (49 LITERS) PER DAY. THE LOSS DURING SHIPPING IS APPROX. 4.5% (63 LITERS) PER DAY. g’ - 9 " } QUENCH VENT “ OUTLET g’ — 1 1 " 16 ’ ° - 5 ” IN THE CASE OF A HORIZONTAL EXIT THROUGH A WALL, THE OUTLET MUST BE TURNED DOWN BY NOT LESS THAN THE LINE OF THE DIAMETER TO PREVENT RAIN INGRESS. THE EXIT MUST BE SITUATED WHERE IT CANNOT BE BLOCKED BY DRIFTING SNOW. TO AVOID RISK OF INJURY FROM COLD BURNS AND ASPYXIATION, ACCESS TO THE QUENCH VENT OUTLET MUST BE RESTRICTED AS SHOWN. THE OUTLET MUST NOT BE SITUATED WHERE, IN THE EVENT OF A QUENCH, HELIUM GAS COULD BE DRAWIN INTO AN AIR INLET OR OPEN WINDOW. WHERE WINDOWS ARE WITHIN THE RESTRICTED AREA, THEY MUST BE PERMANENTLY CLOSED. OUTLET SAFETY CLEARANCES 1) "CRYOGENS” IS A TERM USED TO IDENTIFY THE REFRIGERANT USED TO MAKE THE MAGNET “SUPER-—CONDUCTING”. IN THIS APPLICATION, LIQUID AND GASEOUS HELIUM. IN THEIR LIQUID STATE THE CRYOGENS CAN REACH 4.2K (—452°F). SPECIAL CARE MUST BE TAKEN DURING THE TRANSFILLING OF THE MAGNET WITH CRYOGENS AND NORMAL EXHAUST OF CRYOGENS FROM THE SYSTEM. ASIDE FROM THE OBVIOUS DANGER OF FREEZING, HELIUM GAS WILL ALSO DISPLACE THE OXYGEN IN THE ROOM. THE INSTALLATION OF AN APPROVED TOXGARD OXYGEN MONITORING SYSTEM IS RECOMMENDED. 2) A TRANSPORT ROUTE FOR DELIVERY OF CRYOGENS TO THE EXAM ROOM. SPECIAL VESSELS CALLED DEWARS ARE USED TO TRANSPORT HELIUM. A 250 LITER DEWAR WEIGHS 335 POUNDS AND HAS A 32” DIAMETER, A 500 LITER IS 540 POUNDS, AND 42” IN DIAMETER. 3) OUTSIDE VENTING OF THE HELIUM IS TO BE PROVIDED BY MEANS OF A VENT PIPE OF NON-MAGNETIC MATERIAL CALLED A QUENCH VENT. QUENCH VENT NOTES . QUENCH VENT NO SCALE 2 QUENCH VENT ROUTING NO SCALE 1 CRYOGEN EXITING DUCT SYSTEM DETAIL NO. SCALE (12) 3/8" \ 5 15/16" \ 5 1/8” "3 | : a “/ ~ ‘ FLANGE AT THE 90° ELBOW FOR THE QUENCH VENT ADAPTER @ CONNECTION OF THE QUENCH VENT PIPE TO FLANGE TO BE DESIGNED, DETAILED, AND SPECIFIED BY THE MECHANICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD TO BE FABRICATED AND INSTALLED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR UNDER SIEMENS SUPERVISION. THE 90° ELBOW IS PART OF THE DELIVERY VOLUME, THE TWO FLANGES ARE IDENTICAL. CONNECTING FLANGE * QUENCH VENT NO SCALE DIRECTION OF FLOW D1 D2 —— — B > 2.5 x (D2—-D1) EXPANSION TO A GREATER DIAMETER TUBE CAN BE ACCOMPLISHED BY USE OF A DIFFUSER. THE DIFFUSER MUST MEET QUENCH VENT REQUIREMENTS AND THE GEOMETRIC PARAMETERS SHOWN HERE. THE DIAMETER OF THE PIPE SHOULD NEVER DECREASE IN THE DIRECTION OF FLOW. 5 QUENCH VENT DIFFUSER) wo sca THE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION SHOWN ON THESE ELEVATIONS REPRESENT “TYPICAL” INSTALLATION CONDITIONS. THE QUENCH VENT IS TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. IT MAY BE CONNECTED TO THE FLANGE AT THE MAGNET HORIZONTALLY OR VERTICALLY AND SHOULD BE DESIGNED, CONSTRUCTED AND INSTALLED AS PER THE INSTRUCTIONS ON THIS SHEET. FLEXIBLE BELLOWS/ACOUSTIC DECOUPLER SECTION, FLEX COUPLING AT MAGNET PROVIDED BY SIEMENS. VERTICAL QUENCH VENT CONNECTION, 1°—7 5/8” LEFT OF ISOCENTER 14 5/ 8 " | LINE OF FINISHED CEILING _ a QUENCH VENT EXPANSION FLANGE ASSEMBLY TO BE BUILT AND INSTALLED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AFTER THE INSTALLATION OF THE SIEMENS MAGNET. FINAL ROUTING, CONNECTION AND INSULATION OF THE 6' - 1 0 1/ 4 ” VE R T I C A L QU E N C H VE N T CO N N E C T I O N QUENCH VENT TO BE COMPLETED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AFTER THE INSTALLATION OF THE SIEMENS SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED MAGNET. SIEMENS SUPPLIED PATIENT COUCH RF SHIELDING NI THE LOCATION, PITCH, AND MOUNTING HEIGHT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR FOR THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS SHALL BE SPECIFIED, DETAILED AND NOTED BY THE MECHANICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD. ALL MECHANICAL CABLE TRAYS AS SHOWN ON THE 1/4” SCALE ELECTRICAL PLAN. SYSTEM LOCATIONS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE LOCATION OF THE NOTE: COMPRESSOR LINES RUNNING FROM THE ELECTRONICS CABINET (RCA) TO THE MAGNET COLD HEAD SHALL BE ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED WITH 1/2” ARMAFLEX OR EQUAL, SUPPLIED BY CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY SIEMENS. LENGTH REQUIRED SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH SIEMENS FIELD SERVICE ENGINEER AT TIME OF EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION MESH AREA = 2.5 x TUBE AREA >10° CONE ANGLE MESH AREA = 2.5 x TUBE AREA ——» E < | I ! SOLUTIONS FOR QUENCH TUBE EXITING THROUGH A WALL SEE QUENCH VENT NOTES 7 | HORIZONTAL OUTLET | none’ . MAGNET SIDE ELEVATION NONE 1) IN THE EVENT OF A QUENCH, THE THERMAL ENERGY DISSIPATED CAUSES AN EXTREMELY RAPID BOIL OFF OF THE LIQUID HELIUM. THE SYSTEM MUST BE CAPABLE OF VENTING THE LARGE VOLUME OF GAS GENERATED AT THE APPROXIMATE EXPANSION RATIO OF 1:700 FROM LIQUID AT 4.2°K TO ROOM TEMPERATURE GAS. THE EXHAUST SYSTEM IS CRITICAL FOR THE SAFE OPERATION OF THE MAGNET, THE DATA IN THIS DOCUMENT MUST BE FOLLOWED. SINCE HELIUM VENTED IN A QUENCH IS AN ASPHYXIANT & AN EXTREMELY COLD GAS, THE QUENCH TUBE MUST ALWAYS END AT A POINT WHERE ACCESS BY PEOPLE IS NOT POSSIBLE. QUENCH TUBE PLANNING MUST ONLY BE DONE BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL. IT IS THE OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITY TO ENSURE THAT THE QUENCH TUBE IS MAINTAINED IN AN OPERABLE STATE. 2) IF THE QUENCH VENT IS NOT CONFIGURED CORRECTLY THERE |S A RISK OF DANGER THAT MAY LEAD TO DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY AND CAN RESULT IN STRUCTURAL DAMAGE. THE EXHAUST MUST NOT BE VENTED IN AN ENCLOSED SPACE. THE OPERATOR OF THE SYSTEM MUST PREPARE AN EMERGENCY PLAN IN THE EVENT OF A QUENCH. 3) THE QUENCH TUBE CONSISTS OF STRAIGHT, HYDRAULICALLY SMOOTH SECTIONS, BENDS UP TO 90° AND A DIFFUSER, IF REQUIRED. THE END OF THE TUBE MUST BE PROTECTED FROM RAIN, SNOW, AND FOREIGN OBJECTS. 4) THE SIEMENS MAGNET HAS A QUENCH VALVE ASSEMBLY FOR CONNTECITON TO THE TUBE LOCATED AT THE TOP LEFT SIDE OF THE MAGNET (SEE MAGNET ELEVATION). THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR WILL SUPPLY AND INSTALL A QUENCH VENT TUBE WITH CAP, TO BE NON-MAGNETIC STAINLESS STEEL (>16 GAUGE RECOMMENDED). GRADES AISI304, 309, 316, OR 321 ONLY. THERMAL CONDITIONS MAY CAUSE THE TUBE TO CONTRACT UP TO 3mm/METER SO A STAINLESS STEEL BELLOWS OR FLEXIBLE SECTION MUST BE INSTALLED A MINIMUM OF EVERY 32’-9” NOT TO EXCEED 2% OF THE OVERALL LENGTH. THE MOVEMENT OF THE BELLOWS MUST BE RESTRICTED TO PREVENT EXCESSIVE EXPANSION DUE TO PRESSURE. THE WEIGHT OF THE TUBE MUST BE SUPPORTED BY THE BUILDING AND BE FLEXIBLE ENOUGH TO ALLOW MOVEMENT FROM THERMAL CONTRACTION. THE WALL EXIT SHOULD ALSO BE FLEXIBLE. 5) THE MAXIMUM INTERNAL PRESSURE IS CALCULATED AT 1.45 PSI. THE MAXIMUM PRESSURE SHOULD BE ENGINEERED FOR 6.5 PSI. 6) THE QUENCH TUBE MUST NOT EXCEED THE MAXIMUM LENGTH AND NUMBER OF ELBOWS. SEE QUENCH VENT ROUTING DETAIL, THIS SHEET. ALL BENDS MUST BE SMOOTH WALLED AND HAVE A CENTERLINE TO INTERNAL PIPE DIAMETER RATIO OF 1.5 TO 5.0. EXPANSIONS TO PIPE DIAMETER CAN BE DONE WITH A DIFFUSER. ONLY ROUND TUBE SECTIONS MAY BE USED, RECTANGULAR SECTIONS ARE NOT ALLOWED. 7) THERE MUST BE A 12-19 INCH FLEXIBLE SECTION OF PIPE FOR CONNECTION TO THE QUENCH VALVE AT THE MAGNET WITH AN INSIDE DIAMETER GREATER THAN 4” AND ABLE TO WITHSTAND 6.5 PSI. 8) SECTIONS OF THE PIPE CAN ONLY BE JOINED BY WELDING OR BOLTED FLANGES WITH FIBER GASKETS. ROTARY FLANGES ARE PERMITTED, VEE CLAMPED FLANGES MAY NOT BE USED. 9) THE PROTECTION AT THE END OF THE TUBE SHALL BE 3/8” WIRE MESH COVERING AN AREA AT LEAST 2.5 TIMES THE CROSS SECTION AREA OF THE QUENCH PIPE. 10) WHERE THE QUENCH TUBE EXITS THROUGH A FLAT ROOF, THE THE OUTLET MUST BE ABOVE A LEVEL WHERE WATER COULD ENTER IN THE EVENT THAT THE ROOF DRAINS BECOME BLOCKED. IN THE CASE OF A HORIZONTAL EXIT THROUGH A WALL, THE OUTLET SHOULD BE ANGLED DOWNWARD NOT LESS THAN 1 PIPE DIAMETER TO PREVENT RAIN INGRESS. THE EXIT SHOULD BE LOCATED ABOVE THE LEVEL OF DRIFTING SNOW. 11) WHERE THE QUENCH TUBE EXITS VERTICALLY, A RAIN COVER MUST ALSO BE FITTED WITH THE DIAMETER TO BE TWO TIMES THE DIAMETER OF THE QUENCH TUBE. THE CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE RAIN GUARD AND THE MESH SHOULD 2 TIMES THE DIAMETER OF THE TUBE. A DEFLECTOR PLATE SHOULD BE WELDED TO THE TUBE WHERE IT EXITS THE ROOF TO PREVENT HELIUM FROM RE-—ENTERING THE BUILDING. THE DEFLECTOR SHOULD BE AT LEAST THE DIAMETER OF THE RAIN GAURD AND LOCATED TWO PIPE DIAMETERS ABOVE THE ROOF AND TWO PIPE DIAMETERS BELOW THE RAIN GUARD. 12) TO AVOID INJURY FROM COLD BURNS AND ASPHYXIATION ACCESS TO THE QUENCH VENT MUST BE RESTRICTED BY 9’-11” ON EACH SIDE AND BELOW, AND 19’—9” ABOVE WITH WARNING SIGNS. THE EXIT MUST NOT LOCATED WHERE HELIUM GAS COULD BE DRAWN INTO AN AIR INLET OR OPEN WINDOW. 13) THE QUENCH TUBE MUST HAVE MINIMUM 1” INSULATION FOR THE FULL LENGTH. WITHIN THE RF ROOM THERE SHOULD BE A 1” LAYER OF MINERAL FIBER INSULATION WITH A VAPOR BARRIER AND 1” CLASS O OR CLASS AP ARMAFLEX. OUTDOOR PIPES MUST BE WEATHERPROOF. THE TUBE MUST HAVE A WARNING POSTED ALONG IT’S ENTIRE LENGTH FOR EXTREMELY COLD HELIUM GAS — AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY. THE INSULATION MUST NOT TOUCH THE MAGNET COVERS. 14) GALVANIC SEPARATION MUST BE PROVIDED BETWEEN THE MR SYSTEM, THE RF ROOM, AND THE BUILDING, TWO SEPARATIONS ARE REQUIRED USING STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS, INSULATING BUSHES AND LOCKING NUTS. NO OTHER DESIGNS ARE PERMITTED FOR SAFETY. 15) THE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE QUENCH PIPE MUST BE DOCUMENTED WITH DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS THAT ARE KEPT WITH INSTALLATION DOCUMENTS. IT MUST COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS IN THIS DOCUMENT AND ACCEPTED BY THE SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER BEFORE BEING CONNECTED TO THE MAGNET. MAGNETOM ESSENZA 07/17/09 FAX: (253) 559-5504 PROJECT MANAGER: WAYNE WALKER TEL: (253) 209-8189 VMAIL: (800) 888-6611 EXT: 621 EMAIL: WAYNE.WALKER@SIEMENS.COM SIEMENS JEFFERSON COUNTY PUBLIC HOSPITAL 834 SHERIDAN AVENUE, PORT TOWNSEND, WA 98368 EXAM ROOM — MAGNETOM ESSENZA 1.5T D\ 08/04/09 VERSION R101RA DATED 07/23/09 APPROVED BY CUSTOMER FOR FINALS ATTENTION: —THIS DRAWING IS DESIGNED TO CONFORM TO FEATURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS PRESENTED AT THE TIME OF THEIR PREPARATION. SINCE BOTH THESE FACTORS ARE SUBJECT TO DESIGN MODIFICATION, THEY ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. —THIS SET OF PLANS REPRESENTS A COMPLETE SET OF DETAILS AND SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED. —{T IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS BE INCORPORATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS FOR REFERENCE. — ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. —THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROVIDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X-RAY AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION PHYSICIST TO SPECIFY RADIATION PROTECTION. THE USE OR REPRODUCTION OF THIS TITLE BLOCK WITHOUT SIEMENS AUTHORIZATION WILL RESULT IN PROSECUTION UNDER FULL EXTENT OF THE LAW. PROJECT #: 0901788 SHEET: M-00 SHEET OF DRAWN BY: SYM DATE DESCRIPTION ALL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED. 10 10 = ABUSE TISSUE BLOCK— SOAS note | %o133638 | 08/04/09 | CHECKED: MI C O T FC O F R CC l O C O m N T M s T RU I C O C T IC o r m M E— - FR E— - M m M c r c k e DC o c o c c t JN M / 1 E - MT FR E — F I